by chadmc90 » Sat Dec 14, 2013 7:58 pm
Notes:
I am fairly new to the site, only been here less than a year. I have really enjoyed reading the various stories here, and wanted to contribute one myself. This first "chapter" will be a Prologue chapter. I am using it a a means of feedback. How much feedback I get effects whether or not I continue it.
This story is loosely based off "A Game of Thrones." It will feature various themes from the series, such as all out war, betrayal, etc. It also borrows some character names and personalities. The things I will NOT include intense violence. No killing whatsoever. The battles will be intense(I hope), but nothing that is permanent or severe. As far as intimacy, it will be kept at a minimum, if nonexistent. I will alert if I change my mind.
Edit 2/22/14: Provided a list of character descriptions. The list is based on FAMILY, not TEAMS. You may want to skip some characters until they are revealed in the story.
Character Descriptions
Chapters
Arc 0
Prologue
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Arc 1
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
Chapter 9
Chapter 10
Chapter 11
Chapter 12
Chapter 13
Chapter 14
Chapter 15
Chapter 16
Chapter 17
Chapter 18
Chapter 19
Chapter 20
Chapter 21
Chapter 22
Chapter 23
Chapter 24
Chapter 25
Chapter 26
Chapter 27
Chapter 28
Chapter 29
Chapter 30
Chapter 31
Arc 2
Chapter 32
Chapter 33
Chapter 34
Chapter 35
Chapter 36
Chapter 37
Chapter 38
Chapter 39
Chapter 40
Chapter 41
Chapter 42
Chapter 43
Chapter 44
Chapter 45
Chapter 46
Chapter 47
Chapter 48
Chapter 49
Chapter 50
Chapter 51
Chapter 52
Chapter 53
Arc 3
Chapter 54
Chapter 55
Chapter 56
Chapter 57
Chapter 58
Chapter 59
Chapter 60
Chapter 61
Chapter 62
Chapter 63
Chapter 64
Chapter 65
Chapter 66
Chapter 67
Chapter 68
Chapter 69
Chapter 70
Chapter 71
Chapter 72
Chapter 73
Chapter 74
Chapter 75
Well here it goes. Not a very long chapter, but I want to get some feedback before continuing.
Prologue
“In a forest, where the light of the sky scarcely touches the ground, a conflict is brewing. In the imminent future, this forest will become a battleground to determine the true king. Friends will become enemies, brothers will betray one another, and boys will disregard morals to claim this title. It is a battle to determine the ultimate King of TUGS. ”
Bran is a 13 year old boy that lives in Westora, one of the 6 dominating countries on the Northern continent. He has three brothers, Robb(16), Jon(14), and Rikken(12). He cares for his brothers greatly, except for the times when he gets tied up by them during their TUGS games. He goes to the local middle school, which has just finished its year, and looks forward to the upcoming summer holidays. Sitting in the comfort of their living room, Bran and his brothers are now thinking about how they want to spend their summer.
“So guys, I got a hold of this flyer the other day about a crazy competition. It says it is a TUG competition that involves teams of players. I think we should join!” says Robb with eagerness.
“A TUG competition?” asked Jon.
“Yea. It is actually a competition that Robert is hosting. It is going to take place in the forested area behind his house, and the winner gets a huge reward.” Says Robb.
“What kind of reward?” asked Bran?
“The winner gets $5000!” said Robb.
The other brothers looked at him with shock. “$5000?!” asked Bran with amazement. “Who is your friend anyway?”
“As you know, Robert's father is now one of Westeros's ruling lords! He told me his parents gave him a large sum of money for his birthday, and he is using it to set up a huge TUG competition amongst his best friends.” said Robb.
The boys thought it over for a moment. As Bran thought, he had mixed feelings. “$5000? What kind of competition is this? I don’t know, but I have a bad feeling.” thought Bran, pondering the idea of the competition.
Bran always had a sixth sense about these things. If something bad was about to happen he could feel it. Bran was definitely not a risk taker, unlike his older brother Robb, but $5000?
“So what do you think guys?” asked Robb.
“Is there anything else you know about the competition?” asked Bran.
“Well apparently, it is going to involve roughly 5 to 7 teams. The goal of the competition is to capture all the other teams, and take the central area. In the central area, a lock that requires 7 keys will be placed on a door that leads to the throne room. Each team will be given a key to this lock. Each team is going to be broken up based on a couple things. 1. People who sign up together will be on the same team, with some exceptions. 2. People who come alone will be placed on a team at random. There is a limit on how many participates are allowed to enter. To make it fair, teams will be divided evenly. So if someone wants to be on one team, but that team is filled, he will be forced to join another.”
The boys listened to Robb carefully especially Bran. “The forest area where the game is held is broken up into 6 sections. Each section will be the base of a single team. Each section will have a miniature fort that serves as the seat of the area. Teams will have to evade the area and attempt to capture each other.” Said Robb.
The brothers thought about the competition some more.
“I don’t thin..” Bran was saying as John interrupted him.
“I think it’s a great idea!” said John.
Bran looked at him. “Wait a second John. This could be dangerous” said Bran with concern.
“But think about it! It’s $5000 dollars!” said John.
“I know but what if someone not exactly in their right mind enters. If were captured, who knows what could happen!” said Bran.
“You worry too much, bro!” said John.
Robb looked at both of them. “Bran, look at me” said Robb. “I wouldn't let you get into any danger. This is my best friend, Robert! He would not let anyone get hurt on his behalf. I would have not brought this up otherwise.” said Robb.
Bran thought about it again. Even though he still had a bad feeling about the competition, he decided to go, just for the sake of helping his brother. “Fine. I trust you, Robb.” Said Bran. Bran looked at his younger brother, who has not said a single word. But he didn't have to. Rikken, like Bran, also had his doubts, and it showed in his expression.
“Robert said he would go into more details later, after the registration is finalized.” Said Robb.
Little did they know, things will be much worse than what Bran is expecting.
chadmc90 : A Game of TUGs [M/M]
Moderator: Archiver
by chadmc90 » Mon Dec 23, 2013 1:41 pm
Chapter 1: A Walk of Brothers
It has been 2 days since the last conversation with his brothers, and Bran is anxiously awaiting his brothers to come from their rooms. It was around 6:30 in the morning, and the sun was already shining through the window. It was warm outside, typical of summer morning. As he sat on the couch, Bran heard some footsteps coming down the hall. It was his brother Rikken. Rikken, like Bran, was anxious about the tournament.
“Bran, can we talk for a minute?” asked Rikken.
“Sure. It will take a little longer for Robb and Jon to get ready.” said Bran.
“I’m really nervous about this tournament. What if something goes wrong? I’m not scared of being tied up, but what if we get tied up by the wrong people?” asked Rikken. Bran knew that Rikken had felt the same way about the tournament.
“I know , Rikken. If you don’t want to compete, then don’t. Our brothers will not blame you for it.” said Bran.
Rikken looked at Bran with concern. “But I don’t want any of us to go. I know how much it means to Robb, but the thought of being tied up by total strangers scares me. Bran, please don’t do this!” Rikken asked, begging his older brother not to take part in the tournament.
“I don’t want to either, but I am not letting them do this on their own. Maybe I would if Ned was here, but since he isn’t I am going to be with them.” said Bran.
Bran wished his oldest Brother Ned was here. Ned had just turned 18, and had decided to join the Crown Marchers, the primary millitary forces of Westeros. Ned would never have let them do something like this, even for that huge sum of money. He was always looking out for us, and would never let anything happen to his younger brothers. As Bran thought about Ned, he heard two sets of footsteps coming down the stairs. It was Robb and John.
“Well guys, are you ready to go? Registration starts soon! We want to be the first ones there so we can register our teams!” said Robb, excited about the prospect of the tournament.
“Yea guys, you’re not having second thoughts about the tournament are you?” asked John.
Bran looked at Rikken, expecting him to say something about not going, but to his surprise, Rikken replied no. The four brothers had left their house, and headed to Robert’s mansion. Since none of them had a vehicle, they had to walk. It wasn’t very far away, and it also gave time for them to talk more about the competition.
“Robert had sent out the email this morning about the competition details. I printed it out for you guys to read over.” Richard handed his younger brothers the printed copy, and they began to read over them. The document reads as follows:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A Game of TUGS - Rules and Info
A Game of TUGS will be a competition that is held on the estate of Robert Baratheon. The goal of the competition will be to retrieve one key from each team, and use it to open the door to the Wooden Throne. Inside the room, there will be one chair, including the throne, for each team registered. To win, tie each registered leader to the chairs, and have the team leader sit on the throne. The team who is able to get their leader on the throne and restrain all of the other leaders to the chairs around the throne wins the game.
As the game begins, each team is assigned a region that will serve as its headquarters. At the heart of each region will be a fortress that serves as the seat for the region. Inside will be a living area for five people (The leader and his “high advisors”). There will also be a conference room and a throne room for the leader. Underneath each fortress, however, there will be a dungeon, consisting of multiple cells for holding captives, and a torture area for interrogation (and fun, if you like). The first floor also has beds for the rest of the team.
The area will be monitored at all times to ensure safety and following of rules. If you are caught breaking any rules, security will intervene and take you out of the area and you and your team will be disqualified. Here are some general rules:
Each team member is assigned a headband with a team color. All participants must wear these at all times. Leader and Advisor headbands will be distinctively different, but the same rule applies.
Teams can change. If you want to join another team, then simply acquire one of their headbands. The only exception will be leader and advisor headbands. To become one of these, the team must overthrow their leader by any means, acquire the headband, and register a new leader at the terminal inside every fortress. The leader can also reappoint advisors as he sees fit.
BY NO MEANS, SHALL PARTICAPANTS BE ALLOWED TO CAUSE DEATH OR PERMANET DAMAGE TO OTHER PARTICIPANTS. This has been already stated before, but it needs to be emphasized. There will be much aggression during the tournament, so it needs to be understood that at the first sign of this, security will intervene. You may punish your captors, but keep it within reason.
Weapons will be used to temporarily incapacitate your enemies. Examples of weapons will include paintball guns and tasers. Also bondage equipment, such as shackles, rope, handcuffs, etc., will be provided for every fortress.
The area will be monitored by cameras placed round the entire area. There will also be “scouts” observing the area on foot. It is STRICTLY forbidden to engage with these scouts. They will wear a special headband that is easily identifiable. If you spot one of them, simply ignore them. They are there for your safety. If they spot rule breaking, they will intervene, and will use absolute force to stop you. Don’t push your luck.
You may keep slaves (from captives or even your own team), but treat them within the bound of the rules. Give them proper rest and food. You may punish them as long as it is not life threatening. Make sure all captives have enough living space (don’t overcrowd).
When you capture a team, you keep them as slaves. To capture or dismiss a team, remove a leader’s headband and scan the bar code on it and the system will mark the team as defeated. Be aware that a team can escape their captivity and get reinstated.
A team may hold as many forts as possible. The leader of each team can appoint a vassal to lead the area in his place. It is recommended that leaders choose a trustful vassal.
Food and other supplies will be delivered to each fort by scouts each day. It will be enough to sustain you for a one whole day.
As for weaponry, there are limits. The main thing to remember is that ABSOLUTELY NO WEAPONS THAT HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO CAUSE DEATH OR PERMANET DAMAGE WILL BE PERMITTED. For this reason, weapons will not be allowed past the entrance to the areas. “Safe” weapons will be placed inside each fortress for use. These rules will be strictly enforced.
Collecting resources: As mentioned above, food will be delivered each day to each fortress. But there will be other types of resources, such as timber for building things, scattered around the map. Each fortress is equipped with tools for constructing things out of wood. There will be other things scattered around, but the types will not be revealed. Also, a form of currency will be used. Each unit of this currency will be represented by a plastic coin (an example will be shown at the briefing). This can be used at the web store to purchase materials from Headquarters, which will be delivered to the fortress. You must present the correct amount to the deliverer at drop off.
Every participant is expected to stay the entire duration of the competition. There will be certain days you can leave, if you choose to do so. If you do, however, you will be disqualified from the tournament and will not be allowed to reenter the area. Participants will be allowed to resign from the tournament every other Saturday.
The winner will receive a prize worth at least $5000 at the conclusion of the tournament. If no team has claimed the Wooden Throne by the end of the summer, then it will be judged based on the performance of each team.
You are restricted to items you bring into the area. Only clothing items will be allowed inside the areas. No cell phones will be allowed.
Registration: In order to register a team, you have to bring at least 5 people with you at the time of the registration. Only 6 teams will be allowed to compete. Once 6 teams have registered, the remainder of the participants will be assigned teams, either randomly or by participant’s choice. The registration will last 12 hours, starting form 8:00 am and ending at 8:00 p.m. At registration, your team will be assigned a crate of headbands to wear. A maximum of 15 people will be allowed to join a team. If there is a severe imbalance, teams be partially reassigned to create balance.
I will go over these rules the hour before the tournament begins. I reserve the right to change the rules even after the start of the tournament. I hope to see many participants, as well as a lot of bondage (lol)! Good luck to everyone!
Robert Baratheon
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When Bran finished the letter, Rikken saw his face light up.
“Were supposed to stay there the entire time?!” asked Bran with even more worry than before.
“Yep. Don’t you think it will be fun? I mean instead of being tied up all the time, you may get to tie someone else up for a change! Haha” said Robb casually as they continued toward Robert’s house.
Bran was interested in the prospect of tying someone else up for a change. His older brother always won in their games, usually ending with the older brothers tying up the younger ones. “But what will mom say about this?” asked Bran, trying to persuade his brother to rethink his opinion of the tournament.
“Robb already talked to her!” said John. “At first she was skeptical about it too, but when we mentioned the money, she had a change of heart.” said John.
Bran remembers how his mom can be easily persuaded, especially when it comes to money. “Wait, when did you talk to her about this? I thought you only got the email this morning with the details? She was already gone by the time we were awake.” said Bran, trying to get some answers out of Robb.
“Well, Bran, I didn’t tell you EVERYTHING I knew. If I did that, then I knew you would think about it and withdraw from the tournament.” said Robb.
Bran was getting frustrated at this point. Robb had flat out lied to him.
“Just hold on!” Bran stopped walking for a moment, as well as the other brothers. “You didn’t have to lie! I would have gone anyway!” said Bran, with anger. “But now I am considering not going! Just how much more did you know?” asked Bran.
“With the exception of the indefinite stay part, I told you pretty much everything to you a couple of day’s ago.” said Robb casually. “If you are going to lie to me like this, I’m going home!” said Bran, as he turned in the other direction.
Robb stopped him for a moment. “Look Bran, I’m sorry I lied to you ok? I need you for this tournament! I didn’t trust you enough to tell you that last part. But it was a mistake on my part. Please, I need your help with this! You are smarter than the rest of us are! You need to help me with the strategies and stuff. Please Bran!” asked Robb, now pleading with him to join the competition.
Bran thought some more about it. It’s true that Bran is smarter than any of his other brothers; he is at the top of his class and has made straight A’s all throughout school. Robb, however, barely passes all his classes, and handles things with his fists rather than his brains. After giving it more thought, Bran changed his mind about going home.
“Alright fine. Just don’t lie to me again.” said Bran.
“You got it! Thanks Bran!” said Robb, pleased that Bran had changed his mind.
“But I need to ask, how does Rikken fit in? I know how I fit in, and John will be backup muscle, but how will Rikken be involved?” asked Bran, concerned about his younger brother.
“Because he is our brother. I don’t want to leave him out just because he is the youngest. As brothers, we always stick together through thick and thin. If Ned was here, he would be with us as well.” Robb turned to look at Rikken.
“Rikken, I know you have doubts about this competition too. Even I can see it in your eyes. I won’t force you or anyone else to go. I need people that I can trust, and who other than my own brothers would be better suited?”
Robb said, trying to ease and motivate his younger brother. The fear on Rikkens face vanished, and was replaced with a smile. He confidently said “Let’s do this.”
The brothers continue to their destination, eager to meet the challenges of the completion face on.
Chapter 1: A Walk of Brothers
It has been 2 days since the last conversation with his brothers, and Bran is anxiously awaiting his brothers to come from their rooms. It was around 6:30 in the morning, and the sun was already shining through the window. It was warm outside, typical of summer morning. As he sat on the couch, Bran heard some footsteps coming down the hall. It was his brother Rikken. Rikken, like Bran, was anxious about the tournament.
“Bran, can we talk for a minute?” asked Rikken.
“Sure. It will take a little longer for Robb and Jon to get ready.” said Bran.
“I’m really nervous about this tournament. What if something goes wrong? I’m not scared of being tied up, but what if we get tied up by the wrong people?” asked Rikken. Bran knew that Rikken had felt the same way about the tournament.
“I know , Rikken. If you don’t want to compete, then don’t. Our brothers will not blame you for it.” said Bran.
Rikken looked at Bran with concern. “But I don’t want any of us to go. I know how much it means to Robb, but the thought of being tied up by total strangers scares me. Bran, please don’t do this!” Rikken asked, begging his older brother not to take part in the tournament.
“I don’t want to either, but I am not letting them do this on their own. Maybe I would if Ned was here, but since he isn’t I am going to be with them.” said Bran.
Bran wished his oldest Brother Ned was here. Ned had just turned 18, and had decided to join the Crown Marchers, the primary millitary forces of Westeros. Ned would never have let them do something like this, even for that huge sum of money. He was always looking out for us, and would never let anything happen to his younger brothers. As Bran thought about Ned, he heard two sets of footsteps coming down the stairs. It was Robb and John.
“Well guys, are you ready to go? Registration starts soon! We want to be the first ones there so we can register our teams!” said Robb, excited about the prospect of the tournament.
“Yea guys, you’re not having second thoughts about the tournament are you?” asked John.
Bran looked at Rikken, expecting him to say something about not going, but to his surprise, Rikken replied no. The four brothers had left their house, and headed to Robert’s mansion. Since none of them had a vehicle, they had to walk. It wasn’t very far away, and it also gave time for them to talk more about the competition.
“Robert had sent out the email this morning about the competition details. I printed it out for you guys to read over.” Richard handed his younger brothers the printed copy, and they began to read over them. The document reads as follows:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A Game of TUGS - Rules and Info
A Game of TUGS will be a competition that is held on the estate of Robert Baratheon. The goal of the competition will be to retrieve one key from each team, and use it to open the door to the Wooden Throne. Inside the room, there will be one chair, including the throne, for each team registered. To win, tie each registered leader to the chairs, and have the team leader sit on the throne. The team who is able to get their leader on the throne and restrain all of the other leaders to the chairs around the throne wins the game.
As the game begins, each team is assigned a region that will serve as its headquarters. At the heart of each region will be a fortress that serves as the seat for the region. Inside will be a living area for five people (The leader and his “high advisors”). There will also be a conference room and a throne room for the leader. Underneath each fortress, however, there will be a dungeon, consisting of multiple cells for holding captives, and a torture area for interrogation (and fun, if you like). The first floor also has beds for the rest of the team.
The area will be monitored at all times to ensure safety and following of rules. If you are caught breaking any rules, security will intervene and take you out of the area and you and your team will be disqualified. Here are some general rules:
Each team member is assigned a headband with a team color. All participants must wear these at all times. Leader and Advisor headbands will be distinctively different, but the same rule applies.
Teams can change. If you want to join another team, then simply acquire one of their headbands. The only exception will be leader and advisor headbands. To become one of these, the team must overthrow their leader by any means, acquire the headband, and register a new leader at the terminal inside every fortress. The leader can also reappoint advisors as he sees fit.
BY NO MEANS, SHALL PARTICAPANTS BE ALLOWED TO CAUSE DEATH OR PERMANET DAMAGE TO OTHER PARTICIPANTS. This has been already stated before, but it needs to be emphasized. There will be much aggression during the tournament, so it needs to be understood that at the first sign of this, security will intervene. You may punish your captors, but keep it within reason.
Weapons will be used to temporarily incapacitate your enemies. Examples of weapons will include paintball guns and tasers. Also bondage equipment, such as shackles, rope, handcuffs, etc., will be provided for every fortress.
The area will be monitored by cameras placed round the entire area. There will also be “scouts” observing the area on foot. It is STRICTLY forbidden to engage with these scouts. They will wear a special headband that is easily identifiable. If you spot one of them, simply ignore them. They are there for your safety. If they spot rule breaking, they will intervene, and will use absolute force to stop you. Don’t push your luck.
You may keep slaves (from captives or even your own team), but treat them within the bound of the rules. Give them proper rest and food. You may punish them as long as it is not life threatening. Make sure all captives have enough living space (don’t overcrowd).
When you capture a team, you keep them as slaves. To capture or dismiss a team, remove a leader’s headband and scan the bar code on it and the system will mark the team as defeated. Be aware that a team can escape their captivity and get reinstated.
A team may hold as many forts as possible. The leader of each team can appoint a vassal to lead the area in his place. It is recommended that leaders choose a trustful vassal.
Food and other supplies will be delivered to each fort by scouts each day. It will be enough to sustain you for a one whole day.
As for weaponry, there are limits. The main thing to remember is that ABSOLUTELY NO WEAPONS THAT HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO CAUSE DEATH OR PERMANET DAMAGE WILL BE PERMITTED. For this reason, weapons will not be allowed past the entrance to the areas. “Safe” weapons will be placed inside each fortress for use. These rules will be strictly enforced.
Collecting resources: As mentioned above, food will be delivered each day to each fortress. But there will be other types of resources, such as timber for building things, scattered around the map. Each fortress is equipped with tools for constructing things out of wood. There will be other things scattered around, but the types will not be revealed. Also, a form of currency will be used. Each unit of this currency will be represented by a plastic coin (an example will be shown at the briefing). This can be used at the web store to purchase materials from Headquarters, which will be delivered to the fortress. You must present the correct amount to the deliverer at drop off.
Every participant is expected to stay the entire duration of the competition. There will be certain days you can leave, if you choose to do so. If you do, however, you will be disqualified from the tournament and will not be allowed to reenter the area. Participants will be allowed to resign from the tournament every other Saturday.
The winner will receive a prize worth at least $5000 at the conclusion of the tournament. If no team has claimed the Wooden Throne by the end of the summer, then it will be judged based on the performance of each team.
You are restricted to items you bring into the area. Only clothing items will be allowed inside the areas. No cell phones will be allowed.
Registration: In order to register a team, you have to bring at least 5 people with you at the time of the registration. Only 6 teams will be allowed to compete. Once 6 teams have registered, the remainder of the participants will be assigned teams, either randomly or by participant’s choice. The registration will last 12 hours, starting form 8:00 am and ending at 8:00 p.m. At registration, your team will be assigned a crate of headbands to wear. A maximum of 15 people will be allowed to join a team. If there is a severe imbalance, teams be partially reassigned to create balance.
I will go over these rules the hour before the tournament begins. I reserve the right to change the rules even after the start of the tournament. I hope to see many participants, as well as a lot of bondage (lol)! Good luck to everyone!
Robert Baratheon
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When Bran finished the letter, Rikken saw his face light up.
“Were supposed to stay there the entire time?!” asked Bran with even more worry than before.
“Yep. Don’t you think it will be fun? I mean instead of being tied up all the time, you may get to tie someone else up for a change! Haha” said Robb casually as they continued toward Robert’s house.
Bran was interested in the prospect of tying someone else up for a change. His older brother always won in their games, usually ending with the older brothers tying up the younger ones. “But what will mom say about this?” asked Bran, trying to persuade his brother to rethink his opinion of the tournament.
“Robb already talked to her!” said John. “At first she was skeptical about it too, but when we mentioned the money, she had a change of heart.” said John.
Bran remembers how his mom can be easily persuaded, especially when it comes to money. “Wait, when did you talk to her about this? I thought you only got the email this morning with the details? She was already gone by the time we were awake.” said Bran, trying to get some answers out of Robb.
“Well, Bran, I didn’t tell you EVERYTHING I knew. If I did that, then I knew you would think about it and withdraw from the tournament.” said Robb.
Bran was getting frustrated at this point. Robb had flat out lied to him.
“Just hold on!” Bran stopped walking for a moment, as well as the other brothers. “You didn’t have to lie! I would have gone anyway!” said Bran, with anger. “But now I am considering not going! Just how much more did you know?” asked Bran.
“With the exception of the indefinite stay part, I told you pretty much everything to you a couple of day’s ago.” said Robb casually. “If you are going to lie to me like this, I’m going home!” said Bran, as he turned in the other direction.
Robb stopped him for a moment. “Look Bran, I’m sorry I lied to you ok? I need you for this tournament! I didn’t trust you enough to tell you that last part. But it was a mistake on my part. Please, I need your help with this! You are smarter than the rest of us are! You need to help me with the strategies and stuff. Please Bran!” asked Robb, now pleading with him to join the competition.
Bran thought some more about it. It’s true that Bran is smarter than any of his other brothers; he is at the top of his class and has made straight A’s all throughout school. Robb, however, barely passes all his classes, and handles things with his fists rather than his brains. After giving it more thought, Bran changed his mind about going home.
“Alright fine. Just don’t lie to me again.” said Bran.
“You got it! Thanks Bran!” said Robb, pleased that Bran had changed his mind.
“But I need to ask, how does Rikken fit in? I know how I fit in, and John will be backup muscle, but how will Rikken be involved?” asked Bran, concerned about his younger brother.
“Because he is our brother. I don’t want to leave him out just because he is the youngest. As brothers, we always stick together through thick and thin. If Ned was here, he would be with us as well.” Robb turned to look at Rikken.
“Rikken, I know you have doubts about this competition too. Even I can see it in your eyes. I won’t force you or anyone else to go. I need people that I can trust, and who other than my own brothers would be better suited?”
Robb said, trying to ease and motivate his younger brother. The fear on Rikkens face vanished, and was replaced with a smile. He confidently said “Let’s do this.”
The brothers continue to their destination, eager to meet the challenges of the completion face on.
by chadmc90 » Mon Dec 30, 2013 1:08 pm
Chapter 2: A Plot for Dominance
Robert Baratheon, a 16 year old boy with one of the wealthiest fathers in the country, sets in the headquarters he designated for monitoring the upcoming game. With his new power as the son of a Ruling Lord, Robert can finally host such a huge event. He watches as his staff prepares all the equipment, mainly surveillance, barking orders when he felt needed. The door next to him opens, revealing a boy around his age walk through it. This boy was only wearing a jockstrap and a leather collar padlocked to his neck. He also had hand and ankle cuffs connected together by a series of chains circling his body. One of the handcuffs has a strange device on it, looking similar to a shock collar. The chains didn’t completely hinder movement, as it allowed him to walk and move his arms. He was carrying a glass filled with soda.
“Here is your drink, Master” said the boy, giving the drink to Robert.
“Why thank you, Ten!” replied Robert to the boy.
“Is there anything else you need, Master?” asked Ten, bowing to Robert as if he supposedly owns him.
“I think that will be all for now, Ten. If I need you for something, you will know. Get back to cleaning my room.” said Robert sternly.
“Yes, Master” said Ten.
As Ten left his master’s side, another boy came in. This one, however, was fully clothed and was wearing a black polo shirt and beige kakis. He had bright blond hair and blue eyes. He was Jeoffery Baratheon, Robert’s 14 year old brother.
“Ten? You’re lazy when it comes to name picking, Robert!” said Jeoffery snobbishly. “I at least take the time to name my slaves!”
Robert looked at his brother. “It’s just a waste. It’s not like you get attached to them or something. You name pets and babies. Slaves are just there to do your bidding. They are pretty expendable.” said Robert, chucking.
“Whatever. But it does make them feel like they have meaning.” said Jeoffery.
“Yea, I’m sure they are thrilled about the idea that they are chained up and having to do your bidding for a while. Giving them names is just a waste of time.” said Robert.
“It’s not like they stay forever, just until their debts are cleared. But anyway, let’s move on to more pressing issues, like this tournament. ”
“Yea, brother. You really haven’t talked about the tournament much. Even to me.” said Jeoffery, curious about Robert’s plans.
“Well, I kinda wanted it to be a surprise. Here, read over this!” said Robert, handing Jeoffery a copy of the rules page.
Jeoffery scanned over the rules. “You planned all of THIS?” said Jeoffery, now eager to know more about the tournament.
“What do you think? An all out battle between dozens of boys and the winner get a huge amount of cash! Pretty genius, don’t you agree?” said Robert, proud of his developing tournament.
“That’s interesting, but I thought you were wanting more slaves?” asked Jeoffery.
“I do. I told them what would happen if you won, but I didn’t say anything about what happens if you lose!” said Robert.
Jeoffery face produced a smirk. “I see. But what happens if your plan fails? I don’t think many would take the risk over $5,000. $5,000 split between 15 people would not be worth the risk for the price of failing, would it?” asked Jeoffery, interested in hearing Robert’s complete plan.
An evil smile appeared on Robert’s face. “What if I raised the stakes to say, 30,000?”
Jeofferys eyes widened. “$30,000! You are going to give away $30,000 to a bunch of..” Jeoffery said before Robert interrupted him.
“Of course not you dimwit! That’s where you come in.” said Robert, looking at his brother with a rather serious expression.
“What are you talking about?” asked Jeoffery, now concerned with what Robert was planning.
“What do you think? You and a team of my choosing will enter the tournament, and you WILL win. That way the rest of the participants will lose.”
Jeoffery was now really worried. “Wait what? Are you joking? I don’t want to take any part in this thing! I want to be up here with you, watching the action from the monitors!” said Jeoffery, trying to convince his brother not to enter him into the tournament.
“If you want some of the money our parents gave me, you will do exactly as I tell you.” said Robert. “It won’t be as bad as you think. Trust me, brother. I will assign you an unbeatable team, and you will win the tournament.” said Robert, trying to comfort his brother.
Jeoffery thought about it for a moment. Robert has promised to give him some of the money he got from Dad. He did say that he would have to do a small favor for him, though. “Alright, fine! But my fort better be up to my standards. ” said Jeoffery.
“You won’t regret it, Jeoffery.” said Robert, smiling at his younger brother.
Robert and Jeoffery looked around headquarters, thinking about impending tournament.
Bran and his brothers finally arrive at Robert’s estate. The gate is not open, however. Robb notices an intercom on the wall. He pushes the button to call the mansion.
“Who is this?” asks the voice on the intercom.
“Robb Stark, one of the participants in the competition.” Robb replied.
“Hold on” said the intercom.
A couple minutes went by, and the voice eventually returned.
“Yes, Robert checked you out on the security camera. He has granted you permission to enter” said the voice.
The gate finally opened, allowing the boys to enter. Before they entered, Robb stopped them.
“Wait just one moment. We are waiting on one person.” said Robb.
Bran had wandered what Robb was doing, since the tournament called for 5 people to form a team.
“A friend at school will be our fifth member. I believe you know him, John.” said Robb.
“You mean Theon?” asked John.
“Yes. He should be here shortly.”
As soon as Robb finished his sentence, the boys noticed another boy with dark-red hair walking toward them.
“Hey, Robb!” said Theon.
“Theon, thanks for helping us out! I couldn’t thank you enough friend.” said Robb, as they shook hands.
“Theon, these are my brothers. You have met John already, but the other two are Bran and Rikken.”
Theon looked at the other two boys with a small smile.
“Nice to meet you, Bran and Rikken. Robb has told me so much about you two. I hope I can help you guys win this thing!” said Theon.
“Are you people coming in or not? We are about to close the gates!” the intercom warned. The boys immediately entered the estate.
After walking what felt like a mile, the boys came upon Robert’s mansion. A good three stories, the mansion was built like an old fortress. Made out of stone, it had two towers on each side. It also had a small creek in front of it with a drawbridge connecting each side.
“Whoa. This is my first time ever coming here. This place looks amazing!” said John, amazed by Robert’s home.
“Yea. I was blown away myself. His family has lived here even before his father was appointed a Ruling Lord.” said Robb.
The 5 crossed the drawbridge over to the fortress and notices an area with a stage and an opodium on it. It also had 6 large picnic benches big enough to sit at least 15 people on it in the area.
“That must be where they are holding the briefing.” said Theon.
“Yea it must! I see the registration booth as well.” said John.
The five went to the registration booth.
“Ah, the first participants. And I notice there are 5 of you. Are you here to register your team?” asked the registrar.
“Yes, we are” said Robb.
“Very well. First I need your team’s name.” said the registrar.
“Stark” said Robb.
“Very well. Now I need to know each of your names and who will be leader.”
The boys each gave their name, and named Robb their leader.
“Good good. The headbands will be given out after the briefing, along with an updated rules set.” said the registrar.
“Robert changed the rules?” asked Robb curiously.
“Yes. He will go over them at the briefing. Don’t worry. The placements will not be finalized and will not go into effect until you sign the final versions.”
“Oh..Ok.” said Robb, looking slightly concerned about the rules change.
“Just pick any bench you want, and place this number on it. That bench will be where your team is seated. More participants will be added to your team randomly during registration. When all teams have been filled up, the briefing will begin. After the briefing, signing will be finalized.” said the registrar, pointing to the area where the benches are.
The boys picked a bench to sit at, and noticed no one but them was here yet. They boys were early, however, and expected others to arrive soon.
The boys, unsuspecting of any plots, wait anxiously for Robert to make their appearance
Chapter 2: A Plot for Dominance
Robert Baratheon, a 16 year old boy with one of the wealthiest fathers in the country, sets in the headquarters he designated for monitoring the upcoming game. With his new power as the son of a Ruling Lord, Robert can finally host such a huge event. He watches as his staff prepares all the equipment, mainly surveillance, barking orders when he felt needed. The door next to him opens, revealing a boy around his age walk through it. This boy was only wearing a jockstrap and a leather collar padlocked to his neck. He also had hand and ankle cuffs connected together by a series of chains circling his body. One of the handcuffs has a strange device on it, looking similar to a shock collar. The chains didn’t completely hinder movement, as it allowed him to walk and move his arms. He was carrying a glass filled with soda.
“Here is your drink, Master” said the boy, giving the drink to Robert.
“Why thank you, Ten!” replied Robert to the boy.
“Is there anything else you need, Master?” asked Ten, bowing to Robert as if he supposedly owns him.
“I think that will be all for now, Ten. If I need you for something, you will know. Get back to cleaning my room.” said Robert sternly.
“Yes, Master” said Ten.
As Ten left his master’s side, another boy came in. This one, however, was fully clothed and was wearing a black polo shirt and beige kakis. He had bright blond hair and blue eyes. He was Jeoffery Baratheon, Robert’s 14 year old brother.
“Ten? You’re lazy when it comes to name picking, Robert!” said Jeoffery snobbishly. “I at least take the time to name my slaves!”
Robert looked at his brother. “It’s just a waste. It’s not like you get attached to them or something. You name pets and babies. Slaves are just there to do your bidding. They are pretty expendable.” said Robert, chucking.
“Whatever. But it does make them feel like they have meaning.” said Jeoffery.
“Yea, I’m sure they are thrilled about the idea that they are chained up and having to do your bidding for a while. Giving them names is just a waste of time.” said Robert.
“It’s not like they stay forever, just until their debts are cleared. But anyway, let’s move on to more pressing issues, like this tournament. ”
“Yea, brother. You really haven’t talked about the tournament much. Even to me.” said Jeoffery, curious about Robert’s plans.
“Well, I kinda wanted it to be a surprise. Here, read over this!” said Robert, handing Jeoffery a copy of the rules page.
Jeoffery scanned over the rules. “You planned all of THIS?” said Jeoffery, now eager to know more about the tournament.
“What do you think? An all out battle between dozens of boys and the winner get a huge amount of cash! Pretty genius, don’t you agree?” said Robert, proud of his developing tournament.
“That’s interesting, but I thought you were wanting more slaves?” asked Jeoffery.
“I do. I told them what would happen if you won, but I didn’t say anything about what happens if you lose!” said Robert.
Jeoffery face produced a smirk. “I see. But what happens if your plan fails? I don’t think many would take the risk over $5,000. $5,000 split between 15 people would not be worth the risk for the price of failing, would it?” asked Jeoffery, interested in hearing Robert’s complete plan.
An evil smile appeared on Robert’s face. “What if I raised the stakes to say, 30,000?”
Jeofferys eyes widened. “$30,000! You are going to give away $30,000 to a bunch of..” Jeoffery said before Robert interrupted him.
“Of course not you dimwit! That’s where you come in.” said Robert, looking at his brother with a rather serious expression.
“What are you talking about?” asked Jeoffery, now concerned with what Robert was planning.
“What do you think? You and a team of my choosing will enter the tournament, and you WILL win. That way the rest of the participants will lose.”
Jeoffery was now really worried. “Wait what? Are you joking? I don’t want to take any part in this thing! I want to be up here with you, watching the action from the monitors!” said Jeoffery, trying to convince his brother not to enter him into the tournament.
“If you want some of the money our parents gave me, you will do exactly as I tell you.” said Robert. “It won’t be as bad as you think. Trust me, brother. I will assign you an unbeatable team, and you will win the tournament.” said Robert, trying to comfort his brother.
Jeoffery thought about it for a moment. Robert has promised to give him some of the money he got from Dad. He did say that he would have to do a small favor for him, though. “Alright, fine! But my fort better be up to my standards. ” said Jeoffery.
“You won’t regret it, Jeoffery.” said Robert, smiling at his younger brother.
Robert and Jeoffery looked around headquarters, thinking about impending tournament.
Bran and his brothers finally arrive at Robert’s estate. The gate is not open, however. Robb notices an intercom on the wall. He pushes the button to call the mansion.
“Who is this?” asks the voice on the intercom.
“Robb Stark, one of the participants in the competition.” Robb replied.
“Hold on” said the intercom.
A couple minutes went by, and the voice eventually returned.
“Yes, Robert checked you out on the security camera. He has granted you permission to enter” said the voice.
The gate finally opened, allowing the boys to enter. Before they entered, Robb stopped them.
“Wait just one moment. We are waiting on one person.” said Robb.
Bran had wandered what Robb was doing, since the tournament called for 5 people to form a team.
“A friend at school will be our fifth member. I believe you know him, John.” said Robb.
“You mean Theon?” asked John.
“Yes. He should be here shortly.”
As soon as Robb finished his sentence, the boys noticed another boy with dark-red hair walking toward them.
“Hey, Robb!” said Theon.
“Theon, thanks for helping us out! I couldn’t thank you enough friend.” said Robb, as they shook hands.
“Theon, these are my brothers. You have met John already, but the other two are Bran and Rikken.”
Theon looked at the other two boys with a small smile.
“Nice to meet you, Bran and Rikken. Robb has told me so much about you two. I hope I can help you guys win this thing!” said Theon.
“Are you people coming in or not? We are about to close the gates!” the intercom warned. The boys immediately entered the estate.
After walking what felt like a mile, the boys came upon Robert’s mansion. A good three stories, the mansion was built like an old fortress. Made out of stone, it had two towers on each side. It also had a small creek in front of it with a drawbridge connecting each side.
“Whoa. This is my first time ever coming here. This place looks amazing!” said John, amazed by Robert’s home.
“Yea. I was blown away myself. His family has lived here even before his father was appointed a Ruling Lord.” said Robb.
The 5 crossed the drawbridge over to the fortress and notices an area with a stage and an opodium on it. It also had 6 large picnic benches big enough to sit at least 15 people on it in the area.
“That must be where they are holding the briefing.” said Theon.
“Yea it must! I see the registration booth as well.” said John.
The five went to the registration booth.
“Ah, the first participants. And I notice there are 5 of you. Are you here to register your team?” asked the registrar.
“Yes, we are” said Robb.
“Very well. First I need your team’s name.” said the registrar.
“Stark” said Robb.
“Very well. Now I need to know each of your names and who will be leader.”
The boys each gave their name, and named Robb their leader.
“Good good. The headbands will be given out after the briefing, along with an updated rules set.” said the registrar.
“Robert changed the rules?” asked Robb curiously.
“Yes. He will go over them at the briefing. Don’t worry. The placements will not be finalized and will not go into effect until you sign the final versions.”
“Oh..Ok.” said Robb, looking slightly concerned about the rules change.
“Just pick any bench you want, and place this number on it. That bench will be where your team is seated. More participants will be added to your team randomly during registration. When all teams have been filled up, the briefing will begin. After the briefing, signing will be finalized.” said the registrar, pointing to the area where the benches are.
The boys picked a bench to sit at, and noticed no one but them was here yet. They boys were early, however, and expected others to arrive soon.
The boys, unsuspecting of any plots, wait anxiously for Robert to make their appearance
by chadmc90 » Thu Jan 16, 2014 8:32 pm
Chapter 3: A Gathering of Warriors Part One
A Gathering of Warriors Part One
Robb and his team sit themselves on the bench. They notice how big the bench is, allowing at least 10 more people to sit. The morning sun was rising in the distance, glaring light onto the five boys. As the boys waited, the news of the rules changing weighed on their minds.
“So, guys, any idea why Robert would change the rules so suddenly?” asked Theon.
“I have no clue. He only sent it out this morning, right Robb.” said John.
“Yea. Robert was adamant about waiting until the last minute to send out the rules. Said he wanted to review it as much as possible. But I guess he had a change of mind.” said Robb, trying to understand his best friends motives.
“You don't think something is wrong, do you?” asked Bran.
“I don't know. I guess we will find out later.”
As soon as Robb finished his sentence, a group of boys approached the registrar booth. “Oh, hello Tywin! I was wandering when you will arrive. I have already taken the liberty of establishing your team. That was Robert's order anyway. But here is your number. Jeoffery will be joining you soon.” said the registrar. The conversation was inaudible to Team Stark.
“Well that was much quicker than I thought. Robert is on things, which is quite unusual for him. He must be ready to get this tournament started. Come on, guys!” said Tywin.
The brothers walked to the bench area and immediately noticed Team Stark. They approached and greeted Team Stark. “Hello! I see we weren't the first ones here. I am Tywin. We are joining the competition as Team Lannister!” said Tywin, holding out his hand to Robb.
“Oh hi! Nice to meet you. I cant say that I know you, but I have heard that last name before.” said Robb.
“Yea, we are in fact Robert's cousins. We were invited by him to join this competition.” said Tywin.
The Lannisters were indeed cousins of the Baratheons. Now they are not nearly as rich and successful, but they are still considered to be upper class. But why do they want to join the tournament? The Lannisters are significantly wealthy. And How were they able to register without a fifth member?
“Ah, how rude of me. Let me introduce the others. The taller blond hair is Jaime, who is 2 years younger than me. I'm 17, myself. And my youngest brother, Tyrion, which is this short boy. He's 14.” Tywin said as he rubbed his hand across Tyrions dark blond hair hastily, teasing him.
“Would you cut it out! One day, I will be as tall as you!” said Tyrion.
“Sure, buddy!” said Tywin sarcastically. “And last, this one goes by Littlefinger.” said Tywin, pointing at the jet black haired boy. “He isn't my brother, but a good friend in high school.” said Tywin.
Team Stark also greeted themselves to Team Lannister. Noticing it as well, Robb asked Tywin about the missing teammate.
“Ah yes. Our teammate is here, but he is in the fortress. Robert's younger brother also wants to participate.” said Tywin in his cheerful nature.
Roberts younger brother? That’s a new one. Robb never mentioned Robert had a younger brother. But why would he be joining the tournament? With parents that rich, 5,000 for Jeoffery would be pocket change. Why would someone of his status risk being tied and tortured by other boys? These thoughts poured through Bran’s head, whom was growing even wearier by the minute.
“Well, glad to meet you guys. Good luck in the tournament!” said Tywin cheerfully as he and his team sat on one of the benches.
“Robb, I didn't know Robert had a younger brother!” said Bran, eager to find out more.
“Well, I didn't think it was important. Robert only mentioned it to me one time. He really doesn't talk about him.” said Robb.
“You don't think he is up to something, do you?” asked Bran, eager to know Robb's thoughts on Robert.
“Why would he be up to something?” asked Robb. “Robert wouldn't plan anything bad. He just wants to see a good show. I'm sure his family asked to be in the tournament. Robert said he wasn't participating himself, so I don't think you have anything to worry about!” said Robb.
“Yea I guess” said Bran. But Bran still had his doubts. The same doubts and fears that have haunted him since hearing about the tournament.
Some thirty minutes later, another group of boys approached the registration table. This time there were 5 of them, which was enough to register a team. But Team Stark recognized this team almost immediately. Their long time rivals, the Greyjoys, were also entering the tournament. The Greyjoys, like the Starks, had a large number of siblings. They were six siblings in total, including Theon. As the Greyjoys were registering, the Stark brothers immediately looked at Theon, who had his face pointing to the surface of the bench.
“Theon, what the hell are they doing here?” asked Robb, angry at his friend for not telling him.
“I'm sorry, Robb. I didn't tell them though, I swear! I thought they didn't know anything about the tournament.” said Theon, trying to appease his friend.
“I believe you Theon, but how did they find out? Robert only invited certain people. They would not have been allowed into the competition otherwise” said Robb.
“I don't know. But I know my older brother is resourceful.” said Theon.
“And the biggest a$$ in the school” Robb added.
The Greyjoys had built quiet a reputation at school. They are notorious for bullying anyone that is susceptible to it. Balon, the oldest boy, and Robb have had a considerable number of intense arguments, and would of gotten physical if it weren’t for Robert, whom both boys respect. Of course, Robert was Robb's best friend, but he was more of a...peacekeeper at the school, especially now that his family is a major power within the country. The Greyjoys finished registering and noticed Team Stark, which they immediately approached.
“Look at this, brothers! The Starks are here as well” said Balon. “I was wandering if you would join, Robb.”
Robb looked at him with loath.
“I see it in your eyes. You would love to tie me up and torture me as much as it is allowed, wouldn't you?”
“That would be interesting. I think I'll do that” said Robb.
“Haha! Hear that brothers! He thinks him and his team can actually beat us!” stated Balon, laughing at the concept of Robb beating Balon.
“And speaking of your team.” said Balon, turning his glare to his younger brother Theon.
“I guess were enemies then, Theon. Honestly, I had hoped you would be on MY side for a change, but I see you are still stuck up this guy's a$$.” stated Balon, disgusted with Robb and Theon's friendship.
“Make no mistake. When Team Stark is captured, you will receive the same punishment!” said Balon.
Theon held his head down. Balon was also into tie ups, and would often target Theon in order to “relieve some stress” He hated Robb with all his being, and made sure Theon felt the full force of his anger. He often got his brothers involved with his humiliation. It got to where Theon was genuinely scared of what was supposed to be his family. Because of his brothers hatred, he often stayed over at the Starks, whom felt like more of a family.
“You won't get that chance, when we capture your team, the first thing we are going to do is tie you to the nearest bed or pole and let Theon get his revenge on all of you.” said Robb.
The Greyjoys laughed hysterically at this statement.
“You know, instead of waiting until the tournament, why don't we drag you and your team back to my place. There aren't any rules, so we can do whatever we want.”
It looked as if a brawl between Robb and Balon was about to take place, when suddenly a voice stopped them.
“Well Well Well. If it isn't Robb Stark and Balon Greyjoy. I see that even out of school, you two can't stop jumping down each others throats.” said Robert, who had Jeoffery and a now clothed Ten at his side.
Chapter 3: A Gathering of Warriors Part One
A Gathering of Warriors Part One
Robb and his team sit themselves on the bench. They notice how big the bench is, allowing at least 10 more people to sit. The morning sun was rising in the distance, glaring light onto the five boys. As the boys waited, the news of the rules changing weighed on their minds.
“So, guys, any idea why Robert would change the rules so suddenly?” asked Theon.
“I have no clue. He only sent it out this morning, right Robb.” said John.
“Yea. Robert was adamant about waiting until the last minute to send out the rules. Said he wanted to review it as much as possible. But I guess he had a change of mind.” said Robb, trying to understand his best friends motives.
“You don't think something is wrong, do you?” asked Bran.
“I don't know. I guess we will find out later.”
As soon as Robb finished his sentence, a group of boys approached the registrar booth. “Oh, hello Tywin! I was wandering when you will arrive. I have already taken the liberty of establishing your team. That was Robert's order anyway. But here is your number. Jeoffery will be joining you soon.” said the registrar. The conversation was inaudible to Team Stark.
“Well that was much quicker than I thought. Robert is on things, which is quite unusual for him. He must be ready to get this tournament started. Come on, guys!” said Tywin.
The brothers walked to the bench area and immediately noticed Team Stark. They approached and greeted Team Stark. “Hello! I see we weren't the first ones here. I am Tywin. We are joining the competition as Team Lannister!” said Tywin, holding out his hand to Robb.
“Oh hi! Nice to meet you. I cant say that I know you, but I have heard that last name before.” said Robb.
“Yea, we are in fact Robert's cousins. We were invited by him to join this competition.” said Tywin.
The Lannisters were indeed cousins of the Baratheons. Now they are not nearly as rich and successful, but they are still considered to be upper class. But why do they want to join the tournament? The Lannisters are significantly wealthy. And How were they able to register without a fifth member?
“Ah, how rude of me. Let me introduce the others. The taller blond hair is Jaime, who is 2 years younger than me. I'm 17, myself. And my youngest brother, Tyrion, which is this short boy. He's 14.” Tywin said as he rubbed his hand across Tyrions dark blond hair hastily, teasing him.
“Would you cut it out! One day, I will be as tall as you!” said Tyrion.
“Sure, buddy!” said Tywin sarcastically. “And last, this one goes by Littlefinger.” said Tywin, pointing at the jet black haired boy. “He isn't my brother, but a good friend in high school.” said Tywin.
Team Stark also greeted themselves to Team Lannister. Noticing it as well, Robb asked Tywin about the missing teammate.
“Ah yes. Our teammate is here, but he is in the fortress. Robert's younger brother also wants to participate.” said Tywin in his cheerful nature.
Roberts younger brother? That’s a new one. Robb never mentioned Robert had a younger brother. But why would he be joining the tournament? With parents that rich, 5,000 for Jeoffery would be pocket change. Why would someone of his status risk being tied and tortured by other boys? These thoughts poured through Bran’s head, whom was growing even wearier by the minute.
“Well, glad to meet you guys. Good luck in the tournament!” said Tywin cheerfully as he and his team sat on one of the benches.
“Robb, I didn't know Robert had a younger brother!” said Bran, eager to find out more.
“Well, I didn't think it was important. Robert only mentioned it to me one time. He really doesn't talk about him.” said Robb.
“You don't think he is up to something, do you?” asked Bran, eager to know Robb's thoughts on Robert.
“Why would he be up to something?” asked Robb. “Robert wouldn't plan anything bad. He just wants to see a good show. I'm sure his family asked to be in the tournament. Robert said he wasn't participating himself, so I don't think you have anything to worry about!” said Robb.
“Yea I guess” said Bran. But Bran still had his doubts. The same doubts and fears that have haunted him since hearing about the tournament.
Some thirty minutes later, another group of boys approached the registration table. This time there were 5 of them, which was enough to register a team. But Team Stark recognized this team almost immediately. Their long time rivals, the Greyjoys, were also entering the tournament. The Greyjoys, like the Starks, had a large number of siblings. They were six siblings in total, including Theon. As the Greyjoys were registering, the Stark brothers immediately looked at Theon, who had his face pointing to the surface of the bench.
“Theon, what the hell are they doing here?” asked Robb, angry at his friend for not telling him.
“I'm sorry, Robb. I didn't tell them though, I swear! I thought they didn't know anything about the tournament.” said Theon, trying to appease his friend.
“I believe you Theon, but how did they find out? Robert only invited certain people. They would not have been allowed into the competition otherwise” said Robb.
“I don't know. But I know my older brother is resourceful.” said Theon.
“And the biggest a$$ in the school” Robb added.
The Greyjoys had built quiet a reputation at school. They are notorious for bullying anyone that is susceptible to it. Balon, the oldest boy, and Robb have had a considerable number of intense arguments, and would of gotten physical if it weren’t for Robert, whom both boys respect. Of course, Robert was Robb's best friend, but he was more of a...peacekeeper at the school, especially now that his family is a major power within the country. The Greyjoys finished registering and noticed Team Stark, which they immediately approached.
“Look at this, brothers! The Starks are here as well” said Balon. “I was wandering if you would join, Robb.”
Robb looked at him with loath.
“I see it in your eyes. You would love to tie me up and torture me as much as it is allowed, wouldn't you?”
“That would be interesting. I think I'll do that” said Robb.
“Haha! Hear that brothers! He thinks him and his team can actually beat us!” stated Balon, laughing at the concept of Robb beating Balon.
“And speaking of your team.” said Balon, turning his glare to his younger brother Theon.
“I guess were enemies then, Theon. Honestly, I had hoped you would be on MY side for a change, but I see you are still stuck up this guy's a$$.” stated Balon, disgusted with Robb and Theon's friendship.
“Make no mistake. When Team Stark is captured, you will receive the same punishment!” said Balon.
Theon held his head down. Balon was also into tie ups, and would often target Theon in order to “relieve some stress” He hated Robb with all his being, and made sure Theon felt the full force of his anger. He often got his brothers involved with his humiliation. It got to where Theon was genuinely scared of what was supposed to be his family. Because of his brothers hatred, he often stayed over at the Starks, whom felt like more of a family.
“You won't get that chance, when we capture your team, the first thing we are going to do is tie you to the nearest bed or pole and let Theon get his revenge on all of you.” said Robb.
The Greyjoys laughed hysterically at this statement.
“You know, instead of waiting until the tournament, why don't we drag you and your team back to my place. There aren't any rules, so we can do whatever we want.”
It looked as if a brawl between Robb and Balon was about to take place, when suddenly a voice stopped them.
“Well Well Well. If it isn't Robb Stark and Balon Greyjoy. I see that even out of school, you two can't stop jumping down each others throats.” said Robert, who had Jeoffery and a now clothed Ten at his side.
by chadmc90 » Sat Jan 18, 2014 11:12 pm
Chapter 4: A Gathering of Warriors Part 2
“Well Well Well. If it isn't Robb Stark and Balon Greyjoy. I see that even out of school, you two can't stop jumping down each others throats.” said Robert, who had Jeoffery and a now clothed Ten at his side.
Robb turned his attention to his friend and walked over to Robert.
“Robert..hey!” said Robb, surprised to see him. “I didn't expect you to show up so early?”
“Well I just came out to see who has registered so far. Already 3 team slots are filled, and it hasn't been an hour!” said Robert enthusiastically.
“Robert, can I ask you a question?” asked Robb, eager to find out more about the tournament.
“Sure, bud.” said Robert.
“I can see why you invited your cousins, but why did you invite these..the Greyjoys?”
Rob looked at the Greyjoys for a moment. Then he turned back to Robb to answer his question.
“Robb, I think the Greyjoys would be a great addition to the tournament. It would definitely make things more..interesting, don't you think?” said Robert.
“I..guess. But given their track record, can you even trust them? They could break the rules, you know?” said Robb, trying to convince Robert to not allow them to join.
Balon and his brothers approached the two after hearing Robb.
“Robert, I don't even see why you are friends with him. As the son of a Ruling Lord, you need people you can trust He runs his mouth too much. You should just let me take care of him.” said Balon.
Robert smiled at Balon. “Balon, I think I can choose good friends.” said Robert. Robert then turns to Robb. “And Robb, Balon will be in this tournament. Now I can understand why you're upset, but he will follow the rules.” Balon chuckled at this, which made Robert turn back to him. “Because if he doesn't, there will be HELL to pay.”
Balon then dropped his grin. He as well as anyone else knows Robert doesn't make mere threats. Balon doesn't fear many people, but Robert is one of the few exceptions.
“I think we will take our seat.” said Balon, signaling his team to follow him to their bench.
“Now, Robb, we can talk more later. I have to greet my family” said Robert.
Robert, Jeofferey, and Ten walk toward Team Lannister, while Robb heads back to his team's bench.
“So what did Robert say?” asked John.
“Nothing important. The Greyjoys are going to be in the tournament, but they respect Robert enough to not try something stupid.” said Robb.
“I still don't like this.” said Bran.
“Yea, I know. But I can't do anything about it.” said Robb.
Another 30 minutes had passed when another team had registered. This team, like the Greyjoys and Starks, went to the same school. The Freys had a large family, comprised of a couple dozen brothers and sisters. But unlike the Greyjoys, the two families shared no animosity. Walder, the oldest brother, had chosen 4 of his younger brothers to form a team.
“The Freys, huh.” said John. “I'm sure Robert invited them as well. He must be keeping a tight leash on the team leaders.”
“If he was doing that, then why did he invite the Greyjoys?” asked Robb, still pissed about the Greyjoys joining the tournament.
Just as the Freys claimed their bench, another team had caught their attention. Robert, who had took notice of this, was sitting in a chair on the stage when he jumped up. Ten, whom was still a mystery to the other participants, immediately followed like an obedient dog. Robert rushed over the registrar's booth where the group was.
“Stannis! I'm glad you can make it!” Robert said.
“Yea, Robert! It's been a long time, cousin!” said Stannis.
“So how did you enjoy your travels?” asked Robert.
“It was so amazing! I loved every minute of the seas! Sailing from one place to another and meeting new people and cultures has been a very enlightening experience.” said Stannis.
“I bet. But now since your father is needed here, you will be back for good.” said Robert.
Yes, that’s true. I have a favor to ask. Since you won't be in the tournament, I want to use the Baratheon name as my team name.” Stannis asked.
“Of course! Jeoffery is using the Lannister name as their team name.” said Robert.
“The Lannisters are joining too? This should be interesting!” said Stannis.
“So who did you bring with you, anyway?” asked Robert.
“You know my brother Renly I hope. The brown haired boy is Davos Seaworth. The shorter boy is his brother Matthos. And the black kid is Sallador Saan. All of them are friends from school. Is there anything else you needed to know?” asked Stannis, expecting Robert to ask him some more questions.
“I see, Stan. Just grab a bench after you are registered and we will have the briefing in a little while. We will be serving lunch at noon before we hold the briefing. Just make yourselves comfortable. Now if you excuse me, I am returning to my seat.” he said to his cousin before returning to his seat. “Come on, we have a lot of work to do.” he told Ten.
As they were leaving, Stannis stopped him. “Robert, who's the kid?” asked Stannis. “I've never met him before.”
“Oh him. Don't pay him any attention. He is working for me. Just...returning a favor from a while back.” Robert explained. Of course it was technically true. Ten was there to repay Robert, but little did Stannis know that Ten was in fact a slave. Robert had him clothed only to lower the suspicion. Only Jeoffery knew about this, and Robert preferred to keep it that way for now.
“Oh I see. Ok, Robert. Ill talk to you after the briefing then.”
Robert and Ten returned to the stage to monitor the registration, while the Baratheons claimed a bench for their team. Jeoffery had seated with the Lannisters, still slightly annoyed that his brother was making him participate.
Quite some time had passed, and now it was 30 minutes until noon. Some other boys had registered, but no other teams were formed. These boys will be placed after registration has concluded. But there was one more team to be filled. Right now it was the Starks, Lannisters, The Greyjoys, the Freys, and the Baratheons. If another team does not form, then one will be formed of the boys that had registered alone.
But suddenly, another group of boys had entered. Again, the other teams knew them, but it was quite a shocker. It was the Targaryens, the family that had a Ruling Lord in Westeros at one time. Also members of the same school, the Targaryens were infamous for their radical and sometimes insane behavior. They were renowned for their shady and controversial lifestyles, and rumor has it that the Targaryens own slaves! Slavery in Westeros is still legal, but there are now laws in place to govern the act. Salvery is losing is popularity in the country, as more people are abandoning it for paid services. Robert knew the Lannisters as well, given that they have worked together in the past. The Targaryens may have lost their seat in the community of the Ruling Lords, but they still hold a considerable amount of power.
“Ameon. What a...surprise!” said Robert nervously. “What brings you here to the tou..I mean my home?”
“It's been a long time. And you don't have to hide it dear friend. I know about your tournament. My team would like to join.”
Upon seeing them for the first time in years, Robert was afraid that they would ask. In truth, he didn't feel right about them letting them join the tournament. Especially after the nasty rumors he had heard about the family. But now that he had more power, they could...be potential “candidates” for his goal.
“Yea it has been a long time, 'friend.'” said Robert.” After giving it some thought, he came to a decision. “You know something? I think I will let you join!”
This caused quite a few jaws to drop. Was Robert serious? He is going to let those..lunatics join the competition? He couldn't be serious.
“I hope you read over the rules. Your family tends to ignore them sometime.” said Robert, warning the Targaryens before they register.
“Yes, Robert. Don't worry about that. We may be many things, but Targaryens stick to their words. Haha.” chuckled Ameon.
“Very well. You may register.” said Robert, as he turned around to head back to the booth.
“Robert, you can't be serious!” said Jeoffery, obviously not eager to enter this tournament with the Targaryens.
In truth, many of the other participants felt the same way. If the Targaryens captured any of them, who knows what they could do. And they were not about to take that chance so readily.
“You are going to let these psychos join the tournament? Do you not remember who they are?” asked Jeoffery, trying to plea with Robert to change his mind.
“Yea Robert. Do you want to take a chance with them?” added Robb, also feeling the same way about them.
“I have made up my mind. You will have to either accept it or get out.” replied Robert. In truth, Robert didn't want any one of them to leave. But he had to be firm if he wanted to maintain his tough guy personna.
“Robert! Please don't do this! Pleas..” Jeoffery was cut off by Robert.
“SHUT UP JEOFFERY! I have made my choice, and you will accept it.” Robert commanded his brother. Jeoffery backed away and lowered his head.
Robert's outburst startled some of the other participants. Robert knew he had to say something to keep this tournament going.
“Sigh. Look, I know how some of you feel about the Targaryens. But in case you have forgotten, I have scouts keeping tabs on the game. If the Targaryens, or anyone else for that matter, breaks the rules in any way, then they will be disqualified and dragged out of the tournament. It's completely up to you to stay, but I won't hold it against you if you leave. That is my final word.” said Robert, as he returns to his seat on the stage.
If it wasn't for Robert's popularity and new power, many may have walked out of the tournament. But because he was admired, people bought into his word and trusted him. So nobody left. The Targaryens, which was the final team to register, took the last team bench. The briefing would begin 30 minutes after noon, and Robert had his staff prepare lunch for his participants.
With the teams formed, everybody enjoyed a lunch that consisted of ham and cheese sandwiches and Doritos while waiting on the briefing to begin.
Chapter 4: A Gathering of Warriors Part 2
“Well Well Well. If it isn't Robb Stark and Balon Greyjoy. I see that even out of school, you two can't stop jumping down each others throats.” said Robert, who had Jeoffery and a now clothed Ten at his side.
Robb turned his attention to his friend and walked over to Robert.
“Robert..hey!” said Robb, surprised to see him. “I didn't expect you to show up so early?”
“Well I just came out to see who has registered so far. Already 3 team slots are filled, and it hasn't been an hour!” said Robert enthusiastically.
“Robert, can I ask you a question?” asked Robb, eager to find out more about the tournament.
“Sure, bud.” said Robert.
“I can see why you invited your cousins, but why did you invite these..the Greyjoys?”
Rob looked at the Greyjoys for a moment. Then he turned back to Robb to answer his question.
“Robb, I think the Greyjoys would be a great addition to the tournament. It would definitely make things more..interesting, don't you think?” said Robert.
“I..guess. But given their track record, can you even trust them? They could break the rules, you know?” said Robb, trying to convince Robert to not allow them to join.
Balon and his brothers approached the two after hearing Robb.
“Robert, I don't even see why you are friends with him. As the son of a Ruling Lord, you need people you can trust He runs his mouth too much. You should just let me take care of him.” said Balon.
Robert smiled at Balon. “Balon, I think I can choose good friends.” said Robert. Robert then turns to Robb. “And Robb, Balon will be in this tournament. Now I can understand why you're upset, but he will follow the rules.” Balon chuckled at this, which made Robert turn back to him. “Because if he doesn't, there will be HELL to pay.”
Balon then dropped his grin. He as well as anyone else knows Robert doesn't make mere threats. Balon doesn't fear many people, but Robert is one of the few exceptions.
“I think we will take our seat.” said Balon, signaling his team to follow him to their bench.
“Now, Robb, we can talk more later. I have to greet my family” said Robert.
Robert, Jeofferey, and Ten walk toward Team Lannister, while Robb heads back to his team's bench.
“So what did Robert say?” asked John.
“Nothing important. The Greyjoys are going to be in the tournament, but they respect Robert enough to not try something stupid.” said Robb.
“I still don't like this.” said Bran.
“Yea, I know. But I can't do anything about it.” said Robb.
Another 30 minutes had passed when another team had registered. This team, like the Greyjoys and Starks, went to the same school. The Freys had a large family, comprised of a couple dozen brothers and sisters. But unlike the Greyjoys, the two families shared no animosity. Walder, the oldest brother, had chosen 4 of his younger brothers to form a team.
“The Freys, huh.” said John. “I'm sure Robert invited them as well. He must be keeping a tight leash on the team leaders.”
“If he was doing that, then why did he invite the Greyjoys?” asked Robb, still pissed about the Greyjoys joining the tournament.
Just as the Freys claimed their bench, another team had caught their attention. Robert, who had took notice of this, was sitting in a chair on the stage when he jumped up. Ten, whom was still a mystery to the other participants, immediately followed like an obedient dog. Robert rushed over the registrar's booth where the group was.
“Stannis! I'm glad you can make it!” Robert said.
“Yea, Robert! It's been a long time, cousin!” said Stannis.
“So how did you enjoy your travels?” asked Robert.
“It was so amazing! I loved every minute of the seas! Sailing from one place to another and meeting new people and cultures has been a very enlightening experience.” said Stannis.
“I bet. But now since your father is needed here, you will be back for good.” said Robert.
Yes, that’s true. I have a favor to ask. Since you won't be in the tournament, I want to use the Baratheon name as my team name.” Stannis asked.
“Of course! Jeoffery is using the Lannister name as their team name.” said Robert.
“The Lannisters are joining too? This should be interesting!” said Stannis.
“So who did you bring with you, anyway?” asked Robert.
“You know my brother Renly I hope. The brown haired boy is Davos Seaworth. The shorter boy is his brother Matthos. And the black kid is Sallador Saan. All of them are friends from school. Is there anything else you needed to know?” asked Stannis, expecting Robert to ask him some more questions.
“I see, Stan. Just grab a bench after you are registered and we will have the briefing in a little while. We will be serving lunch at noon before we hold the briefing. Just make yourselves comfortable. Now if you excuse me, I am returning to my seat.” he said to his cousin before returning to his seat. “Come on, we have a lot of work to do.” he told Ten.
As they were leaving, Stannis stopped him. “Robert, who's the kid?” asked Stannis. “I've never met him before.”
“Oh him. Don't pay him any attention. He is working for me. Just...returning a favor from a while back.” Robert explained. Of course it was technically true. Ten was there to repay Robert, but little did Stannis know that Ten was in fact a slave. Robert had him clothed only to lower the suspicion. Only Jeoffery knew about this, and Robert preferred to keep it that way for now.
“Oh I see. Ok, Robert. Ill talk to you after the briefing then.”
Robert and Ten returned to the stage to monitor the registration, while the Baratheons claimed a bench for their team. Jeoffery had seated with the Lannisters, still slightly annoyed that his brother was making him participate.
Quite some time had passed, and now it was 30 minutes until noon. Some other boys had registered, but no other teams were formed. These boys will be placed after registration has concluded. But there was one more team to be filled. Right now it was the Starks, Lannisters, The Greyjoys, the Freys, and the Baratheons. If another team does not form, then one will be formed of the boys that had registered alone.
But suddenly, another group of boys had entered. Again, the other teams knew them, but it was quite a shocker. It was the Targaryens, the family that had a Ruling Lord in Westeros at one time. Also members of the same school, the Targaryens were infamous for their radical and sometimes insane behavior. They were renowned for their shady and controversial lifestyles, and rumor has it that the Targaryens own slaves! Slavery in Westeros is still legal, but there are now laws in place to govern the act. Salvery is losing is popularity in the country, as more people are abandoning it for paid services. Robert knew the Lannisters as well, given that they have worked together in the past. The Targaryens may have lost their seat in the community of the Ruling Lords, but they still hold a considerable amount of power.
“Ameon. What a...surprise!” said Robert nervously. “What brings you here to the tou..I mean my home?”
“It's been a long time. And you don't have to hide it dear friend. I know about your tournament. My team would like to join.”
Upon seeing them for the first time in years, Robert was afraid that they would ask. In truth, he didn't feel right about them letting them join the tournament. Especially after the nasty rumors he had heard about the family. But now that he had more power, they could...be potential “candidates” for his goal.
“Yea it has been a long time, 'friend.'” said Robert.” After giving it some thought, he came to a decision. “You know something? I think I will let you join!”
This caused quite a few jaws to drop. Was Robert serious? He is going to let those..lunatics join the competition? He couldn't be serious.
“I hope you read over the rules. Your family tends to ignore them sometime.” said Robert, warning the Targaryens before they register.
“Yes, Robert. Don't worry about that. We may be many things, but Targaryens stick to their words. Haha.” chuckled Ameon.
“Very well. You may register.” said Robert, as he turned around to head back to the booth.
“Robert, you can't be serious!” said Jeoffery, obviously not eager to enter this tournament with the Targaryens.
In truth, many of the other participants felt the same way. If the Targaryens captured any of them, who knows what they could do. And they were not about to take that chance so readily.
“You are going to let these psychos join the tournament? Do you not remember who they are?” asked Jeoffery, trying to plea with Robert to change his mind.
“Yea Robert. Do you want to take a chance with them?” added Robb, also feeling the same way about them.
“I have made up my mind. You will have to either accept it or get out.” replied Robert. In truth, Robert didn't want any one of them to leave. But he had to be firm if he wanted to maintain his tough guy personna.
“Robert! Please don't do this! Pleas..” Jeoffery was cut off by Robert.
“SHUT UP JEOFFERY! I have made my choice, and you will accept it.” Robert commanded his brother. Jeoffery backed away and lowered his head.
Robert's outburst startled some of the other participants. Robert knew he had to say something to keep this tournament going.
“Sigh. Look, I know how some of you feel about the Targaryens. But in case you have forgotten, I have scouts keeping tabs on the game. If the Targaryens, or anyone else for that matter, breaks the rules in any way, then they will be disqualified and dragged out of the tournament. It's completely up to you to stay, but I won't hold it against you if you leave. That is my final word.” said Robert, as he returns to his seat on the stage.
If it wasn't for Robert's popularity and new power, many may have walked out of the tournament. But because he was admired, people bought into his word and trusted him. So nobody left. The Targaryens, which was the final team to register, took the last team bench. The briefing would begin 30 minutes after noon, and Robert had his staff prepare lunch for his participants.
With the teams formed, everybody enjoyed a lunch that consisted of ham and cheese sandwiches and Doritos while waiting on the briefing to begin.
by chadmc90 » Sat Jan 25, 2014 12:19 pm
Chapter 5: A Game of Tie Ups Begins!
As noon approached, the summer sun beamed down upon the area. It was a nice summer day, and everyone was enjoying the small lunch Robert had prepared for his guests. The same guests that will enter a tournament to fight for one thing: a decent sum of money. But little do they know of Robert's dark intentions, and they won't know until Robert wants it known. 90 boys will be pitted against each other, and only 15 of them will be victorious. .
As the teams finished their meals, Robert approached the podium. He looked around at all the teams, including his cousins, and began to speak.
“Today will mark the beginning of what I hope to be a long and fun competition. In this competition, 6 teams will attempt to capture all other teams, and claim the wooden throne and win the competition. But as the registrar said, I have made some rule changes. The changes only reflect the consequences after the competition.”
“Consequences?” Bran thought as Robert was speaking.
“The first change is that the leader and advisers of each losing team must agree to be my servants for 2 years.”
“What?” thought Bran as Robert said this. “What is he talking about?” Bran also noticed that the other teams were whispering among themselves. Bran knew then that Robert was definitely up to something.
“Now before you have second thoughts, let me explain the second change: The prize money has been...changed. Before it was $5000 for the team. Now the winning team will receive a prize of $30,000!”
The area fell silent. $30,000 dollars is much more inciting than the previous amount, even after hearing the first rule change. Without a second thought, Bran started worrying about the competition. Yea, $30,000, even split between 15 people, was a nice amount. Bran knew better than to argue about it with Robb.
“Here is how the prize money will be awarded. The leader and advisers will get a bigger cut, since they have more at stake. 5,000 will go to the leader, and $3,000 for each adviser. The other 13,000 will be split among the rest of the team.”
The crowd started whispering again as Robert paused momentarily.
“Now I know the stakes are high, especially for the leaders, but I hope you all continue through the competition. After all, wouldn't you all like a chance at that money? If not, then you are free to walk away right now!”
The teams all fell silent once again. Robert was expecting some hesitation at the least. He even expected that some teams may walk away. But to his surprise, all teams remained seated. It wasn't just the money that kept them in their seats, it was the fact that Robert was idolized by the community. And for the Greyjoys and Targaryens, the tournament was a way to flex their muscles. They had every intention of winning. People trusted him, and never suspected him of any wrongdoing. They expected the servitude consequence wasn't as bad as it seems. Just do some work from time to time over the next 2 years. But little do they know, Robert's intentions were much darker than he was letting on.
When Robert realized that no one was leaving, he continued his speech. “I glad that everyone is staying. You will be required to sign a contract to finalize your registration. I will hand these contracts out after the briefing. Team registration is now closed, as all 6 teams have been formed. General registration will continue for the rest of the day. The competition begins tomorrow morning, where you will meet the rest of the team and I will show you the area where the competition will be held. You are all free to leave. Go home and prepare yourselves for the competition. Say goodbye to your family and friends, because you will not be allowed to leave the area once the competition has begun. I wish everyone luck. If you have any question, I will be here until registration is closed.”
With that, the teams started to stir. Some were leaving while others needed to ask Robert questions. Team Stark decided to go home for the day.
As the evening passed, many boys registered for the competition. The other boys were sorted at random and placed into each team until all teams had 15 members. As night drew, each team made preparations for the competition. They packed clothes, seeing as it is the ONLY thing that can be brought into the area. Each team went to bed considerably early that night, knowing that the following morning they will be locked in an area filled with other boys that want nothing more than to tie up and torture each other. They will not be free for the entire length of the competition, which could last until the end of the summer.
At the break of dawn, the teams gathered back at the same area. Instead of a registration booth, however, there were 6 large boxes. These boxes contained the headbands that each team will wear. These boxes were handed to each team, and the boy who served as registrar instructed the teams to go ahead and wear the headband. These headbands were colored differently for each team, and the leader's headband had a different design, which featured a pattern of a crown around it. On the inside of a headband, a bar code could be seen.
The teams once again sat at their designated benches. But this time, there were 10 more added to each bench. The Leaders and advisers met with the rest of their teams. They also distributed the headbands to the rest of the team. Robert then made his appearance once again on the stage where held his briefing yesterday.
“I'm glad you could all make it! First, let me show you a map of the area.”
Robert then pointed to the white screen behind him. A projector produced a screen, showing a basic layout of the area:
Image
“I have divided the area into regions, each controlled by a team. Around the map, there are “treasures” containing various resources, such as wood, food, currency, etc. I suggest you send scouts out to explore the area. Of course, your scout may not come back. Haha. The area is blocked off by a huge wall in order to prevent escape. The scouts will be monitoring the walls closely. The lake will also be monitored. Like I said, you won't leave unless I allow it. Before you enter the area, you will be required to hand over the registration contract. Also, if you notice the green triangles on the map, this represents “free tribes.” Yesterday, we had 30 more participates than expected. Since the teams were filled, we decided to let them into the competition, anyway. They will occupy these areas marked by the triangle, and will not be active in the competition, unless teams decide to “trade out” some members, or as part of an alliance agreement. Put simply, these tribes can become members of a team if they can get their hands on the team's headband. But of course, the team will have to agree though. Hehe.”
The area remained silent. “Now one last thing. You probably already noticed the 'Coliseum' in the lake. This is where special events will be held. Such events include games, markets, and so on. Some games may involve two teams participating, and the winner gets something from the losing team. Others may have resources as awards. The markets are used to buy special resources with currency you have collected. We will also hold a special “auction” during the tournament. These events will occur every Saturday. On these days, teams will be required to draw a truce. Except during organized games, no team shall attempt to capture another. The truce ends the following Sunday at dawn. Any violation of the truce will result in an immediate disqualification.”
The teams whispered among themselves once more, after Robert paused. But they stopped when Robert continued. “Now without further due, let the competition begin!”
Chapter 5: A Game of Tie Ups Begins!
As noon approached, the summer sun beamed down upon the area. It was a nice summer day, and everyone was enjoying the small lunch Robert had prepared for his guests. The same guests that will enter a tournament to fight for one thing: a decent sum of money. But little do they know of Robert's dark intentions, and they won't know until Robert wants it known. 90 boys will be pitted against each other, and only 15 of them will be victorious. .
As the teams finished their meals, Robert approached the podium. He looked around at all the teams, including his cousins, and began to speak.
“Today will mark the beginning of what I hope to be a long and fun competition. In this competition, 6 teams will attempt to capture all other teams, and claim the wooden throne and win the competition. But as the registrar said, I have made some rule changes. The changes only reflect the consequences after the competition.”
“Consequences?” Bran thought as Robert was speaking.
“The first change is that the leader and advisers of each losing team must agree to be my servants for 2 years.”
“What?” thought Bran as Robert said this. “What is he talking about?” Bran also noticed that the other teams were whispering among themselves. Bran knew then that Robert was definitely up to something.
“Now before you have second thoughts, let me explain the second change: The prize money has been...changed. Before it was $5000 for the team. Now the winning team will receive a prize of $30,000!”
The area fell silent. $30,000 dollars is much more inciting than the previous amount, even after hearing the first rule change. Without a second thought, Bran started worrying about the competition. Yea, $30,000, even split between 15 people, was a nice amount. Bran knew better than to argue about it with Robb.
“Here is how the prize money will be awarded. The leader and advisers will get a bigger cut, since they have more at stake. 5,000 will go to the leader, and $3,000 for each adviser. The other 13,000 will be split among the rest of the team.”
The crowd started whispering again as Robert paused momentarily.
“Now I know the stakes are high, especially for the leaders, but I hope you all continue through the competition. After all, wouldn't you all like a chance at that money? If not, then you are free to walk away right now!”
The teams all fell silent once again. Robert was expecting some hesitation at the least. He even expected that some teams may walk away. But to his surprise, all teams remained seated. It wasn't just the money that kept them in their seats, it was the fact that Robert was idolized by the community. And for the Greyjoys and Targaryens, the tournament was a way to flex their muscles. They had every intention of winning. People trusted him, and never suspected him of any wrongdoing. They expected the servitude consequence wasn't as bad as it seems. Just do some work from time to time over the next 2 years. But little do they know, Robert's intentions were much darker than he was letting on.
When Robert realized that no one was leaving, he continued his speech. “I glad that everyone is staying. You will be required to sign a contract to finalize your registration. I will hand these contracts out after the briefing. Team registration is now closed, as all 6 teams have been formed. General registration will continue for the rest of the day. The competition begins tomorrow morning, where you will meet the rest of the team and I will show you the area where the competition will be held. You are all free to leave. Go home and prepare yourselves for the competition. Say goodbye to your family and friends, because you will not be allowed to leave the area once the competition has begun. I wish everyone luck. If you have any question, I will be here until registration is closed.”
With that, the teams started to stir. Some were leaving while others needed to ask Robert questions. Team Stark decided to go home for the day.
As the evening passed, many boys registered for the competition. The other boys were sorted at random and placed into each team until all teams had 15 members. As night drew, each team made preparations for the competition. They packed clothes, seeing as it is the ONLY thing that can be brought into the area. Each team went to bed considerably early that night, knowing that the following morning they will be locked in an area filled with other boys that want nothing more than to tie up and torture each other. They will not be free for the entire length of the competition, which could last until the end of the summer.
At the break of dawn, the teams gathered back at the same area. Instead of a registration booth, however, there were 6 large boxes. These boxes contained the headbands that each team will wear. These boxes were handed to each team, and the boy who served as registrar instructed the teams to go ahead and wear the headband. These headbands were colored differently for each team, and the leader's headband had a different design, which featured a pattern of a crown around it. On the inside of a headband, a bar code could be seen.
The teams once again sat at their designated benches. But this time, there were 10 more added to each bench. The Leaders and advisers met with the rest of their teams. They also distributed the headbands to the rest of the team. Robert then made his appearance once again on the stage where held his briefing yesterday.
“I'm glad you could all make it! First, let me show you a map of the area.”
Robert then pointed to the white screen behind him. A projector produced a screen, showing a basic layout of the area:
Image
“I have divided the area into regions, each controlled by a team. Around the map, there are “treasures” containing various resources, such as wood, food, currency, etc. I suggest you send scouts out to explore the area. Of course, your scout may not come back. Haha. The area is blocked off by a huge wall in order to prevent escape. The scouts will be monitoring the walls closely. The lake will also be monitored. Like I said, you won't leave unless I allow it. Before you enter the area, you will be required to hand over the registration contract. Also, if you notice the green triangles on the map, this represents “free tribes.” Yesterday, we had 30 more participates than expected. Since the teams were filled, we decided to let them into the competition, anyway. They will occupy these areas marked by the triangle, and will not be active in the competition, unless teams decide to “trade out” some members, or as part of an alliance agreement. Put simply, these tribes can become members of a team if they can get their hands on the team's headband. But of course, the team will have to agree though. Hehe.”
The area remained silent. “Now one last thing. You probably already noticed the 'Coliseum' in the lake. This is where special events will be held. Such events include games, markets, and so on. Some games may involve two teams participating, and the winner gets something from the losing team. Others may have resources as awards. The markets are used to buy special resources with currency you have collected. We will also hold a special “auction” during the tournament. These events will occur every Saturday. On these days, teams will be required to draw a truce. Except during organized games, no team shall attempt to capture another. The truce ends the following Sunday at dawn. Any violation of the truce will result in an immediate disqualification.”
The teams whispered among themselves once more, after Robert paused. But they stopped when Robert continued. “Now without further due, let the competition begin!”
by chadmc90 » Sat Feb 01, 2014 11:57 pm
Starting Team Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 6: A Proposal
It had been 2 days since the tournament began; 2 days since Robert escorted the competitors through the gate that led to what will eventually be called a battleground. Over the course of the two days, after each team settled in, the teams immediately formed scouting patrols and sent them into the woods to find the treasures. Team Stark, in particular, consisted of 3 people. One of them was John Stark, who has supported his brother since the beginning of the tournament. The other two, Chase and Logan, were added to the team by random. Wearing a light blue t-shirt, matching shorts, and the team headbands, the three boys were sporting the team's colors.
“John, what exactly are we looking for?” asked Logan, who had just been assigned to the scouting unit.
“I'm not really sure myself.” said John. “The other two treasures we found were not the same, although they weren’t too difficult to spot. We just have to keep focus. Robb said there were 4 in our territory. The first one was a briefcase of 200 coins, and the second was 5 boxes of canned food. But Robert said the treasures could be anything.” said John in a low voice, remembering what happened on yesterday's scouting mission.
Yesterday, John's team was scouting the area west of their fortress. After hours of scouting, they finally found the 200 coins. But as they started to leave they were approached by 5 boys wearing tribal like clothing. It was one of the free tribes. As they approached, John and the two boys stepped back. Outnumbered, they decided it was best to just run. They grabbed the cash and made a run for it. One of the boys tripped and fell. The tribal boys immediately pounced on his back, and tied his hands behind his back fairly quickly. John and Chase continued to run, knowing it was futile to try and help. The tribals eventually ceased chasing them, deciding to focus on restraining their caught prey.
Back to the present, Chase noticed John in deep thought. “Thinking about yesterday?” asked Chase.
“Yea.” said John. “I felt like we betrayed him. We should of went back.” said John, regretting abandoning one of his teammates.
“I know it's tough. But if we tried to help, we would have been in the same predicament as him.” said Chase, trying to comfort John. “I think we should all get used to it. This kind of thing will happen a lot. And besides, they can't hurt him. You remember the rules, right?”
As Johns mood improved, the boys continued looking for treasures.
Meanwhile, back at the fortress, Robb and Bran were on the second floor, inside the Leaders chamber. They were discussing their plans for the tournament.
“I got a message from another team earlier, Bran.” said Robb, handing him a sheet of paper. “It's from the Freys. Remember the 20 sibling family?” said Robb.
“Yea I do.” said Bran, as he read the piece of paper.
The paper reads as follows:
Team Stark,
Team Frey would like to discuss a treaty. A present, we have no alliances. The Lannisters have already aligned with the Greyjoys. The Baratheons and the Targaryens have yet to form a major alliance. It is in both our interest to discuss terms for an alliance. But one condition must be met before I agree. In exchange for three hostages from my team, three hostages must be given from your team.
The hostages will be imprisoned inside both our fortresses, but cannot be tortured or humiliated. They will simply be prisoners. If the treaty is broken, however, this restriction will be lifted. I look forward to hearing from your team, Robb.
Walder Frey,
Leader Team Frey.
<paper ends here>
“An alliance?” said Bran.
“Yea, but we will have to trade three teammates, which will become our prisoners.” said Robb.
Bran pondered the idea. It would certainly help things. With the Lannister/Greyjoy alliance, the odds of winning against them are slim, but with an alliance the Lannisters will think twice about attacking them. But the condition is not vary favorable. The Starks have already lost one team member. Giving up three more would be very risky. Then again, we gain three prisoners of their own. The Freys didn't say anything about labor, so they may can “lend a hand.”
“I think it's risky, we give up three prisoners for potentially 15 allies. But can we trust them?” said Bran.
“That is the part I worry about. The Freys were never very social at school. They mostly kept to themselves. They're more or less an enigma!” said Robb.
“But we can't wait long. The Lannisters and Greyjoys can act anytime. And I bet Balon is trying his best to get the Lannisters to target us first.” said Robb.
After a moment of thinking, Robb came to a decision. He started typing a message on the computer that was setup inside the fortress.
“We have no choice but to agree.” said Robb.
“Fine. But the problem is deciding who will be traded. I can't imagine anyone would want to go along with it.” said Bran.
“Yea I know. Morale has dropped some after losing that boy. I just hope we are making the right decision.” said Robb.
“Me too.” said Bran.
Later that evening, further south down the river, the Lannister team is holding a celebration dinner. They are celebrating the formation of the alliance with the Greyjoys. Balon and his advisers have also joined the feast. On the wall, three boys are tied by their hands, which are suspended above them by a rope tied to the ceiling supports. They are stripped down to their underwear, and blindfolded and gagged with a ballgag. The rest of the boys in the room ignore their moaning and grunting as they eat dinner. Jeoffery, who was appointed leader of the Lannisters, sits at one end of the table, while Balon and his advisers sit at another.
“Today we celebrate two things. 1st is our alliance with the Greyjoys. Together, we will crush the rest of the teams with force. And second, we celebrate our first three captures, which are tied over there.” Jeoffery said as he pointed at the three helpless captives. “Now in case you are wandering who they are, they were captured by our scouting party. They happen to ambush them during a short nap. After the scouts examined their headband, they in fact belonged to the Baratheons!”
The three boys grunted and struggled against their binds, as the Lannisters and Greyjoys clapped and laughed at their captives.
“And to solidify our alliance, Balon will get to choose one of these boys to take back with them. A gift for our new allies” Jeoffery remarked.
“Thank you Jeoffery. I do believe this alliance will work out nicely after all. By the way, I have a proposal for you. How about we ambush the Starks first. You know Robb, the one that idolizes your older brother. I have a bone to pick with him, and I would really like to get him and my traitorous brother into our cells.” Balon said.
Jeoffery and the his advisers whispered among themselves.
“Very well. We will comply with your demand.” said Tyrion.
Balon smiled after hearing this. He was exited about finally getting a chance to torture and humiliate his long time rival.
After the teams finished their dinner, Balon chose the shorter of the two boys. He chose a brown hair, brown eye freckled boy to be his “gift.” Balon whispered something in the boy's ear that sent chills down his spine. “When we get back, were gonna have some fun. And by “we” I don't mean you.” Balon had something bad planned for his new slave. Jeoffery commanded two of his team member to take the other two captives down to the holding cells. Balons new captive was released from his suspension, and a leash was connected to a collar on his neck. The leash was handed to Maron, Balon's younger brother.
“Thanks again for the gift, Jeoffery. I will keep in touch.” Balon said, as he and his advisers left the fort.
East of Fort Lannister lies the Targaryens, who have already captured a tribal camp. The camp consisted of five boys, but were overpowered when 7 of their troops ambushed them. They are now inside the dungeon, sitting on their knees with their hands tied behind their backs. Ameon, who is the eldest Targaryen brother walks left and right, staring at each boy as he passes. The boys are stripped to their boxers and gagged with a bandanna.
So here is whats going to happen. If you can tell me what you want to happen in one minute, I will let you do as you wish. But you have to tell me. Otherwise, I will have to decide for you.” said Ameon. Moments of silence pass, and after 20 seconds pass, the captives get no response. “Well, are you going to speak?” The captives knew immediately what he is playing at. He wasn't going to remove the gag for them to speak. They would have to try and get the message across. The boys continued to yell “Let us go” or “Set us Free”, but instead the strictly tied bandannas muffled their voices. After 40 seconds of muffled voices, Ameon's face produces an evil grin.
“Oh what was that? I couldn't understand a word you said. Too bad you couldn't talk straight. I would have done anything you asked. Oh well. I guess I will have to decide for you.”
Ameon grabbed one of the boys and dragged him to a table like device. He motioned for some of his teammates to come over and lock the boy into the torture rack. The boy's hands and knees were locked into the shackles at each end of the device. The boy, now helpless, is blindfolded by Ameon.
“You're lucky number one!” said Ameon to the boy. “Robert must have a pretty dark side to have all these fun torture devices in here. This device is designed to stretch your arms and legs. Of course we won't pull too hard, but we will make you uncomfortable.” said Ameon, excited about trying out the device.
Ameon was right. The room was designed like a medieval torture room. It had many devices for torturing captives, like the torture rack, pulleys with shackles connected, and many tools that can cause disconfort. He also had other kinds of equipment, such as muzzles, handcuffs, nipple clamps, and pinwheels to name a few. Since Robert was the one who designed the fortresses, he did have a dark side. The sight unsettled most of the team, but the Targaryens smiled when they first saw this chamber.
“First, we will start with some intense tickling. This will last for about 15 to 20 minutes. Then the real fun begins.” said Ameon with an evil grin on his face. As Ameon was about to start, A blond haired, blue eyed boy entered the chamber.
“Ameon! You need to come quickly! We got news from Robert!” said Daeneric. “What!? Can't you see that I'm in the middle of something?” said Ameon.
“I know, but you need to come see this. It's very important!” said Daenric. “Its a telecast Robert is broadcasting on T.V”
“Alright, fine. You two. Stay here and “entertain” our guest until I get back. Just tickle him. No more. I reserve the right to do other things.” said Ameon, as he followed Daeneric to the first floor.
Robert, in his headquarters, is waiting for his telecast to begin. Ten, who is once again in nothing but a jockstrap, is massaging his feet at Robert's command. “Keep massaging, and don't stop. If you even pause for a minute, you will get punished.” said Robert.
The cameraman started to count down “5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0...”
Starting Team Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 6: A Proposal
It had been 2 days since the tournament began; 2 days since Robert escorted the competitors through the gate that led to what will eventually be called a battleground. Over the course of the two days, after each team settled in, the teams immediately formed scouting patrols and sent them into the woods to find the treasures. Team Stark, in particular, consisted of 3 people. One of them was John Stark, who has supported his brother since the beginning of the tournament. The other two, Chase and Logan, were added to the team by random. Wearing a light blue t-shirt, matching shorts, and the team headbands, the three boys were sporting the team's colors.
“John, what exactly are we looking for?” asked Logan, who had just been assigned to the scouting unit.
“I'm not really sure myself.” said John. “The other two treasures we found were not the same, although they weren’t too difficult to spot. We just have to keep focus. Robb said there were 4 in our territory. The first one was a briefcase of 200 coins, and the second was 5 boxes of canned food. But Robert said the treasures could be anything.” said John in a low voice, remembering what happened on yesterday's scouting mission.
Yesterday, John's team was scouting the area west of their fortress. After hours of scouting, they finally found the 200 coins. But as they started to leave they were approached by 5 boys wearing tribal like clothing. It was one of the free tribes. As they approached, John and the two boys stepped back. Outnumbered, they decided it was best to just run. They grabbed the cash and made a run for it. One of the boys tripped and fell. The tribal boys immediately pounced on his back, and tied his hands behind his back fairly quickly. John and Chase continued to run, knowing it was futile to try and help. The tribals eventually ceased chasing them, deciding to focus on restraining their caught prey.
Back to the present, Chase noticed John in deep thought. “Thinking about yesterday?” asked Chase.
“Yea.” said John. “I felt like we betrayed him. We should of went back.” said John, regretting abandoning one of his teammates.
“I know it's tough. But if we tried to help, we would have been in the same predicament as him.” said Chase, trying to comfort John. “I think we should all get used to it. This kind of thing will happen a lot. And besides, they can't hurt him. You remember the rules, right?”
As Johns mood improved, the boys continued looking for treasures.
Meanwhile, back at the fortress, Robb and Bran were on the second floor, inside the Leaders chamber. They were discussing their plans for the tournament.
“I got a message from another team earlier, Bran.” said Robb, handing him a sheet of paper. “It's from the Freys. Remember the 20 sibling family?” said Robb.
“Yea I do.” said Bran, as he read the piece of paper.
The paper reads as follows:
Team Stark,
Team Frey would like to discuss a treaty. A present, we have no alliances. The Lannisters have already aligned with the Greyjoys. The Baratheons and the Targaryens have yet to form a major alliance. It is in both our interest to discuss terms for an alliance. But one condition must be met before I agree. In exchange for three hostages from my team, three hostages must be given from your team.
The hostages will be imprisoned inside both our fortresses, but cannot be tortured or humiliated. They will simply be prisoners. If the treaty is broken, however, this restriction will be lifted. I look forward to hearing from your team, Robb.
Walder Frey,
Leader Team Frey.
<paper ends here>
“An alliance?” said Bran.
“Yea, but we will have to trade three teammates, which will become our prisoners.” said Robb.
Bran pondered the idea. It would certainly help things. With the Lannister/Greyjoy alliance, the odds of winning against them are slim, but with an alliance the Lannisters will think twice about attacking them. But the condition is not vary favorable. The Starks have already lost one team member. Giving up three more would be very risky. Then again, we gain three prisoners of their own. The Freys didn't say anything about labor, so they may can “lend a hand.”
“I think it's risky, we give up three prisoners for potentially 15 allies. But can we trust them?” said Bran.
“That is the part I worry about. The Freys were never very social at school. They mostly kept to themselves. They're more or less an enigma!” said Robb.
“But we can't wait long. The Lannisters and Greyjoys can act anytime. And I bet Balon is trying his best to get the Lannisters to target us first.” said Robb.
After a moment of thinking, Robb came to a decision. He started typing a message on the computer that was setup inside the fortress.
“We have no choice but to agree.” said Robb.
“Fine. But the problem is deciding who will be traded. I can't imagine anyone would want to go along with it.” said Bran.
“Yea I know. Morale has dropped some after losing that boy. I just hope we are making the right decision.” said Robb.
“Me too.” said Bran.
Later that evening, further south down the river, the Lannister team is holding a celebration dinner. They are celebrating the formation of the alliance with the Greyjoys. Balon and his advisers have also joined the feast. On the wall, three boys are tied by their hands, which are suspended above them by a rope tied to the ceiling supports. They are stripped down to their underwear, and blindfolded and gagged with a ballgag. The rest of the boys in the room ignore their moaning and grunting as they eat dinner. Jeoffery, who was appointed leader of the Lannisters, sits at one end of the table, while Balon and his advisers sit at another.
“Today we celebrate two things. 1st is our alliance with the Greyjoys. Together, we will crush the rest of the teams with force. And second, we celebrate our first three captures, which are tied over there.” Jeoffery said as he pointed at the three helpless captives. “Now in case you are wandering who they are, they were captured by our scouting party. They happen to ambush them during a short nap. After the scouts examined their headband, they in fact belonged to the Baratheons!”
The three boys grunted and struggled against their binds, as the Lannisters and Greyjoys clapped and laughed at their captives.
“And to solidify our alliance, Balon will get to choose one of these boys to take back with them. A gift for our new allies” Jeoffery remarked.
“Thank you Jeoffery. I do believe this alliance will work out nicely after all. By the way, I have a proposal for you. How about we ambush the Starks first. You know Robb, the one that idolizes your older brother. I have a bone to pick with him, and I would really like to get him and my traitorous brother into our cells.” Balon said.
Jeoffery and the his advisers whispered among themselves.
“Very well. We will comply with your demand.” said Tyrion.
Balon smiled after hearing this. He was exited about finally getting a chance to torture and humiliate his long time rival.
After the teams finished their dinner, Balon chose the shorter of the two boys. He chose a brown hair, brown eye freckled boy to be his “gift.” Balon whispered something in the boy's ear that sent chills down his spine. “When we get back, were gonna have some fun. And by “we” I don't mean you.” Balon had something bad planned for his new slave. Jeoffery commanded two of his team member to take the other two captives down to the holding cells. Balons new captive was released from his suspension, and a leash was connected to a collar on his neck. The leash was handed to Maron, Balon's younger brother.
“Thanks again for the gift, Jeoffery. I will keep in touch.” Balon said, as he and his advisers left the fort.
East of Fort Lannister lies the Targaryens, who have already captured a tribal camp. The camp consisted of five boys, but were overpowered when 7 of their troops ambushed them. They are now inside the dungeon, sitting on their knees with their hands tied behind their backs. Ameon, who is the eldest Targaryen brother walks left and right, staring at each boy as he passes. The boys are stripped to their boxers and gagged with a bandanna.
So here is whats going to happen. If you can tell me what you want to happen in one minute, I will let you do as you wish. But you have to tell me. Otherwise, I will have to decide for you.” said Ameon. Moments of silence pass, and after 20 seconds pass, the captives get no response. “Well, are you going to speak?” The captives knew immediately what he is playing at. He wasn't going to remove the gag for them to speak. They would have to try and get the message across. The boys continued to yell “Let us go” or “Set us Free”, but instead the strictly tied bandannas muffled their voices. After 40 seconds of muffled voices, Ameon's face produces an evil grin.
“Oh what was that? I couldn't understand a word you said. Too bad you couldn't talk straight. I would have done anything you asked. Oh well. I guess I will have to decide for you.”
Ameon grabbed one of the boys and dragged him to a table like device. He motioned for some of his teammates to come over and lock the boy into the torture rack. The boy's hands and knees were locked into the shackles at each end of the device. The boy, now helpless, is blindfolded by Ameon.
“You're lucky number one!” said Ameon to the boy. “Robert must have a pretty dark side to have all these fun torture devices in here. This device is designed to stretch your arms and legs. Of course we won't pull too hard, but we will make you uncomfortable.” said Ameon, excited about trying out the device.
Ameon was right. The room was designed like a medieval torture room. It had many devices for torturing captives, like the torture rack, pulleys with shackles connected, and many tools that can cause disconfort. He also had other kinds of equipment, such as muzzles, handcuffs, nipple clamps, and pinwheels to name a few. Since Robert was the one who designed the fortresses, he did have a dark side. The sight unsettled most of the team, but the Targaryens smiled when they first saw this chamber.
“First, we will start with some intense tickling. This will last for about 15 to 20 minutes. Then the real fun begins.” said Ameon with an evil grin on his face. As Ameon was about to start, A blond haired, blue eyed boy entered the chamber.
“Ameon! You need to come quickly! We got news from Robert!” said Daeneric. “What!? Can't you see that I'm in the middle of something?” said Ameon.
“I know, but you need to come see this. It's very important!” said Daenric. “Its a telecast Robert is broadcasting on T.V”
“Alright, fine. You two. Stay here and “entertain” our guest until I get back. Just tickle him. No more. I reserve the right to do other things.” said Ameon, as he followed Daeneric to the first floor.
Robert, in his headquarters, is waiting for his telecast to begin. Ten, who is once again in nothing but a jockstrap, is massaging his feet at Robert's command. “Keep massaging, and don't stop. If you even pause for a minute, you will get punished.” said Robert.
The cameraman started to count down “5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0...”
by chadmc90 » Thu Feb 06, 2014 8:05 pm
End of Chapter 6 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 7: The Games, the Hunt, and the Training
In each fortress, the teams all gathered in the entertainment room to watch Robert's broadcast. As the broadcast counted down, the free tribes watched from a laptop that was included. One tribe, the one that captured the Stark boy, had just finished tickle torturing their victim, as they turned their attention to their laptop. After the countdown finished, Robert's face appeared on the broadcast.
“Hello, and welcome to the first addition of the Baratheon news report. Before we get started, please be aware that on this day and at this time every week during the competition, I will hold this broadcast. Now the first bit of news is that the first coliseum meeting will take place this Saturday, in three days. All team members are expected to be present at the meeting. If a team is absent, then I will send my scouts to deduct 2 team members from its roster. As for the events, the first event will be a TUG of war. Again each team can decide to participate. The rules of the event go as follows: like a tug of war, each team will be required to pull the other into the middle to win. The twist: instead of pulling the ropes by holding on to it, each team member will be tied to the rope by their hands and waist! The winner will get to choose 2 members from the losing teams to be captives. There will be up to three matches for the event, as there are 6 teams. If you decide to enter, remember that each pair will be determined randomly, regardless of alliance treaties.”
Everyone continues to watch the screen as Robert continues the broadcast.
“The second event will be Capture the Team! In this event, two teams will be paired. For two rounds, one team will have to capture the other team by hunting them down. After a certain time period, the round will end, and one point will be added for each capture. On the second round, the roles are reversed. The hunting team will become the hunted, and the hunted team in round 1 will have a chance to score. After both rounds are concluded, the winner will be determined by highest score. For this game, no team will lose anything, but the winning team will get 2,000 credits to apply to their account! So it would be in every teams best interest to participate in this game at least.”
“There will be a third event, but the details will not be revealed until Saturday. I want to mention two more things about the tournament. Remember there is a market for each team to spend its credits on resources. The market will feature things you won't find on the online store, so please be sure to check it out. Another event that will be held is a “special auction” that everyone might want to check out. It will feature some highly valuable things..so to speak.”
“As for the final segment in this broadcast, I....kinda gave some late registrants a chance to enter the tournament. 15 to be exact. But they had to enter the tournament alone and are hiding out in the woods. They agreed to be your slaves! So it may be in the best entrants to send a group of teammates to go and look for these. Eventually, they will have to find a fortress. They have to eat as well, hehehe. Who knows where they will be hiding. And that concludes this broadcast! I hope it has been...informative. Copies of this Saturday's details will be sent to each team email account, with the exception of the surprise event. I thank you for watching, and wish you all......good luck.” Before the broadcast concluded, Robert winked at the screen.
Truth be known, they were not late registrants. Instead, Robert released his own personal slaves, who were forced to play along with his story. They could participate in the tournament, but knew what would happen if they do anything to piss Robert off. Back at the fortresses, the teams immediately planned their strategy to hunt down the fleeing slaves. The Starks, in particular, put John and three other boys to hunt down the slaves. “John, I am assigning you and three others to finding those boys.” said Robb. “Robert didn't give any detail about what they will be wearing or what they will look like, so be cautious. You don't know when the enemy might try and setup a trap. We can't afford to lose any more members” advised Bran. “Yea I understand.” said John. “Keep a lookout for those hidden treasures as well.” said Robb. “You will leave out early in the morning. Be careful.” said Robb.
“And as for all of you, I have some news from Team Frey. It seems they want to form an alliance with us. But for that to happen, we need to exchange three of our teammates as “hostages.” Don't worry, it won't be as bad as it seems. Walder and I have already worked out the treaty. Three of our members will simply work for Team Frey, as three members from their team will work for us. They will be like Wards. It's just a measure of security for this treaty, and will not involve torture or interrogation of any kind. We will have regular contact with the hostages. So now that I have explained it, we need to pick three members to go.”
The teams whispered among themselves for a moment.
“To make things fair, you will draw numbers out of a hat. The members with the numbers 1, 2, and 3 will be selected to go.”
Robb and Bran prepared the numbers and placed 9 numbers in a hat. Each member hesitated as they drew their numbers, knowing it could be them.
“So, who was chosen?” said Robert.
Three boys stepped up, as Robb expected.
“I know this may be difficult, but I will do my best to see you are treated fairly. We will also have three hostages from their team as well, so that should keep them in line.” said Robb.
“Tomorrow, John will return by noon, which we will then meet Team Frey to solidify the alliance. If this plays out, we could evade the onslaught of the Lannister/Greyjoy alliance.” said Robb.
“Now lets get some sleep.” said Robb.
The boys all went to sleep for the night to prepare for the coming day. After some fun with their new gift, the Greyjoy team also went to sleep, dreaming about ways to torture their future slaves, the Stark Brothers. The Targaryen leader also finished his planned torture of his captives. One by one, the lights of each fortress went out as the teams dozed off to sleep.
The following morning, the teams woke up to a storm, rain pouring down heavily and thunder growling from a distance. Luckily, the fortresses and free tribes were equipped with raincoats for the nasty weather. That morning, each team sent out units to hunt down the runaway slaves, who are probably not enjoying the weather at all. The teams expected that the runaways may give up and seek out a team for shelter from the rain, even if it meant giving up their freedom. John and 3 other boys were sent out into the storm for their scouting missions.
Robb sets in the kitchen at the table, drinking a cup of coffee and eating breakfast with Bran, Rikken, and some of the other boys. “Interesting weather for this meeting” said Robb, trying to spark a conversation.
“Yea it is.” said Bran. “So where are we meeting the Freys?”
“We are meeting them at our border. There is a large boulder to the east of our fortress. On past the free tribe camp, the boulder sits on the dividing line of our territories. It will be there we will make the exchange, and sign the treaty.” said Robb.
Bran looked at the map and noticed the boulder.
“I see. But shouldn't you leave someone here to guard the fortress?” asked Bran. “Yea, John and his team will be tired when they get back. The four of them will stay and look after the place. The rest of the team will come with us. Walder will also limit his group to 10, leaving behind five to guard their own fortress” said Robb.
“I see.” said Bran.
The boys finished their breakfast, and went to the entertainment room to kill some time before the meeting.
At the Greyjoy fortress, Balon and two of his brothers were inside the dungeon, standing in front of the helpless boy's cell, the same boy that was given as a gift to them by the Lannisters.
“So guys, I have some ideas about what to do with the Starks. I would love to try some ideas out, but we need a test dummy for that. So lets get this boy to be that dummy!” said Balon. The boy, locked up in his cell, started shivering from fear.
“Please, don't do anything to me! I'll do anything you want.”
The Greyjoys chuckled at the boys begging.
“Damn right you will. And we decide what happens from now on. If we want you to clean the fortress, you will. If we want to leave you in this cell all day, we will. If we decide to not feed you, we will not feed you until we absolutely have to. And if we decide to punish you, even if it is not justified, WE WILL” Balon explained with emphasis on the last part.
“The only thing you can do to make it better on yourself is that you best just give into your predicament, and accept that you will be at our mercy.” Balon continued to explain.
“Now, Rodrik. Open the cell and let him out.” Balon commanded to his younger brother.
Rodrik opened the cell, and immediately grabbed the boy by the arm.
“Ah, I guess we should introduce ourselves. Lets start with you.” said Balon,
“My name is Carlos.” the boy said timidly, as he stared at the floor.
Balon noticed this and pulled the boy's chin up to force the boy to look into his eyes.
“From now on you look your new masters in the face when spoken to.” said Balon.
The boys eyes began to water. “Yyes.” said Carlos.
“What was that?” said Balon.
“Yyess sir.” said Carlos.
“That's better. Remember that and you will be treated better. As for me, my name is Balon Greyjoy. You answer to me first and foremost. But if an adviser gives you a command, and as long as it doesn't contradict with my plans, then you will obey. The same goes for a team member. The golden rule is that you will be on the bottom in this fortress's hierarchy. If you prove yourself, and there is an opening on our team, I MIGHT allow you to become a member, and your days as a slave will cease.”
This gave Carlos some hope.
“Now, Rodrik. Strip him of his shirt and command him to put this on.” Balon said as he handed Rodrik a black speedo.
Rodrik forced Carlos to the ground and commanded him to lift his arms. Rodrick then removed the shirt off Carlos and handed him the speedo. Carlos then was instructed to change into the black speedo in his cell while Balon and Rodrik turned their head. Humiliated, Carlos slowly took off his shorts that he was allowed to wear for the night off, and slipped on the speedo. When Carlos notified his new masters that he was finished, Rodrik grabbed him by the arm and led him into the interrogation room.
Once inside, Balon and Rodrik lead Carlos to a device with a metal bar and two wooden supports at each end. Two shackles were hanging from the bar while two more were at the bottom of the wooden supports. Balon and Rodrik fastened Carlos into the device that restrained his arms above his body and his legged spread out.
“What are you going to do to me?” Carlos asked nervously.
“If you don't shut up, we will gag you” said Balon.
Carlos gulped as he kept quiet. Balon went over to the nearby table and started searching for something inside a box. Carlos eyes widened as Balon pulled out something.
“Hehehe. When I saw this, I couldn't wait to try this out on Robb, but you will do just fine until I get my hands on him.” said Balon.
Carlos watched as Balon approached with the item in question. Balon grasped the handle of the leather whip and went behind Carlos.
“Every day for a week, we will begin your training with 10 whippings to the back, just to remind you of your situation.” Balon said with an evil grin.
Carlos closed his teary eyes and screamed as the whip went across his back.
End of Chapter 6 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 7: The Games, the Hunt, and the Training
In each fortress, the teams all gathered in the entertainment room to watch Robert's broadcast. As the broadcast counted down, the free tribes watched from a laptop that was included. One tribe, the one that captured the Stark boy, had just finished tickle torturing their victim, as they turned their attention to their laptop. After the countdown finished, Robert's face appeared on the broadcast.
“Hello, and welcome to the first addition of the Baratheon news report. Before we get started, please be aware that on this day and at this time every week during the competition, I will hold this broadcast. Now the first bit of news is that the first coliseum meeting will take place this Saturday, in three days. All team members are expected to be present at the meeting. If a team is absent, then I will send my scouts to deduct 2 team members from its roster. As for the events, the first event will be a TUG of war. Again each team can decide to participate. The rules of the event go as follows: like a tug of war, each team will be required to pull the other into the middle to win. The twist: instead of pulling the ropes by holding on to it, each team member will be tied to the rope by their hands and waist! The winner will get to choose 2 members from the losing teams to be captives. There will be up to three matches for the event, as there are 6 teams. If you decide to enter, remember that each pair will be determined randomly, regardless of alliance treaties.”
Everyone continues to watch the screen as Robert continues the broadcast.
“The second event will be Capture the Team! In this event, two teams will be paired. For two rounds, one team will have to capture the other team by hunting them down. After a certain time period, the round will end, and one point will be added for each capture. On the second round, the roles are reversed. The hunting team will become the hunted, and the hunted team in round 1 will have a chance to score. After both rounds are concluded, the winner will be determined by highest score. For this game, no team will lose anything, but the winning team will get 2,000 credits to apply to their account! So it would be in every teams best interest to participate in this game at least.”
“There will be a third event, but the details will not be revealed until Saturday. I want to mention two more things about the tournament. Remember there is a market for each team to spend its credits on resources. The market will feature things you won't find on the online store, so please be sure to check it out. Another event that will be held is a “special auction” that everyone might want to check out. It will feature some highly valuable things..so to speak.”
“As for the final segment in this broadcast, I....kinda gave some late registrants a chance to enter the tournament. 15 to be exact. But they had to enter the tournament alone and are hiding out in the woods. They agreed to be your slaves! So it may be in the best entrants to send a group of teammates to go and look for these. Eventually, they will have to find a fortress. They have to eat as well, hehehe. Who knows where they will be hiding. And that concludes this broadcast! I hope it has been...informative. Copies of this Saturday's details will be sent to each team email account, with the exception of the surprise event. I thank you for watching, and wish you all......good luck.” Before the broadcast concluded, Robert winked at the screen.
Truth be known, they were not late registrants. Instead, Robert released his own personal slaves, who were forced to play along with his story. They could participate in the tournament, but knew what would happen if they do anything to piss Robert off. Back at the fortresses, the teams immediately planned their strategy to hunt down the fleeing slaves. The Starks, in particular, put John and three other boys to hunt down the slaves. “John, I am assigning you and three others to finding those boys.” said Robb. “Robert didn't give any detail about what they will be wearing or what they will look like, so be cautious. You don't know when the enemy might try and setup a trap. We can't afford to lose any more members” advised Bran. “Yea I understand.” said John. “Keep a lookout for those hidden treasures as well.” said Robb. “You will leave out early in the morning. Be careful.” said Robb.
“And as for all of you, I have some news from Team Frey. It seems they want to form an alliance with us. But for that to happen, we need to exchange three of our teammates as “hostages.” Don't worry, it won't be as bad as it seems. Walder and I have already worked out the treaty. Three of our members will simply work for Team Frey, as three members from their team will work for us. They will be like Wards. It's just a measure of security for this treaty, and will not involve torture or interrogation of any kind. We will have regular contact with the hostages. So now that I have explained it, we need to pick three members to go.”
The teams whispered among themselves for a moment.
“To make things fair, you will draw numbers out of a hat. The members with the numbers 1, 2, and 3 will be selected to go.”
Robb and Bran prepared the numbers and placed 9 numbers in a hat. Each member hesitated as they drew their numbers, knowing it could be them.
“So, who was chosen?” said Robert.
Three boys stepped up, as Robb expected.
“I know this may be difficult, but I will do my best to see you are treated fairly. We will also have three hostages from their team as well, so that should keep them in line.” said Robb.
“Tomorrow, John will return by noon, which we will then meet Team Frey to solidify the alliance. If this plays out, we could evade the onslaught of the Lannister/Greyjoy alliance.” said Robb.
“Now lets get some sleep.” said Robb.
The boys all went to sleep for the night to prepare for the coming day. After some fun with their new gift, the Greyjoy team also went to sleep, dreaming about ways to torture their future slaves, the Stark Brothers. The Targaryen leader also finished his planned torture of his captives. One by one, the lights of each fortress went out as the teams dozed off to sleep.
The following morning, the teams woke up to a storm, rain pouring down heavily and thunder growling from a distance. Luckily, the fortresses and free tribes were equipped with raincoats for the nasty weather. That morning, each team sent out units to hunt down the runaway slaves, who are probably not enjoying the weather at all. The teams expected that the runaways may give up and seek out a team for shelter from the rain, even if it meant giving up their freedom. John and 3 other boys were sent out into the storm for their scouting missions.
Robb sets in the kitchen at the table, drinking a cup of coffee and eating breakfast with Bran, Rikken, and some of the other boys. “Interesting weather for this meeting” said Robb, trying to spark a conversation.
“Yea it is.” said Bran. “So where are we meeting the Freys?”
“We are meeting them at our border. There is a large boulder to the east of our fortress. On past the free tribe camp, the boulder sits on the dividing line of our territories. It will be there we will make the exchange, and sign the treaty.” said Robb.
Bran looked at the map and noticed the boulder.
“I see. But shouldn't you leave someone here to guard the fortress?” asked Bran. “Yea, John and his team will be tired when they get back. The four of them will stay and look after the place. The rest of the team will come with us. Walder will also limit his group to 10, leaving behind five to guard their own fortress” said Robb.
“I see.” said Bran.
The boys finished their breakfast, and went to the entertainment room to kill some time before the meeting.
At the Greyjoy fortress, Balon and two of his brothers were inside the dungeon, standing in front of the helpless boy's cell, the same boy that was given as a gift to them by the Lannisters.
“So guys, I have some ideas about what to do with the Starks. I would love to try some ideas out, but we need a test dummy for that. So lets get this boy to be that dummy!” said Balon. The boy, locked up in his cell, started shivering from fear.
“Please, don't do anything to me! I'll do anything you want.”
The Greyjoys chuckled at the boys begging.
“Damn right you will. And we decide what happens from now on. If we want you to clean the fortress, you will. If we want to leave you in this cell all day, we will. If we decide to not feed you, we will not feed you until we absolutely have to. And if we decide to punish you, even if it is not justified, WE WILL” Balon explained with emphasis on the last part.
“The only thing you can do to make it better on yourself is that you best just give into your predicament, and accept that you will be at our mercy.” Balon continued to explain.
“Now, Rodrik. Open the cell and let him out.” Balon commanded to his younger brother.
Rodrik opened the cell, and immediately grabbed the boy by the arm.
“Ah, I guess we should introduce ourselves. Lets start with you.” said Balon,
“My name is Carlos.” the boy said timidly, as he stared at the floor.
Balon noticed this and pulled the boy's chin up to force the boy to look into his eyes.
“From now on you look your new masters in the face when spoken to.” said Balon.
The boys eyes began to water. “Yyes.” said Carlos.
“What was that?” said Balon.
“Yyess sir.” said Carlos.
“That's better. Remember that and you will be treated better. As for me, my name is Balon Greyjoy. You answer to me first and foremost. But if an adviser gives you a command, and as long as it doesn't contradict with my plans, then you will obey. The same goes for a team member. The golden rule is that you will be on the bottom in this fortress's hierarchy. If you prove yourself, and there is an opening on our team, I MIGHT allow you to become a member, and your days as a slave will cease.”
This gave Carlos some hope.
“Now, Rodrik. Strip him of his shirt and command him to put this on.” Balon said as he handed Rodrik a black speedo.
Rodrik forced Carlos to the ground and commanded him to lift his arms. Rodrick then removed the shirt off Carlos and handed him the speedo. Carlos then was instructed to change into the black speedo in his cell while Balon and Rodrik turned their head. Humiliated, Carlos slowly took off his shorts that he was allowed to wear for the night off, and slipped on the speedo. When Carlos notified his new masters that he was finished, Rodrik grabbed him by the arm and led him into the interrogation room.
Once inside, Balon and Rodrik lead Carlos to a device with a metal bar and two wooden supports at each end. Two shackles were hanging from the bar while two more were at the bottom of the wooden supports. Balon and Rodrik fastened Carlos into the device that restrained his arms above his body and his legged spread out.
“What are you going to do to me?” Carlos asked nervously.
“If you don't shut up, we will gag you” said Balon.
Carlos gulped as he kept quiet. Balon went over to the nearby table and started searching for something inside a box. Carlos eyes widened as Balon pulled out something.
“Hehehe. When I saw this, I couldn't wait to try this out on Robb, but you will do just fine until I get my hands on him.” said Balon.
Carlos watched as Balon approached with the item in question. Balon grasped the handle of the leather whip and went behind Carlos.
“Every day for a week, we will begin your training with 10 whippings to the back, just to remind you of your situation.” Balon said with an evil grin.
Carlos closed his teary eyes and screamed as the whip went across his back.
by chadmc90 » Sat Feb 08, 2014 12:08 pm
End of Chapter 7 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 8: A Treaty
Unfortunately, it was still stormy outside when it came time for the meeting. Robb, Bran, Theon, and 7 others(including the three boys selected for trade) decided to go with the meeting group while John, Rikken, Chase, and Logan remained at the fortress to guard it.
“Keep an eye on the fort, John. This shouldn't take long, so we will return soon.” said Robb, as he and the other boys accompanying him said as they were leaving the fortress.
“Very well, Robb. Good luck and be careful. There is a free tribe that you will approach on your path. They shouldn't bother you but they may take a gamble.” warned John.
“Yea I know. Bran and I already made plans to deal with them. We may come back with more than we left with. We need to fill that dungeon with some people. Haha” said Robb, thinking about the empty cells beneath the fortress.
The Starks may be the only team that has not captured any boys since the tournament began. But that might change later today, when they ambush the free tribe that sits on their path to the meeting place.
Some time had passed since the Stark Team left the fortress. They are not far now from the free tribe, and are hiding in the woods in preparation to ambush the unsuspecting boys. The storm had lightened, with only a light rain falling on the Stark boys.
“Boy I sure feel sorry for them. Having to sleep in the tents in this storm.” said one boy.
“Shh.” said Bran. “You don't know where they are. We need to keep quiet.”
“Ohh. Sorry” replied the boy.
“Ok guys, I think I have a plan.” Robb said. “Two of you will go up to the camp. One will actually enter the camp to gain the boys attention. After you get their attention, run into that small clearing we showed you earlier. That's where we will wait behind the trees and ambush them when you lure them into the clearing.”
“Ok, so which two will go?” asked another boy.
Robb picked two to lure the tribe out. As the two boys started toward the camp, Robb and the boys took their positions around the clearing. After 7 minutes, the boys have not returned. The team was getting nervous. After about 15, the team was about to give up, thinking the boys were captured, when they heard footsteps in the distance running toward them. In the clearing, the two teammates arrived, along with 4 other boys chasing them down.
“Stop! Just give up already! It's two on four!” one of the free tribe boys said as they were chasing the two down.
The two boys looked at each other and winked. One boy feigned a fall, signaling his team to invade. As the tribal boys approached, ready to pounce, they heard several footsteps come out of the forest around them. 8 boys immediately wrestled them to the ground.
“You two! Hurry up and get the stuff out of my bag, it's behind the tree!” Robb instructed the two decoys as he pointed to a tree.
“Yea were on it” said one of them, as they rushed over to the tree and grabbed the bag.
As the were removing the contents, the tribal boys noticed the long lengths of rope, handcuffs, bandannas, ball gags, and other restraining items fall out.
“No, please don't do this!” said one of them as the tribal boys struggled to get free.
“Be quiet! We don't want to hurt you. You will be escorted back to our fortress and will be our prisoners!” Explained Robb as he and the rest of the team snapped the handcuffs on the the tribal boys.
“If you comply, we will not be hard on you. But if you don't, it will get rough.” said Robb.
Robb took a long rope and began to tie it around each tribal person's waist. He then tied the chain of the handcuffs to the length of the rope with another much smaller length of rope. The other boys followed their lead and did the same thing to the other three boys.
“That should keep them from running. Now blindfold them and gag them” said Robb, and the boys complied with his orders. The boys wrapped bandannas around each boy's eyes and then inserted the ball gags into their mouths.
“And by the way, wouldn't you want to be in dry fortress with us, rather than out here in this rain?” said Robb rhetorically.
The boys didn't think of it that way. Maybe now they will at least remain dry.
When Robb grabbed the end of the rope to start walking, Bran walked up to one of the boys and removed his gag.
“What are you doing?” asked Robb.
“Hey, the others haven't noticed it yet, but there are only four of you. Each camp is supposed to have 5 boys in it. Wheres the last boy?” asked Bran.
Rob didn't think about that. The boys then realized their mistake, and then looked at the un-gagged boy for an answer.
“He was captured the other day! We had split up into two groups to look for treasures, but one our groups were ambushed by another team.” said the boy.
“Do you know which team?” asked Bran.
“Yea. I think it was the Freys.” said the boy.
Robb and Bran looked at each other.
“I see. Where did they ambush you? Teams aren't supposed to invade other teams territory unless they are attempting to attack the territory's fortress.” asked Robb.
“Uh, well we kinda made the mistake of crossing into their territory, and one of us paid the price as you can see.” replied the boy.
“I see then. Well we will bring it up when we meet them.” said Robb.
“Wait wha...Mhmmmp” said the boy as he was regagged by Bran.
“Lets go to the camp first and gather their supplies. Then we need to hurry. We are gonna be late if we don't hurry.” said Bran.
The Starks, along with their new captives, returned to the tribal camp and gathered what supplies were there, which was very little. They then proceeded to the meeting place
20 minutes after leaving the camp, the Stark team noticed a large boulder, which indicated the meeting place. The rain had finally ceased, but the skies were still cloudy, with an occasional pop of thunder in the distance. Beside the boulder stood a group of 10 people, which was the Freys.
The Starks approached the boulder to meet with them.
“Hello, Walder. Good to see you survived the storm.” said Robb, still in his raincoat.
“Hello, Robb. We should start off by introducing our teams to one another, since we will be working with each other.” suggested Walder. “The advisers are my brothers Stevron, Lothar, Olyvar, and Waldron.” said Walder.
“Nice to meet you guys. These two boys are my brothers: Bran and Rikken. And this one is Theon Greyjoy, my friend. They are my advisers.” said Robb.
Walder's eyebrow raised as he heard Theon's name. “Greyjoy? Shouldn't he be on the Greyjoys team then?” asked Walder.
“Ha, I understand your confusion. But I assure you, Theon dislikes his brother probably more than we do.” said Robb. “Theon thinks of us as his brothers more than he does of his actual brothers.” said Robb.
“I..see. Well I'm not going to question you adviser choices any further. If you think Theon is a good choice, then he is a good choice. Hate to get off on the wrong foot before we even sign the treaty, right.” Walder said as he smiled.
“It's okay, Walder. I understand.” said Theon.
“Ok, good. Now that that’s over, lets beg....” Walder was saying as he paused at the sight of the restrained boys.
“Well, it seems you have been busy.” said Walder, as he noticed the blindfolded and gagged boys.
“Oh, yea. Our dungeons are needing to be filled. So we decided to capture the tribe that was close to the meeting point.” said Robb. “That's why we were a little late. Which brings me to the question: did you capture a tribal boy a couple days ago? The boys we captured say you did.” Robb asked.
“Yes we did in fact. Our scouting team brought back one after ambushing a group of three. Is that the rest of his team?” Walder asked as if he needed to.
“Yea. I just wanted to verify their story. So now that we settled our question, lets sign this treaty.” said Robb.
“Lets. But first, our conditions.” said Walder, as he signaled three of his boys to come up.
Robb also turned to the three boys he selected, and motioned for them to step forward. Each of the 6 boys walked to the other team, whom will keep them in their fortress. Each team took out a set of handcuffs, and tied a rope around them to keep them restrained.
“Good. You have our word that they will remained untouched while at our fortress, unless you break the terms of the treaty.” stated Walder.
“The same applies to you too, Walder” said Robb.
“Good. Then let's sign the treaty and make it official.”
Walder took out a copy of the treaty and signed his name to it. He handed the pen to Robb and he signed as well. The alliance was made!
“Good. We were planning to surprise you guys with a picnic, but given the weather, we changed our minds. We can celebrate at some other time, if you like.” said Walder.
“We would like that, thanks.” said Robb.
“We will keep in touch. Goodbye, new friend!” Walder stated as he and his team departed form the scene.
Robb, with 7 new captives, signaled for his team to return to the fortress.
As they were leaving, a shadow emerged from behind the boulder. Dressed in all back covering his entire body, the boy wore a black ski mask over his head. He reached in his pocket and pulled out what looked like a cellphone. After pressing a few buttons, he pulled it up to his mouth. After a few moments he said “The deal was finalized. The Starks and the Freys are now allies.” said the boy.
On the other end of the line, Robert was in his living room, watching tv. “Good job, scout. I guess I need to inform the participants of the new development.”
End of Chapter 7 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 8: A Treaty
Unfortunately, it was still stormy outside when it came time for the meeting. Robb, Bran, Theon, and 7 others(including the three boys selected for trade) decided to go with the meeting group while John, Rikken, Chase, and Logan remained at the fortress to guard it.
“Keep an eye on the fort, John. This shouldn't take long, so we will return soon.” said Robb, as he and the other boys accompanying him said as they were leaving the fortress.
“Very well, Robb. Good luck and be careful. There is a free tribe that you will approach on your path. They shouldn't bother you but they may take a gamble.” warned John.
“Yea I know. Bran and I already made plans to deal with them. We may come back with more than we left with. We need to fill that dungeon with some people. Haha” said Robb, thinking about the empty cells beneath the fortress.
The Starks may be the only team that has not captured any boys since the tournament began. But that might change later today, when they ambush the free tribe that sits on their path to the meeting place.
Some time had passed since the Stark Team left the fortress. They are not far now from the free tribe, and are hiding in the woods in preparation to ambush the unsuspecting boys. The storm had lightened, with only a light rain falling on the Stark boys.
“Boy I sure feel sorry for them. Having to sleep in the tents in this storm.” said one boy.
“Shh.” said Bran. “You don't know where they are. We need to keep quiet.”
“Ohh. Sorry” replied the boy.
“Ok guys, I think I have a plan.” Robb said. “Two of you will go up to the camp. One will actually enter the camp to gain the boys attention. After you get their attention, run into that small clearing we showed you earlier. That's where we will wait behind the trees and ambush them when you lure them into the clearing.”
“Ok, so which two will go?” asked another boy.
Robb picked two to lure the tribe out. As the two boys started toward the camp, Robb and the boys took their positions around the clearing. After 7 minutes, the boys have not returned. The team was getting nervous. After about 15, the team was about to give up, thinking the boys were captured, when they heard footsteps in the distance running toward them. In the clearing, the two teammates arrived, along with 4 other boys chasing them down.
“Stop! Just give up already! It's two on four!” one of the free tribe boys said as they were chasing the two down.
The two boys looked at each other and winked. One boy feigned a fall, signaling his team to invade. As the tribal boys approached, ready to pounce, they heard several footsteps come out of the forest around them. 8 boys immediately wrestled them to the ground.
“You two! Hurry up and get the stuff out of my bag, it's behind the tree!” Robb instructed the two decoys as he pointed to a tree.
“Yea were on it” said one of them, as they rushed over to the tree and grabbed the bag.
As the were removing the contents, the tribal boys noticed the long lengths of rope, handcuffs, bandannas, ball gags, and other restraining items fall out.
“No, please don't do this!” said one of them as the tribal boys struggled to get free.
“Be quiet! We don't want to hurt you. You will be escorted back to our fortress and will be our prisoners!” Explained Robb as he and the rest of the team snapped the handcuffs on the the tribal boys.
“If you comply, we will not be hard on you. But if you don't, it will get rough.” said Robb.
Robb took a long rope and began to tie it around each tribal person's waist. He then tied the chain of the handcuffs to the length of the rope with another much smaller length of rope. The other boys followed their lead and did the same thing to the other three boys.
“That should keep them from running. Now blindfold them and gag them” said Robb, and the boys complied with his orders. The boys wrapped bandannas around each boy's eyes and then inserted the ball gags into their mouths.
“And by the way, wouldn't you want to be in dry fortress with us, rather than out here in this rain?” said Robb rhetorically.
The boys didn't think of it that way. Maybe now they will at least remain dry.
When Robb grabbed the end of the rope to start walking, Bran walked up to one of the boys and removed his gag.
“What are you doing?” asked Robb.
“Hey, the others haven't noticed it yet, but there are only four of you. Each camp is supposed to have 5 boys in it. Wheres the last boy?” asked Bran.
Rob didn't think about that. The boys then realized their mistake, and then looked at the un-gagged boy for an answer.
“He was captured the other day! We had split up into two groups to look for treasures, but one our groups were ambushed by another team.” said the boy.
“Do you know which team?” asked Bran.
“Yea. I think it was the Freys.” said the boy.
Robb and Bran looked at each other.
“I see. Where did they ambush you? Teams aren't supposed to invade other teams territory unless they are attempting to attack the territory's fortress.” asked Robb.
“Uh, well we kinda made the mistake of crossing into their territory, and one of us paid the price as you can see.” replied the boy.
“I see then. Well we will bring it up when we meet them.” said Robb.
“Wait wha...Mhmmmp” said the boy as he was regagged by Bran.
“Lets go to the camp first and gather their supplies. Then we need to hurry. We are gonna be late if we don't hurry.” said Bran.
The Starks, along with their new captives, returned to the tribal camp and gathered what supplies were there, which was very little. They then proceeded to the meeting place
20 minutes after leaving the camp, the Stark team noticed a large boulder, which indicated the meeting place. The rain had finally ceased, but the skies were still cloudy, with an occasional pop of thunder in the distance. Beside the boulder stood a group of 10 people, which was the Freys.
The Starks approached the boulder to meet with them.
“Hello, Walder. Good to see you survived the storm.” said Robb, still in his raincoat.
“Hello, Robb. We should start off by introducing our teams to one another, since we will be working with each other.” suggested Walder. “The advisers are my brothers Stevron, Lothar, Olyvar, and Waldron.” said Walder.
“Nice to meet you guys. These two boys are my brothers: Bran and Rikken. And this one is Theon Greyjoy, my friend. They are my advisers.” said Robb.
Walder's eyebrow raised as he heard Theon's name. “Greyjoy? Shouldn't he be on the Greyjoys team then?” asked Walder.
“Ha, I understand your confusion. But I assure you, Theon dislikes his brother probably more than we do.” said Robb. “Theon thinks of us as his brothers more than he does of his actual brothers.” said Robb.
“I..see. Well I'm not going to question you adviser choices any further. If you think Theon is a good choice, then he is a good choice. Hate to get off on the wrong foot before we even sign the treaty, right.” Walder said as he smiled.
“It's okay, Walder. I understand.” said Theon.
“Ok, good. Now that that’s over, lets beg....” Walder was saying as he paused at the sight of the restrained boys.
“Well, it seems you have been busy.” said Walder, as he noticed the blindfolded and gagged boys.
“Oh, yea. Our dungeons are needing to be filled. So we decided to capture the tribe that was close to the meeting point.” said Robb. “That's why we were a little late. Which brings me to the question: did you capture a tribal boy a couple days ago? The boys we captured say you did.” Robb asked.
“Yes we did in fact. Our scouting team brought back one after ambushing a group of three. Is that the rest of his team?” Walder asked as if he needed to.
“Yea. I just wanted to verify their story. So now that we settled our question, lets sign this treaty.” said Robb.
“Lets. But first, our conditions.” said Walder, as he signaled three of his boys to come up.
Robb also turned to the three boys he selected, and motioned for them to step forward. Each of the 6 boys walked to the other team, whom will keep them in their fortress. Each team took out a set of handcuffs, and tied a rope around them to keep them restrained.
“Good. You have our word that they will remained untouched while at our fortress, unless you break the terms of the treaty.” stated Walder.
“The same applies to you too, Walder” said Robb.
“Good. Then let's sign the treaty and make it official.”
Walder took out a copy of the treaty and signed his name to it. He handed the pen to Robb and he signed as well. The alliance was made!
“Good. We were planning to surprise you guys with a picnic, but given the weather, we changed our minds. We can celebrate at some other time, if you like.” said Walder.
“We would like that, thanks.” said Robb.
“We will keep in touch. Goodbye, new friend!” Walder stated as he and his team departed form the scene.
Robb, with 7 new captives, signaled for his team to return to the fortress.
As they were leaving, a shadow emerged from behind the boulder. Dressed in all back covering his entire body, the boy wore a black ski mask over his head. He reached in his pocket and pulled out what looked like a cellphone. After pressing a few buttons, he pulled it up to his mouth. After a few moments he said “The deal was finalized. The Starks and the Freys are now allies.” said the boy.
On the other end of the line, Robert was in his living room, watching tv. “Good job, scout. I guess I need to inform the participants of the new development.”
by chadmc90 » Sat Feb 08, 2014 9:08 pm
End of Chapter 8 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 9: A Slaves First Day
It has been over 3 days since the beginning of the tournament. Already, three tribal camps have been found and captured, 80% of the treasures have been found, and 2 alliances have been formed. The Starks, in giving up three of their own team, formed an alliance with the Freys, whom have also given up three of their team members. Robert has announced the first coliseum event that will take place in two days. Of the 15 slaves, 4 have either given up or have been found and captured since last night. 11 slaves remain on the run, and each team is keeping a lookout for them. Later in the evening, Robb and his crew return to their fortress, with 7 new captives. Three of them will simply be kept in the fortress, while the other four will face unknown consequences. As for the Freys, they captured three of the runaway slaves, making their tally up to 7 as well. The Lannisters have three slaves, which two were captured from the Baratheons and one was a runaway slave. The Greyjoys have only one slave so far.
That slave in particular, named Carlos, has had a horrid day as a slave for the Greyjoys. When out of his cell, he is required to only wear a speedo. If he is not in the interrogation room, he is either cleaning the fortress or tending to the needs of his new masters. But now, 24 hours after he was handed to the Greyjoys from the Lannisters, he is about to endure another round of torture.
“Carlos, I saw the kitchen, and you did a satisfactory job cleaning it. I think Balon will be satisfied.” said Euron, brother and adviser to Balon.
“Yes, thank yo..OOOUCH!” said Carlos as a jolt of pain shot into his neck.
“Say that again?” asked Euron.
“Yes..sir” said Carlos.
“Good. Each time you get it wrong, the shock collar around your neck will remind you. And if you escape, the shock collar will also remind you to return. Do I make myself clear?” said Euron.
“Yes sir.” said Carlos.
“Now before I let you have your earned meal, you have to thank me!” said Euron.
Carlos knew exactly what he was talking about. Balon had explained how Carlos will thank his new masters when needed. Euron set in on the kitchen chair and took off his shoe. It was reeking of dirt and sweat from walking in the rain. Carlos bent down and slowly planted his lips upon his master's foot and began to kiss it. After a couple of seconds, which seemed much longer to Carlos, he lifted his head and stared at Euron.
“Thank you for the food, sir.” said Carlos.
“Good boy. You are learning quicker than I thought. Now you may eat. After your finished, you will get your shower.” said Euron, patting the knelling slave on the head as if he were an obedient dog.
Carlos thought nothing of the bath as he ate his meal, which consisted of a grilled hamburger, baked beans, and potato salad. After he was finished with his meal, he was instructed by Euron to follow him. Euron led Carlos down the steps and into the basement.
“Where are we EAWWW” said Carlos, and Euron used the controller to send another jolt from the shock collar.
“You better remember that you will not speak unless spoken to, boy” said Euron.
Carlos kept his mouth shut as he followed Euron into the interrogation room. He lead him into a corner that Carlos hasn't seen yet. It had prison-like showers lining the wall. The more disturbing thing is that they had shackles hanging from the wall. Carlos shivered as ideas went through his head.
“Ok, this is how it goes. Here is where you and the other future prisoners will shower. But you don't get to shower by yourself. Since dogs can't wash themselves, they need someone to do it for them, right?” Euron stated, which sent even more shivers down his spine. Carlos knew what was coming.
“Alright, since your almost nude already, get in there. I will be your washer.” said Euron.
Carlos stepped into the shower, and waited for his next orders.
“Well, put your hands up.” said Euron.
“Please, mast Eowwww!” Carlos said as yet another jolt went through his body.
“I better not have to tell you again.” said Euron.
Carlos then lifted his hands above his head, where the shackles hang. Euron then fastened his wrist into the shackles. Euron went over to a table on the other side of the room, where he stripped all his clothes off, and put on a set of blue speedos. Euron didn't want to get his clothes wet.
“Okay Carlos, these speedos have to come off. We have to make sure your thoroughly washed, right?” said Euron, as he approached the boy and yanked down his speedos. Humiliated, Carlos kept his mouth shut, but couldn't hid his resentment of the situation.
“Don't worry. I am not going to do anything nasty to you. It's just going to be a quick wash. Were not THAT evil.” Euron said. “Oh and one more thing: let me get this collar off of you. Id hate for it to malfunction and hurt you” said Euron, as he Removed Carlos's collar.
Euron then turned the shower water on, which also produced foaming cleaning soap from the showerhead.
“The cool thing about these shower heads is that they are attached to a long hose instead of directly to the wall. It also has a built in soap dispenser, so all we have to do is spray you down. No contact at all!” said Euron, making Carlos feel somewhat better about being washed by another boy. “But, we also have soap bars and rags. Keep that in mind the next time you think about acting out.” said Euron. As he sprayed the boy and lathered his body in soap, he then turned a knob that stopped the flow of soap, which allowed Euron to rinse off Carlos. After Euron was finished washing his slave, Carlos was released from his shackles, refitted with the shock collar, and handed a towel to dry off.
“Your clothes for the night are on the table next to mine. Turn around and don't watch me strip.” said Euron, as he walk over to the table with his clothes. Euron then put back on his former wear and instructed Carlos to put his clothes on, which consisted of some boxer shorts and a white t-shirt.
“Well I guess you survived your first day as a slave. Tomorrow, Balon will reduce your whippings to 9 for being compliant. The more you accept your slavery and catch on to what you are here for, the easier your job will be.” said Euron. “Now lets get you into the cell. Tomorrow morning will come early.” said Euron.
Going back earlier in the evening, Jeoffery was working on his own slaves. He gave the other two to his Lannister cousins to have fun with. Klyde, who was now going to be Jeoffery's personal slave, was lead into Jeoffery's bedroom, where he will spend most of his time. Instead of sleeping in Jeoffery's bed, though, a smaller and less comfortable bed was in the room. This bed had four shackles at each bedpost, which was used to restrain someone to it.
“Now that the day is finished, Lets have some fun. First, I need to think of a name for you. I think I want to call you Lane.” said Jeoffery.
“Yes, master.” said the newly named Lane.
“Yes. Forget your previous name. You won't be needing it anymore. Now you will tend to my needs. First off, my feet need massaging. All that walking today has worn me out.” said Jeoffery.
Lane got on his knees and grabbed Jeoffery's feet, which was sitting at the foot of his king-sized bed. As Lone ran his fingers across Jeoffery's foot, Jeoffery started moaning from the comforting massage.
“That feels sooo good.” said Jeoffery. After a couple minutes of massaging, Jeoffery instructed Lane to move on to the next foot. After another couple minutes, Jeoffey commanded his slave to stop.
“Now Lane. As you can see, my feet are somewhat dirty. I want you to clean them.” said Jeoffery.
“Where is the cloth, master?” Lane asked Jeoffery.
“You won't need a cloth. Instead, you will use your mouth to clean them.” said Jeoffery.
“What? You want me to lick your feet?” Lane asked, which infuriated Jeoffery.
Jeoffery landed a hard slap across Lanes face for his defiance. “You do as your commanded, slave!” Jeoffery commanded.
Not wanting to anger Jeoffery again, Lane hesitantly started to lick Jeofferey's toes and feet. The taste of Jeoffery's feet made Lane regurgitate. Sweat and dirt poured into Lane's mouth as the saliva mixed with it. After about 5 or so minutes, Jeoffery commanded his slave to stop.
“Good. I think that should do it. Now get up.” said Jeoffery. He grabbed a leather collar and leash off his table, which he fashioned around Lanes neck.
“Get used to this. I want you close to me most of the time.” said Jeoffery.
Jeoffery pulled on the leash, which forced Lane to follow him. After leading Lane to his small bed, Jeoffery instructed him to lift his hands. Jeoffery removed Lanes shirt, reveling his torso. He then ordered Lane to lay on the bed with his hands at the top bedposts. Jeoffery then fastened the shackles on Lane's wrists. Jeoffery then stripped Lane's shorts off, leaving him in nothing but underwear. Lane then fastened the other two shackles to his legs. Jeoffery then smiled.
“Now I am going to have some fun.” said Jeoffery.
Jeoffery reached under the bed and pulled out a small box.
“This is what I like to call the torture box. Inside, there are various objects that you will get to know well” said Jeffery.
He opened the box and pulled out the first item, a leather blindfold. He then covered Lane's eyes with the blindfold. He also pulled out a ball gag and placed it in Lane's mouth.
“Good boy.” said Jeoffery.
Jeoffery then pulled out another item: a feather. He started sliding the feather across Lanes naked torso, prompting some movement and grunts. He swirled the feather around the base of his nipples, his belly button, his armpits, his neck, behind his knees, and the soles of his feet. Lane giggled and laughed through the ball gag and squirmed.
“I see your ticklish in many places. This is going to be fun.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery then put the feather on the table and started slowly tickling his slave in the same places. As time passed, Jeoffery became more aggressive with his onslaught. Lane was squirming and laughing much harder now, and Jeoffery didn't relent for 20 minutes.
“I am going to get a shower now. I will let you enjoy these until I get back” Jeoffery whispered in Lanes ear. Lane suddenly felt a sharp pain on his nipples, as Jeoffery applied nipple clamps to them.
It took about 20 minutes for Jeoffery to finish his shower. Lane, barely withstanding the pain from the tight clamps, struggled and squirmed on the bed trying to shake the clamps off his throbbing nipples. But Lane had no success. His nipples were slowly numbing from the restricted blood flow.
“I see you are enjoying your new toys” Jeoffery commented when he saw Lane moving around on the bed.
“Mmph” said Lane in response to Jeoffery.
“Lets get these things off and see.” Jeoffery yanked the clamps off with a bit of force that made Lane scream in his gag.
“Haha. I bet they are sore, huh” said Jeoffery. “I wander how this will feel” as he thumped Lane's left nipple, causing a yelp to be heard through the gag.
Jeoffery continued to play with Lanes nipples, as he squirmed and screamed into the gag. He continued to play with Lane for a couple more hours, switching from tickle torture to nipple tourture. After Jeoffery finished, he allowed Lane to shower and use the bathroom before bedtime.
The lights in the fortresses once again shut off for the night. In just four days, the tournament has already experienced significant changes. Who knows what can happen in the coming days.
End of Chapter 8 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 9: A Slaves First Day
It has been over 3 days since the beginning of the tournament. Already, three tribal camps have been found and captured, 80% of the treasures have been found, and 2 alliances have been formed. The Starks, in giving up three of their own team, formed an alliance with the Freys, whom have also given up three of their team members. Robert has announced the first coliseum event that will take place in two days. Of the 15 slaves, 4 have either given up or have been found and captured since last night. 11 slaves remain on the run, and each team is keeping a lookout for them. Later in the evening, Robb and his crew return to their fortress, with 7 new captives. Three of them will simply be kept in the fortress, while the other four will face unknown consequences. As for the Freys, they captured three of the runaway slaves, making their tally up to 7 as well. The Lannisters have three slaves, which two were captured from the Baratheons and one was a runaway slave. The Greyjoys have only one slave so far.
That slave in particular, named Carlos, has had a horrid day as a slave for the Greyjoys. When out of his cell, he is required to only wear a speedo. If he is not in the interrogation room, he is either cleaning the fortress or tending to the needs of his new masters. But now, 24 hours after he was handed to the Greyjoys from the Lannisters, he is about to endure another round of torture.
“Carlos, I saw the kitchen, and you did a satisfactory job cleaning it. I think Balon will be satisfied.” said Euron, brother and adviser to Balon.
“Yes, thank yo..OOOUCH!” said Carlos as a jolt of pain shot into his neck.
“Say that again?” asked Euron.
“Yes..sir” said Carlos.
“Good. Each time you get it wrong, the shock collar around your neck will remind you. And if you escape, the shock collar will also remind you to return. Do I make myself clear?” said Euron.
“Yes sir.” said Carlos.
“Now before I let you have your earned meal, you have to thank me!” said Euron.
Carlos knew exactly what he was talking about. Balon had explained how Carlos will thank his new masters when needed. Euron set in on the kitchen chair and took off his shoe. It was reeking of dirt and sweat from walking in the rain. Carlos bent down and slowly planted his lips upon his master's foot and began to kiss it. After a couple of seconds, which seemed much longer to Carlos, he lifted his head and stared at Euron.
“Thank you for the food, sir.” said Carlos.
“Good boy. You are learning quicker than I thought. Now you may eat. After your finished, you will get your shower.” said Euron, patting the knelling slave on the head as if he were an obedient dog.
Carlos thought nothing of the bath as he ate his meal, which consisted of a grilled hamburger, baked beans, and potato salad. After he was finished with his meal, he was instructed by Euron to follow him. Euron led Carlos down the steps and into the basement.
“Where are we EAWWW” said Carlos, and Euron used the controller to send another jolt from the shock collar.
“You better remember that you will not speak unless spoken to, boy” said Euron.
Carlos kept his mouth shut as he followed Euron into the interrogation room. He lead him into a corner that Carlos hasn't seen yet. It had prison-like showers lining the wall. The more disturbing thing is that they had shackles hanging from the wall. Carlos shivered as ideas went through his head.
“Ok, this is how it goes. Here is where you and the other future prisoners will shower. But you don't get to shower by yourself. Since dogs can't wash themselves, they need someone to do it for them, right?” Euron stated, which sent even more shivers down his spine. Carlos knew what was coming.
“Alright, since your almost nude already, get in there. I will be your washer.” said Euron.
Carlos stepped into the shower, and waited for his next orders.
“Well, put your hands up.” said Euron.
“Please, mast Eowwww!” Carlos said as yet another jolt went through his body.
“I better not have to tell you again.” said Euron.
Carlos then lifted his hands above his head, where the shackles hang. Euron then fastened his wrist into the shackles. Euron went over to a table on the other side of the room, where he stripped all his clothes off, and put on a set of blue speedos. Euron didn't want to get his clothes wet.
“Okay Carlos, these speedos have to come off. We have to make sure your thoroughly washed, right?” said Euron, as he approached the boy and yanked down his speedos. Humiliated, Carlos kept his mouth shut, but couldn't hid his resentment of the situation.
“Don't worry. I am not going to do anything nasty to you. It's just going to be a quick wash. Were not THAT evil.” Euron said. “Oh and one more thing: let me get this collar off of you. Id hate for it to malfunction and hurt you” said Euron, as he Removed Carlos's collar.
Euron then turned the shower water on, which also produced foaming cleaning soap from the showerhead.
“The cool thing about these shower heads is that they are attached to a long hose instead of directly to the wall. It also has a built in soap dispenser, so all we have to do is spray you down. No contact at all!” said Euron, making Carlos feel somewhat better about being washed by another boy. “But, we also have soap bars and rags. Keep that in mind the next time you think about acting out.” said Euron. As he sprayed the boy and lathered his body in soap, he then turned a knob that stopped the flow of soap, which allowed Euron to rinse off Carlos. After Euron was finished washing his slave, Carlos was released from his shackles, refitted with the shock collar, and handed a towel to dry off.
“Your clothes for the night are on the table next to mine. Turn around and don't watch me strip.” said Euron, as he walk over to the table with his clothes. Euron then put back on his former wear and instructed Carlos to put his clothes on, which consisted of some boxer shorts and a white t-shirt.
“Well I guess you survived your first day as a slave. Tomorrow, Balon will reduce your whippings to 9 for being compliant. The more you accept your slavery and catch on to what you are here for, the easier your job will be.” said Euron. “Now lets get you into the cell. Tomorrow morning will come early.” said Euron.
Going back earlier in the evening, Jeoffery was working on his own slaves. He gave the other two to his Lannister cousins to have fun with. Klyde, who was now going to be Jeoffery's personal slave, was lead into Jeoffery's bedroom, where he will spend most of his time. Instead of sleeping in Jeoffery's bed, though, a smaller and less comfortable bed was in the room. This bed had four shackles at each bedpost, which was used to restrain someone to it.
“Now that the day is finished, Lets have some fun. First, I need to think of a name for you. I think I want to call you Lane.” said Jeoffery.
“Yes, master.” said the newly named Lane.
“Yes. Forget your previous name. You won't be needing it anymore. Now you will tend to my needs. First off, my feet need massaging. All that walking today has worn me out.” said Jeoffery.
Lane got on his knees and grabbed Jeoffery's feet, which was sitting at the foot of his king-sized bed. As Lone ran his fingers across Jeoffery's foot, Jeoffery started moaning from the comforting massage.
“That feels sooo good.” said Jeoffery. After a couple minutes of massaging, Jeoffery instructed Lane to move on to the next foot. After another couple minutes, Jeoffey commanded his slave to stop.
“Now Lane. As you can see, my feet are somewhat dirty. I want you to clean them.” said Jeoffery.
“Where is the cloth, master?” Lane asked Jeoffery.
“You won't need a cloth. Instead, you will use your mouth to clean them.” said Jeoffery.
“What? You want me to lick your feet?” Lane asked, which infuriated Jeoffery.
Jeoffery landed a hard slap across Lanes face for his defiance. “You do as your commanded, slave!” Jeoffery commanded.
Not wanting to anger Jeoffery again, Lane hesitantly started to lick Jeofferey's toes and feet. The taste of Jeoffery's feet made Lane regurgitate. Sweat and dirt poured into Lane's mouth as the saliva mixed with it. After about 5 or so minutes, Jeoffery commanded his slave to stop.
“Good. I think that should do it. Now get up.” said Jeoffery. He grabbed a leather collar and leash off his table, which he fashioned around Lanes neck.
“Get used to this. I want you close to me most of the time.” said Jeoffery.
Jeoffery pulled on the leash, which forced Lane to follow him. After leading Lane to his small bed, Jeoffery instructed him to lift his hands. Jeoffery removed Lanes shirt, reveling his torso. He then ordered Lane to lay on the bed with his hands at the top bedposts. Jeoffery then fastened the shackles on Lane's wrists. Jeoffery then stripped Lane's shorts off, leaving him in nothing but underwear. Lane then fastened the other two shackles to his legs. Jeoffery then smiled.
“Now I am going to have some fun.” said Jeoffery.
Jeoffery reached under the bed and pulled out a small box.
“This is what I like to call the torture box. Inside, there are various objects that you will get to know well” said Jeffery.
He opened the box and pulled out the first item, a leather blindfold. He then covered Lane's eyes with the blindfold. He also pulled out a ball gag and placed it in Lane's mouth.
“Good boy.” said Jeoffery.
Jeoffery then pulled out another item: a feather. He started sliding the feather across Lanes naked torso, prompting some movement and grunts. He swirled the feather around the base of his nipples, his belly button, his armpits, his neck, behind his knees, and the soles of his feet. Lane giggled and laughed through the ball gag and squirmed.
“I see your ticklish in many places. This is going to be fun.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery then put the feather on the table and started slowly tickling his slave in the same places. As time passed, Jeoffery became more aggressive with his onslaught. Lane was squirming and laughing much harder now, and Jeoffery didn't relent for 20 minutes.
“I am going to get a shower now. I will let you enjoy these until I get back” Jeoffery whispered in Lanes ear. Lane suddenly felt a sharp pain on his nipples, as Jeoffery applied nipple clamps to them.
It took about 20 minutes for Jeoffery to finish his shower. Lane, barely withstanding the pain from the tight clamps, struggled and squirmed on the bed trying to shake the clamps off his throbbing nipples. But Lane had no success. His nipples were slowly numbing from the restricted blood flow.
“I see you are enjoying your new toys” Jeoffery commented when he saw Lane moving around on the bed.
“Mmph” said Lane in response to Jeoffery.
“Lets get these things off and see.” Jeoffery yanked the clamps off with a bit of force that made Lane scream in his gag.
“Haha. I bet they are sore, huh” said Jeoffery. “I wander how this will feel” as he thumped Lane's left nipple, causing a yelp to be heard through the gag.
Jeoffery continued to play with Lanes nipples, as he squirmed and screamed into the gag. He continued to play with Lane for a couple more hours, switching from tickle torture to nipple tourture. After Jeoffery finished, he allowed Lane to shower and use the bathroom before bedtime.
The lights in the fortresses once again shut off for the night. In just four days, the tournament has already experienced significant changes. Who knows what can happen in the coming days.
by chadmc90 » Sun Feb 09, 2014 2:42 pm
End of Chapter 9 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 10: Legend of Paryl
By nightfall, the storm clouds that showered the area with rain have moved on. Everyone was sound asleep in their beds. But one person, in particular was not having a good night. Bran was having a nightmare. In his dreams, he was being chased through the woods by a group of boys. The scene then fades into another and he was now tied to a pole, looking down on a set of tents. With his captors staring at him, he noticed the glare of one of them. The others were pointing and laughing at him, but this boy's stare was different. The scene faded once again. This time he was inside what looked like a throne room with a wooden chair. Bran's hands were tied behind his back, and he was sitting on his knees. He glanced over at the throne, and saw a shirtless boy in it. Bran couldn't tell who was in the chair, as his face was hidden by an unknown shadow. But he could tell that he was not just sitting in the chair, he was restrained to it. His hands and feet were restrained to the arm rests and the legs of the chair by steel restraints. Bran didn't know what to make of the scene. As he stood up, he walked toward the boy to get a better look at his face, but as the boy's face came into view, Bran suddenly awoke.
“Are you okay?” asked Rikken, who had heard Bran mumbling in his sleep.
“Yea Rikken, I'm fine.” said Bran.
“Was it one of those dreams?” asked Rikken. “What was it about?”
“I don't really know. It was just flashes. I couldn’t tell who anyone was.” said Bran.
“Oh ok. I'm going back to sleep” said Rikken.
“Good night” said Bran as he rested his head back on his pillow. Bran slept peacefully the rest of the night.
The following day, the Targaryen leader had assembled his advisers for a meeting.
“Good morning, everyone.” he said, as they walked through his bedroom door.
“So, Ameon, what is this about a secret treasure?” asked Aegon, Ameon's younger brother.
“One of our scouts found one of the treasures that was hidden away.” said Ameon.
“Well that's a relief. I was beginning to believe that the rest of the team was subpar, to say the least.” said Ayres, another Targaryen brother.
“Yea. But this treasure was very peculiar.” said Ameon.
“How so?” asked Aegon.
“When the scouts opened it, all that was inside was a rolled piece of paper.” said Ameon.
“Paper? What kind of treasure is that?” asked Ayres.
“Why would Robert put a piece of paper as a treasure?” asked Viserys, Ameon's cousin.
“Well its whats on the paper that caught my attention.” said Ameon. “Let me read it aloud.”
“In this land, three objects that can turn the fate of this war are hidden. Paryl, the god of all chaos and change, created these three objects as harbingers of chaos.
One object is said to possess the power of lightning. It has the power to make even the strongest of man fall to his knees. The second object can subdue many enemies at once. It shoots a sphere that will expand into a net that restrains it's victims. And the third one can release an powerful gas in the air that drains it's victims of their sensory perception.
These objects were once the target of many wars, and those who claimed them were respected and feared. If even one of them was found, it could turn the tides for even the most hopeless situations.
There are three copies of this paper, each one hints at a location in which one of these objects rest.
The gift of lightning lays dormant in the waters, watching as fish swim by. 5 persons sit above the land nearby, unaware that out in between the two masses lies a power that can give them the means to win the tournament.”
“Wow. What a story. Do you actually believe there is a god of chaos?” asked Viserys.
“Of course not. It's just Robert trying to be funny. But we will show him funny. We will find this item at all costs.” said Ameon.
“Oh, and how will you do that?” said Daeneric, Ameons cousin and Viserys's brother. “Judging from the riddle, this 'power of lightning' is at the bottom of the lake.”
Ameon didn't think about that. How were they suppose to hold their breath long enough to find this object? They certainly didn't have any diving equipment on them.
“But we must find a way. We need that object so we can win this tournament.” said Ameon desperately.
“Well what do you suggest we do, cousin?” said Daeneric.
“I...i don't know.” said Ameon.
“Then lets just forget about it for now and focus on finding other treasures and resources. If we come across something that can help us find it, then we can think about it again.” said Daeneric. “Don't you agree?”
The rest of the Targaryen advisers also felt the same way. There was no way to the bottom of the lake without drowning. And even if they did have a way, finding it down there is another challenge in itself.
“Fine Daeneric, your right. Lets just forget about the incredibly powerful object that can win us the game.” said Ameon, disappointed.
“There is one other thing I wanted to mention. This morning, Robert sent out another update. It seems the Starks and Freys have also formed an alliance. That make two alliances so far.” said Ameon.
“I see. What does that mean for us?” said Viserys.
“Well with the large boulders blocking off the border between our territory and the Freys, I don't expect the Freys to attack us yet. But the Lannisters and the Greyjoys can.” said Ameon.
“However, I have observed the relationship between the Starks and the Greyjoys. It seems their leaders don't think well of each other. I am venturing to bet that Balon is wanting to get his hands on the Stark Team.” said Aerys.
“I see. So it's possible that the 2 current alliances will but heads. Maybe we should be patient for now, let them make the first move.” said Aegon.
“Maybe. I know we need to keep watch along the river to the east. Have a scout or two patrol it.” said Ameon.
“Agreed.” said the advisers.
“I think that is all we needed to talk about. Now I am going to have some fun with our “guests”. Hehe.” said Ameon. The advisers left the room.
The Baratheons, who have yet to be mentioned, have been silent since the start of the tournament. Stannis, who is their leader, is worried that he may be the first target of the new alliances.
“Oh man oh man.” he says, as he walks back and forth in his room.
“Calm down, Stan. You are losing your cool dude.” Said Sallador Saan, one of Stannis's advisers.
“Calm down!? I don't think I need to remind you of our situation. We lost three of our guys already, and we border three other teams, two of which are working together.”
“But you are forgetting that the Greyjoys hate the Starks, and the Lannister leader is your cousin. Do you think they would want to take you out yet?” said Sallador.
“Thats what I was thinking too, until Robert sent out a report informing all teams that another alliance has been made! The Starks are now allies with the Freys!” said Stannis.
“Oh. That is a game changer. The Greyjoys may think twice about attacking the Starks now. What is your relationship with the Jeoffery like?” asked Sallidor.
“Well I think we are on good terms. Me and Jeoffery used to play together all the time back when we were kids. But we just stopped hanging out. Over time, Jeoffery's interests changed and we grew apart.” said Stannis.
“I see. Well we could try forming an alliance with the Targaryens. That could even the odds.” said Sallador.
“The Targaryens. Are you serious? I wouldn't trust those lunatics for anything.”
“Well, what do you think we need to do?” said Stannis.
As he stood there thinking, a boy knocked on his bedroom door.
“What is it?” said Stannis with slight anger.
“The scouts finally found something! You should look at it!” said the boy.
“Really? Finally something happens for us! We will be right out.” said Stannis.
Stannis and Sallador open the door.
“This is one thing we found. It's a rolled piece of paper. We haven't looked at it yet, because we thought you should look at it first.” said the boy.
“A piece of paper?” Stannis said as he opened it up and read it.
“God of Chaos and Destruction? Three powerful artifacts that could change the course of any war?” said Stannis as he read it. “Sounds like Roberts letting his imagination wander again. But I bet anything that the last paragraph is a clue to where I can find something that can change our situation for the better.” said Stannis.
“What the hell are you talking about?” said Sallador.
“Here. Read this. Robert likes coming up with stuff like this, but I think that this hints to where we can find one of those things he mentions in it.” said Stannis.
“Anyway, Whats the other thing you found Malcom?” asked Stannis.
“Not a thing, but a person. I believe they are some of the runaway slaves. They saw us in the woods as we were scouting, and decided it was best to just give up. We roped and restrained them. They are in the kitchen eating something. We would of asked you first, but the two probably haven't had anything to eat since being let into the tournament.” said the boy.
“Thats fine. Let them eat as much as they want. But when they are done, take them to the dungeon.” said Stannis.
Malcom went back downstairs to check in on the first two additions to their dungeon.
“So, here is how it will be. You can eat as much as you like, but afterwards, Stannis wants you in the dungeon.” said Malcom.
“Anythings acceptable to what we went through. We managed to find a small cave north of here, but we still had no food. I'd rather give up my freedom than starve to death.” said one of the boys.
“I see. Well I wouldn't worry too much. You may not be apart of the team, but Stannis may not be too hard on you.”
“Oh ok.” the boys said.
“So anyway, whats your names?” Malcom asked.
“My name is Parker, and this is my brother Nate.”
Both Parker and Nate were wearing nothing but underwear. They were dirty and stinky, as they have spent around 30 hours outside in rainy weather.
“Were you dressed like that when you were let in?” asked Malcom.
“Ye..Yea.” said Nate. “We were told by Robert to do so before we entered. He said we would look like slaves if we did, because that's what we would be doing. That was the price he required for registering late.” said one of the boys, not wanting to reveal what truly happened.
“Wow.” said Malcom, astonished at the boy's story.
The boys finished their meals in 10 minutes, and were escorted to the dungeon by Malcom and another boy. They were put in one of the double bed cells.
“You guys probably need a bath, but I am going to wait until Stannis comes down first. He wants to talk to you.” said Malcom.
“Ok.” said the boys.
About thirty minutes passed before the boys heard another set of footsteps coming down into the dungeon.
“Hello, boys. So your the two slaves that my team caught?” Stannis said, accompanied by Sallidor and Davos Seaworth, another adviser.
“Yes we are.” said Parker.
“I will let that one slide, but next time you call us 'sir'” said Stannis.
“Yes...sir” said Parker.
“Thats better. Malcom told me what you boys have been through, so I am gonna be easy on you for a little while. But keep in mind that you still are our prisoners.” said Stannis. “We will allow you to shower in the interrogation room, in which Davos and Sallidor will keep an eye on you. You will also get a new set of clothes. You will be allowed to rest for the evening, but after today, you will be our slaves.” said Stannis.
“Yes, sir.” said Nate.
As Stannis left the dungeon, he was thinking. “Now I finally get to see what Robert and Jeoffery sees in this whole slave/master thing he enjoys so much! Hehe.”
End of Chapter 9 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 10: Legend of Paryl
By nightfall, the storm clouds that showered the area with rain have moved on. Everyone was sound asleep in their beds. But one person, in particular was not having a good night. Bran was having a nightmare. In his dreams, he was being chased through the woods by a group of boys. The scene then fades into another and he was now tied to a pole, looking down on a set of tents. With his captors staring at him, he noticed the glare of one of them. The others were pointing and laughing at him, but this boy's stare was different. The scene faded once again. This time he was inside what looked like a throne room with a wooden chair. Bran's hands were tied behind his back, and he was sitting on his knees. He glanced over at the throne, and saw a shirtless boy in it. Bran couldn't tell who was in the chair, as his face was hidden by an unknown shadow. But he could tell that he was not just sitting in the chair, he was restrained to it. His hands and feet were restrained to the arm rests and the legs of the chair by steel restraints. Bran didn't know what to make of the scene. As he stood up, he walked toward the boy to get a better look at his face, but as the boy's face came into view, Bran suddenly awoke.
“Are you okay?” asked Rikken, who had heard Bran mumbling in his sleep.
“Yea Rikken, I'm fine.” said Bran.
“Was it one of those dreams?” asked Rikken. “What was it about?”
“I don't really know. It was just flashes. I couldn’t tell who anyone was.” said Bran.
“Oh ok. I'm going back to sleep” said Rikken.
“Good night” said Bran as he rested his head back on his pillow. Bran slept peacefully the rest of the night.
The following day, the Targaryen leader had assembled his advisers for a meeting.
“Good morning, everyone.” he said, as they walked through his bedroom door.
“So, Ameon, what is this about a secret treasure?” asked Aegon, Ameon's younger brother.
“One of our scouts found one of the treasures that was hidden away.” said Ameon.
“Well that's a relief. I was beginning to believe that the rest of the team was subpar, to say the least.” said Ayres, another Targaryen brother.
“Yea. But this treasure was very peculiar.” said Ameon.
“How so?” asked Aegon.
“When the scouts opened it, all that was inside was a rolled piece of paper.” said Ameon.
“Paper? What kind of treasure is that?” asked Ayres.
“Why would Robert put a piece of paper as a treasure?” asked Viserys, Ameon's cousin.
“Well its whats on the paper that caught my attention.” said Ameon. “Let me read it aloud.”
“In this land, three objects that can turn the fate of this war are hidden. Paryl, the god of all chaos and change, created these three objects as harbingers of chaos.
One object is said to possess the power of lightning. It has the power to make even the strongest of man fall to his knees. The second object can subdue many enemies at once. It shoots a sphere that will expand into a net that restrains it's victims. And the third one can release an powerful gas in the air that drains it's victims of their sensory perception.
These objects were once the target of many wars, and those who claimed them were respected and feared. If even one of them was found, it could turn the tides for even the most hopeless situations.
There are three copies of this paper, each one hints at a location in which one of these objects rest.
The gift of lightning lays dormant in the waters, watching as fish swim by. 5 persons sit above the land nearby, unaware that out in between the two masses lies a power that can give them the means to win the tournament.”
“Wow. What a story. Do you actually believe there is a god of chaos?” asked Viserys.
“Of course not. It's just Robert trying to be funny. But we will show him funny. We will find this item at all costs.” said Ameon.
“Oh, and how will you do that?” said Daeneric, Ameons cousin and Viserys's brother. “Judging from the riddle, this 'power of lightning' is at the bottom of the lake.”
Ameon didn't think about that. How were they suppose to hold their breath long enough to find this object? They certainly didn't have any diving equipment on them.
“But we must find a way. We need that object so we can win this tournament.” said Ameon desperately.
“Well what do you suggest we do, cousin?” said Daeneric.
“I...i don't know.” said Ameon.
“Then lets just forget about it for now and focus on finding other treasures and resources. If we come across something that can help us find it, then we can think about it again.” said Daeneric. “Don't you agree?”
The rest of the Targaryen advisers also felt the same way. There was no way to the bottom of the lake without drowning. And even if they did have a way, finding it down there is another challenge in itself.
“Fine Daeneric, your right. Lets just forget about the incredibly powerful object that can win us the game.” said Ameon, disappointed.
“There is one other thing I wanted to mention. This morning, Robert sent out another update. It seems the Starks and Freys have also formed an alliance. That make two alliances so far.” said Ameon.
“I see. What does that mean for us?” said Viserys.
“Well with the large boulders blocking off the border between our territory and the Freys, I don't expect the Freys to attack us yet. But the Lannisters and the Greyjoys can.” said Ameon.
“However, I have observed the relationship between the Starks and the Greyjoys. It seems their leaders don't think well of each other. I am venturing to bet that Balon is wanting to get his hands on the Stark Team.” said Aerys.
“I see. So it's possible that the 2 current alliances will but heads. Maybe we should be patient for now, let them make the first move.” said Aegon.
“Maybe. I know we need to keep watch along the river to the east. Have a scout or two patrol it.” said Ameon.
“Agreed.” said the advisers.
“I think that is all we needed to talk about. Now I am going to have some fun with our “guests”. Hehe.” said Ameon. The advisers left the room.
The Baratheons, who have yet to be mentioned, have been silent since the start of the tournament. Stannis, who is their leader, is worried that he may be the first target of the new alliances.
“Oh man oh man.” he says, as he walks back and forth in his room.
“Calm down, Stan. You are losing your cool dude.” Said Sallador Saan, one of Stannis's advisers.
“Calm down!? I don't think I need to remind you of our situation. We lost three of our guys already, and we border three other teams, two of which are working together.”
“But you are forgetting that the Greyjoys hate the Starks, and the Lannister leader is your cousin. Do you think they would want to take you out yet?” said Sallador.
“Thats what I was thinking too, until Robert sent out a report informing all teams that another alliance has been made! The Starks are now allies with the Freys!” said Stannis.
“Oh. That is a game changer. The Greyjoys may think twice about attacking the Starks now. What is your relationship with the Jeoffery like?” asked Sallidor.
“Well I think we are on good terms. Me and Jeoffery used to play together all the time back when we were kids. But we just stopped hanging out. Over time, Jeoffery's interests changed and we grew apart.” said Stannis.
“I see. Well we could try forming an alliance with the Targaryens. That could even the odds.” said Sallador.
“The Targaryens. Are you serious? I wouldn't trust those lunatics for anything.”
“Well, what do you think we need to do?” said Stannis.
As he stood there thinking, a boy knocked on his bedroom door.
“What is it?” said Stannis with slight anger.
“The scouts finally found something! You should look at it!” said the boy.
“Really? Finally something happens for us! We will be right out.” said Stannis.
Stannis and Sallador open the door.
“This is one thing we found. It's a rolled piece of paper. We haven't looked at it yet, because we thought you should look at it first.” said the boy.
“A piece of paper?” Stannis said as he opened it up and read it.
“God of Chaos and Destruction? Three powerful artifacts that could change the course of any war?” said Stannis as he read it. “Sounds like Roberts letting his imagination wander again. But I bet anything that the last paragraph is a clue to where I can find something that can change our situation for the better.” said Stannis.
“What the hell are you talking about?” said Sallador.
“Here. Read this. Robert likes coming up with stuff like this, but I think that this hints to where we can find one of those things he mentions in it.” said Stannis.
“Anyway, Whats the other thing you found Malcom?” asked Stannis.
“Not a thing, but a person. I believe they are some of the runaway slaves. They saw us in the woods as we were scouting, and decided it was best to just give up. We roped and restrained them. They are in the kitchen eating something. We would of asked you first, but the two probably haven't had anything to eat since being let into the tournament.” said the boy.
“Thats fine. Let them eat as much as they want. But when they are done, take them to the dungeon.” said Stannis.
Malcom went back downstairs to check in on the first two additions to their dungeon.
“So, here is how it will be. You can eat as much as you like, but afterwards, Stannis wants you in the dungeon.” said Malcom.
“Anythings acceptable to what we went through. We managed to find a small cave north of here, but we still had no food. I'd rather give up my freedom than starve to death.” said one of the boys.
“I see. Well I wouldn't worry too much. You may not be apart of the team, but Stannis may not be too hard on you.”
“Oh ok.” the boys said.
“So anyway, whats your names?” Malcom asked.
“My name is Parker, and this is my brother Nate.”
Both Parker and Nate were wearing nothing but underwear. They were dirty and stinky, as they have spent around 30 hours outside in rainy weather.
“Were you dressed like that when you were let in?” asked Malcom.
“Ye..Yea.” said Nate. “We were told by Robert to do so before we entered. He said we would look like slaves if we did, because that's what we would be doing. That was the price he required for registering late.” said one of the boys, not wanting to reveal what truly happened.
“Wow.” said Malcom, astonished at the boy's story.
The boys finished their meals in 10 minutes, and were escorted to the dungeon by Malcom and another boy. They were put in one of the double bed cells.
“You guys probably need a bath, but I am going to wait until Stannis comes down first. He wants to talk to you.” said Malcom.
“Ok.” said the boys.
About thirty minutes passed before the boys heard another set of footsteps coming down into the dungeon.
“Hello, boys. So your the two slaves that my team caught?” Stannis said, accompanied by Sallidor and Davos Seaworth, another adviser.
“Yes we are.” said Parker.
“I will let that one slide, but next time you call us 'sir'” said Stannis.
“Yes...sir” said Parker.
“Thats better. Malcom told me what you boys have been through, so I am gonna be easy on you for a little while. But keep in mind that you still are our prisoners.” said Stannis. “We will allow you to shower in the interrogation room, in which Davos and Sallidor will keep an eye on you. You will also get a new set of clothes. You will be allowed to rest for the evening, but after today, you will be our slaves.” said Stannis.
“Yes, sir.” said Nate.
As Stannis left the dungeon, he was thinking. “Now I finally get to see what Robert and Jeoffery sees in this whole slave/master thing he enjoys so much! Hehe.”
by chadmc90 » Mon Feb 10, 2014 9:00 pm
End of Chapter 10 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 11: Robert's Brilliant Mind
Another morning had passed on the huge Baratheon estate. Robert was in his headquarters, tending to business concerning his tournament. But this time, he wasn't monitoring his staff. Rather he was inside a room that had 5 LED TVs mounted on the wall, facing a chair. A camcorder was also setup recording Robert as he set in the chair. Suddenly, the t.v. screens turned on, revealing a face on each one.
“Robert, Robert, Robert. You have truly proved yourself!” said one face. “This tournament is fantastic! Who knew you had such a creative imagination in that tiny brain of yours.” said one of the boys, who had medium length red hair.
“Yes, we are all quiet pleased with the tournament so far. You really have impressed me.” said another short blond haired boy.
“Thank you everyone. I have had so much fun running this thing. And when it's over, all of us will be rewarded well, don't you agree?” said Robert in response.
“Yes, we do. We can't wait to start renting.” said another boy with jet black hair at small to medium length.
“By the way, I think it's time you all placed your bets. You've seen each team so far, so lets say 1 week from tomorrow the teams that are still standing will win you the bet. If the team you pick is still active in the tournament, then you gain your cash back plus fifty percent.” said Robert.
“Interesting. You think a team will fall that early?” asked a brown haired boy.
“I do.” said Robert with a faint but malicious grin.
“Good. So lets start with you Leo.” Robert said to the blond-haired kid.
“Hmm. I think I will choose the Lannisters. Something about them screams 'I win.'” Leo replies. “I put 10 grand on them.”
“Interesting choice, Leo. What about you Marccus?” Robert asks the red haired boy.
“I am rooting for the Targaryens. Their personalities are, interesting. How about 5 grand.”
“The Targaryens, huh.” Robert said. “Very well.”
“Well I think I am going for the underdog. The Baratheons will have my vote.” said Paul, the boy with jet black hair. “But I'm only betting 2.5 grand.”
“Playing it safe, huh? What about you Barret?” Robert asked the brown-haired boy.
“How about the Starks? 7 grand on them.” said Barret.
“Ah, the Starks. Did you know Robb is my best friend! He really idolizes me, and I..well..were friends” said Robert. “And you, Jake? You've been quiet this whole time.”
“I think I will pick.......The Freys.” said Jake.
“The Freys? Hmm interesting choice. I don't know them very well. Only that they come from a huge family. Walder is a bit shy. And how much would you like to gamble?” asked Robert.
“8 grand.” said the dark blond.
“Very well then. Well thank you gentleman. Remember, the live stream is always available on the dedicated website. And remember to tune in tomorrow. We are having our first TUG competition.” said Robert.
“One more thing before you go, Robert. Exactly how many people are watching?” said Leo?
“I am not going to say that. But I will say that the number of those streaming have exceeded my expectations.” Robert said, as he ended the conference.
“Whew. I'm glad that's finished. TEN! WHERE THE HELL IS MY DRINK!” Robert yelled into an intercom-like device on his wrist, remembering that Ten was supposed to have brought a drink.
“Yes sir. Sorry sir.” said Ten across the microphone.
“Each minute you take will add one more whipping to your punishment.” said Robert.
“Yes sir.” Ten said as he rushed to get Robert's forgotten drink.
At the Stark Fortress, Robb and Theon are in the dungeon with their newly acquired slaves. The Frey hostages are working cleaning the fortress, since they can't be tortured.
“So, what do we do with you guys?” asked Robb.
“You could possibly free us.” One of the boys said.
“Ha! Yea right. Alright lets take one. I've been dying to have some fun.” Robb said.
“So which one do we start with?” asked Theon.
“I say start with the older one. He looks like he needs to be taught a lesson.” Robb said, which led Theon to open the boy's cell.
Robb and Theon wrestled against the struggling boy. “Screw you, guys! I'm not going anywhere with you!” said the boy.
“We'll see about that. Theon, do it!” Robb said to his friend.
“Ha okay. Lets see how effective this thing is!” said Theon, as he pulled a remote control out of his back pocket.
“Whats tha....EEoww!” the boy yelled as he fail to his knees. “What the hell did you...OWWW!” He said falling further to the ground.
“Awesome device. See the collar we put around your neck earlier is a shock collar. It is a device that allows us to keep our captives in line.” said Theon.
“That hurt! Don't do it ag...OWWW!” the boy said as another jolt of electricity entered hos neck.
“You aren't giving the orders.” said Robb. “And I suggest you take your punishment like a man.”
The boy lays on the ground quietly.
“Good. And one more thing. We are your masters from now on, and you will respect and accept that. Got it.” Robb explained to the boy, who now realized his predicament.
“Yes, I got it. Ahhh!” The boy said, which resulted in another jolt of electricity. “Please stop it!” the boy begged his new masters.
“That time, you didn't address us right.” said Theon.
“Please.....” the boy said, hesitantly. After a second or so, the boy then finished his sentence with “...Sir.”
“Better. Now get up.” said Robb.
Not wanting to feel another jolt, the boy complied with his masters.
“Walk towards the interrogation room.” said Robb.
“Yes, sir” said the boy. Robb and John followed behind him. As the boy walked into the room, he paused again. At the site of the room, his eyes widened.
“Wwwhat are you going to do to me?” said the boy, noticing all the various torture devices scattered around the room.
“I think it's better to show you. Your the first boy for us to play around with, so we will be experimenting.” said Robb. “See that table? Walk to it.”
The boy hesitantly walked to the table. Robb instructed him to lie on his back. The table was designed to restrain a person spread eagle, so the captors can have access to many areas. Robb and Theon began working on locking the boy into the leather restraints. After they were finished, they admired their handiwork.
“So, Robb, What do you think we should do?” asked Theon. “I saw some interesting things in one of the bondage gear boxes. At first I didn't know what Robert intended them to be used for. But he left a note inside with them explaining the purpose for them” said Robb.
“What are they?” asked Theon.
“First, lets blindfold him. I want it to be a surprise!” said Robb.
“Sure thing.” said Theon.
The boys immediately pulled a black blindfold over the helpless boy's eyes. They then walked away from him for a moment. They warned the boy not to talk as they left him to look inside the box.
The boy could only hear whispers. Robb and Theon had found something he knew he wouldn't like. Then he heard Robb and Theon return to the table.
“It will take some time for our special items to get ready. In the meantime, we are going to have some other fun!” Robb said to the restrained boy.
“By the way, whats your name?” asked Robb.
“My name? It's Josh.” said the tall boy with a hair color of blond/red mixture.
“Alright, Josh. I wander how ticklish you are?” Robb asked rhetorically, as he and Theon immediately attacked every tickle location on his body. His clothing offered little protection from the onslaught. It continued for 25 minutes, with an occasional break to allow their slave a chance to breath. Josh struggled and squirmed against his restraints in an involuntary attempt to evade his masters.
“Please stop, sirs! I will do anything. Please no more.” The boy begged his captors. Finally Robb and Theon stopped.
“Anything?” asked Theon. The boy knew they were planning something, but he thought it couldn't get worse.
“Yes, anything. Please no more tickling. I can't take it.” said the boy.
“Ok, then. I think they are ready now, don't you think, Robb?” asked Theon.
“Yea. I will go get them. You stay here and get him ready.” said Robb. “Sure thing!” said Theon.
Robb left to go retrieve whatever they were about to use.
“Ok, Josh. Be still. I don't want to hurt you. For this to work, we need you out of those clothes!” said Theon.
“What!? You want to strip me naked? No way you perverts! Let me go I don't want this!” said Josh frantically.
“Shut up!” Theon said as he activated Josh's shock collar.
“And no, you won't be naked unless you keep up your attitude.” siad Theon. “We are leaving the underwear on. We are just removing your shirt and shorts, understand.”
“Yea” said Josh, still nervous.
“Yes what?” Theon said, as he held his thumb close to the button that activates the shock collar.
“Yes sir.” said Josh.
Theon then picked up a pair of scissors. “I'm not releasing you from your bondage. Instead, I am cutting the clothes off of you. Don't move, ok?” said Theon.
The slave shook his head. Theon then began to cut the shirt down the middle. He then cut the two sleeves from the collar, allowing the shirt to slip off Josh's pale torso. Theon then cut Josh's shorts in order to remove them.
“There, that wasn't so bad.” Theon said as he tossed the now ruined clothing on the floor.
Robb then returned, carrying a platter of the items they plan to use.
“Good, I can't wait to start.” said Robb.
The slave waited in anxiously for whatever Robb and Theon had planned. Then all of a sudden, Josh felt a burning sensation drip down his chest.
“Ah Ah Ahh OW! What is this” The slave said loudly, but Robb and Theon didn't answer. Then another burning sensation traveled down his abdomen to his belly button. “OWWWWWW! PLEASE STOP IT” said Josh loudly. The burning liquid then poured into his navel, causing even more burning. “PLEASE! I BEG YOMMMRMPH” said Josh, as he was gagged with his torn shorts.
“There, that should shut you up” Robb said as he tied the shirt around Josh's head, keeping the shorts in place.
Josh then felt the same sensation on his left nipple, which caused even further pain. The liquid then trailed to the other side of his chest, pouring down his right nipple. This caused Josh to be frantic, as he wiggled and squirmed to avoid the burning liquid. As the liquid cooled, it hardened on his skin. For a while, the liquid was poured over his entire torso, almost covering it. Josh continued to moan and scream into the gag as he felt the burning liquid his his skin.
“I think that's enough. Who knew you can have fun with candles!” said Theon.
“Candles! Did they just pour melted wax on me?” Josh thought.
“We will be back, Josh. For now, we will leave you here and let you enjoy your wax skin!” said Theon.
“Man, Robert really is a genius. It's almost like he's done this before...” Robb said.
Robb and Theon left Josh restrained when they left the dungeon. Josh was relieved that the torture had finally stopped for now. He dozed off to sleep after a while, tired from all the struggling.
At the Lannister Fortress, Jeoffery is enraged that some of his slaves tried to escape. They were expected to work outside on various projects, but were now brought before him, waiting for his judgment.
And so he spoke, and so he spoke,
That Lord of Castamere,
And now the rains weep o'r his home,
and no one there to hear.
And now the rains weep o'r his home,
and not a soul to hear”
Jeoffery recited this to his slaves. “Do you know what that means, dogs?” Jeoffery asks the slaves.
The slaves remain silent.
“It means that anyone who crosses us will feel an unspeakable wrath. That song has been in my family for generations, and it serves as a warning for anyone below us that we will not take disobedience lightly.” Jeoffery explained to the slaves. “Luckily, your collars gave you a reminder as well. But that’s not enough for me. Tonight, you will face the true wrath of the Lannisters. And I have brought my camcorder to tape every bit of it. I will then send it to every hold in the tournament to remind everyone else of who they are dealing with.” said Jeoffery. “Get them out of my sight.” Jeoffery then turned to Lane. “And Lane, since you did not run away, you will be rewarded. And for telling me what they did, I will pay you back. A Lannister always pays his debts.” said Jeoffery. “Well, A Baratheon in my case. But I'm a Lannister by blood to so it doesn't really matter. Now who's a good boy?” Jeoffery said as he patted Lane on the head.
Lane then smiled somewhat, if just to please his new master. As the slaves walked away, they shot Lane a glaring look. If they weren’t chained and tied right now, they probably would have their hands around his neck.
“Now then. I am going to fix us a snack. And when I say I, I mean you.” said Jeoffery, as he grabbed Lane's leash and pulled it behind him.
End of Chapter 10 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 11: Robert's Brilliant Mind
Another morning had passed on the huge Baratheon estate. Robert was in his headquarters, tending to business concerning his tournament. But this time, he wasn't monitoring his staff. Rather he was inside a room that had 5 LED TVs mounted on the wall, facing a chair. A camcorder was also setup recording Robert as he set in the chair. Suddenly, the t.v. screens turned on, revealing a face on each one.
“Robert, Robert, Robert. You have truly proved yourself!” said one face. “This tournament is fantastic! Who knew you had such a creative imagination in that tiny brain of yours.” said one of the boys, who had medium length red hair.
“Yes, we are all quiet pleased with the tournament so far. You really have impressed me.” said another short blond haired boy.
“Thank you everyone. I have had so much fun running this thing. And when it's over, all of us will be rewarded well, don't you agree?” said Robert in response.
“Yes, we do. We can't wait to start renting.” said another boy with jet black hair at small to medium length.
“By the way, I think it's time you all placed your bets. You've seen each team so far, so lets say 1 week from tomorrow the teams that are still standing will win you the bet. If the team you pick is still active in the tournament, then you gain your cash back plus fifty percent.” said Robert.
“Interesting. You think a team will fall that early?” asked a brown haired boy.
“I do.” said Robert with a faint but malicious grin.
“Good. So lets start with you Leo.” Robert said to the blond-haired kid.
“Hmm. I think I will choose the Lannisters. Something about them screams 'I win.'” Leo replies. “I put 10 grand on them.”
“Interesting choice, Leo. What about you Marccus?” Robert asks the red haired boy.
“I am rooting for the Targaryens. Their personalities are, interesting. How about 5 grand.”
“The Targaryens, huh.” Robert said. “Very well.”
“Well I think I am going for the underdog. The Baratheons will have my vote.” said Paul, the boy with jet black hair. “But I'm only betting 2.5 grand.”
“Playing it safe, huh? What about you Barret?” Robert asked the brown-haired boy.
“How about the Starks? 7 grand on them.” said Barret.
“Ah, the Starks. Did you know Robb is my best friend! He really idolizes me, and I..well..were friends” said Robert. “And you, Jake? You've been quiet this whole time.”
“I think I will pick.......The Freys.” said Jake.
“The Freys? Hmm interesting choice. I don't know them very well. Only that they come from a huge family. Walder is a bit shy. And how much would you like to gamble?” asked Robert.
“8 grand.” said the dark blond.
“Very well then. Well thank you gentleman. Remember, the live stream is always available on the dedicated website. And remember to tune in tomorrow. We are having our first TUG competition.” said Robert.
“One more thing before you go, Robert. Exactly how many people are watching?” said Leo?
“I am not going to say that. But I will say that the number of those streaming have exceeded my expectations.” Robert said, as he ended the conference.
“Whew. I'm glad that's finished. TEN! WHERE THE HELL IS MY DRINK!” Robert yelled into an intercom-like device on his wrist, remembering that Ten was supposed to have brought a drink.
“Yes sir. Sorry sir.” said Ten across the microphone.
“Each minute you take will add one more whipping to your punishment.” said Robert.
“Yes sir.” Ten said as he rushed to get Robert's forgotten drink.
At the Stark Fortress, Robb and Theon are in the dungeon with their newly acquired slaves. The Frey hostages are working cleaning the fortress, since they can't be tortured.
“So, what do we do with you guys?” asked Robb.
“You could possibly free us.” One of the boys said.
“Ha! Yea right. Alright lets take one. I've been dying to have some fun.” Robb said.
“So which one do we start with?” asked Theon.
“I say start with the older one. He looks like he needs to be taught a lesson.” Robb said, which led Theon to open the boy's cell.
Robb and Theon wrestled against the struggling boy. “Screw you, guys! I'm not going anywhere with you!” said the boy.
“We'll see about that. Theon, do it!” Robb said to his friend.
“Ha okay. Lets see how effective this thing is!” said Theon, as he pulled a remote control out of his back pocket.
“Whats tha....EEoww!” the boy yelled as he fail to his knees. “What the hell did you...OWWW!” He said falling further to the ground.
“Awesome device. See the collar we put around your neck earlier is a shock collar. It is a device that allows us to keep our captives in line.” said Theon.
“That hurt! Don't do it ag...OWWW!” the boy said as another jolt of electricity entered hos neck.
“You aren't giving the orders.” said Robb. “And I suggest you take your punishment like a man.”
The boy lays on the ground quietly.
“Good. And one more thing. We are your masters from now on, and you will respect and accept that. Got it.” Robb explained to the boy, who now realized his predicament.
“Yes, I got it. Ahhh!” The boy said, which resulted in another jolt of electricity. “Please stop it!” the boy begged his new masters.
“That time, you didn't address us right.” said Theon.
“Please.....” the boy said, hesitantly. After a second or so, the boy then finished his sentence with “...Sir.”
“Better. Now get up.” said Robb.
Not wanting to feel another jolt, the boy complied with his masters.
“Walk towards the interrogation room.” said Robb.
“Yes, sir” said the boy. Robb and John followed behind him. As the boy walked into the room, he paused again. At the site of the room, his eyes widened.
“Wwwhat are you going to do to me?” said the boy, noticing all the various torture devices scattered around the room.
“I think it's better to show you. Your the first boy for us to play around with, so we will be experimenting.” said Robb. “See that table? Walk to it.”
The boy hesitantly walked to the table. Robb instructed him to lie on his back. The table was designed to restrain a person spread eagle, so the captors can have access to many areas. Robb and Theon began working on locking the boy into the leather restraints. After they were finished, they admired their handiwork.
“So, Robb, What do you think we should do?” asked Theon. “I saw some interesting things in one of the bondage gear boxes. At first I didn't know what Robert intended them to be used for. But he left a note inside with them explaining the purpose for them” said Robb.
“What are they?” asked Theon.
“First, lets blindfold him. I want it to be a surprise!” said Robb.
“Sure thing.” said Theon.
The boys immediately pulled a black blindfold over the helpless boy's eyes. They then walked away from him for a moment. They warned the boy not to talk as they left him to look inside the box.
The boy could only hear whispers. Robb and Theon had found something he knew he wouldn't like. Then he heard Robb and Theon return to the table.
“It will take some time for our special items to get ready. In the meantime, we are going to have some other fun!” Robb said to the restrained boy.
“By the way, whats your name?” asked Robb.
“My name? It's Josh.” said the tall boy with a hair color of blond/red mixture.
“Alright, Josh. I wander how ticklish you are?” Robb asked rhetorically, as he and Theon immediately attacked every tickle location on his body. His clothing offered little protection from the onslaught. It continued for 25 minutes, with an occasional break to allow their slave a chance to breath. Josh struggled and squirmed against his restraints in an involuntary attempt to evade his masters.
“Please stop, sirs! I will do anything. Please no more.” The boy begged his captors. Finally Robb and Theon stopped.
“Anything?” asked Theon. The boy knew they were planning something, but he thought it couldn't get worse.
“Yes, anything. Please no more tickling. I can't take it.” said the boy.
“Ok, then. I think they are ready now, don't you think, Robb?” asked Theon.
“Yea. I will go get them. You stay here and get him ready.” said Robb. “Sure thing!” said Theon.
Robb left to go retrieve whatever they were about to use.
“Ok, Josh. Be still. I don't want to hurt you. For this to work, we need you out of those clothes!” said Theon.
“What!? You want to strip me naked? No way you perverts! Let me go I don't want this!” said Josh frantically.
“Shut up!” Theon said as he activated Josh's shock collar.
“And no, you won't be naked unless you keep up your attitude.” siad Theon. “We are leaving the underwear on. We are just removing your shirt and shorts, understand.”
“Yea” said Josh, still nervous.
“Yes what?” Theon said, as he held his thumb close to the button that activates the shock collar.
“Yes sir.” said Josh.
Theon then picked up a pair of scissors. “I'm not releasing you from your bondage. Instead, I am cutting the clothes off of you. Don't move, ok?” said Theon.
The slave shook his head. Theon then began to cut the shirt down the middle. He then cut the two sleeves from the collar, allowing the shirt to slip off Josh's pale torso. Theon then cut Josh's shorts in order to remove them.
“There, that wasn't so bad.” Theon said as he tossed the now ruined clothing on the floor.
Robb then returned, carrying a platter of the items they plan to use.
“Good, I can't wait to start.” said Robb.
The slave waited in anxiously for whatever Robb and Theon had planned. Then all of a sudden, Josh felt a burning sensation drip down his chest.
“Ah Ah Ahh OW! What is this” The slave said loudly, but Robb and Theon didn't answer. Then another burning sensation traveled down his abdomen to his belly button. “OWWWWWW! PLEASE STOP IT” said Josh loudly. The burning liquid then poured into his navel, causing even more burning. “PLEASE! I BEG YOMMMRMPH” said Josh, as he was gagged with his torn shorts.
“There, that should shut you up” Robb said as he tied the shirt around Josh's head, keeping the shorts in place.
Josh then felt the same sensation on his left nipple, which caused even further pain. The liquid then trailed to the other side of his chest, pouring down his right nipple. This caused Josh to be frantic, as he wiggled and squirmed to avoid the burning liquid. As the liquid cooled, it hardened on his skin. For a while, the liquid was poured over his entire torso, almost covering it. Josh continued to moan and scream into the gag as he felt the burning liquid his his skin.
“I think that's enough. Who knew you can have fun with candles!” said Theon.
“Candles! Did they just pour melted wax on me?” Josh thought.
“We will be back, Josh. For now, we will leave you here and let you enjoy your wax skin!” said Theon.
“Man, Robert really is a genius. It's almost like he's done this before...” Robb said.
Robb and Theon left Josh restrained when they left the dungeon. Josh was relieved that the torture had finally stopped for now. He dozed off to sleep after a while, tired from all the struggling.
At the Lannister Fortress, Jeoffery is enraged that some of his slaves tried to escape. They were expected to work outside on various projects, but were now brought before him, waiting for his judgment.
And so he spoke, and so he spoke,
That Lord of Castamere,
And now the rains weep o'r his home,
and no one there to hear.
And now the rains weep o'r his home,
and not a soul to hear”
Jeoffery recited this to his slaves. “Do you know what that means, dogs?” Jeoffery asks the slaves.
The slaves remain silent.
“It means that anyone who crosses us will feel an unspeakable wrath. That song has been in my family for generations, and it serves as a warning for anyone below us that we will not take disobedience lightly.” Jeoffery explained to the slaves. “Luckily, your collars gave you a reminder as well. But that’s not enough for me. Tonight, you will face the true wrath of the Lannisters. And I have brought my camcorder to tape every bit of it. I will then send it to every hold in the tournament to remind everyone else of who they are dealing with.” said Jeoffery. “Get them out of my sight.” Jeoffery then turned to Lane. “And Lane, since you did not run away, you will be rewarded. And for telling me what they did, I will pay you back. A Lannister always pays his debts.” said Jeoffery. “Well, A Baratheon in my case. But I'm a Lannister by blood to so it doesn't really matter. Now who's a good boy?” Jeoffery said as he patted Lane on the head.
Lane then smiled somewhat, if just to please his new master. As the slaves walked away, they shot Lane a glaring look. If they weren’t chained and tied right now, they probably would have their hands around his neck.
“Now then. I am going to fix us a snack. And when I say I, I mean you.” said Jeoffery, as he grabbed Lane's leash and pulled it behind him.
by chadmc90 » Tue Feb 11, 2014 8:42 pm
Hey guys, heres another chapter.
This one focuses mainly on the Lannisters. In the story, the first coliseum meeting is the following day, so that will be covered in the following chapters. Don't forget to red over the revision notes. I changed some elements of the story.
As usual, let me know if you spot any grammar or spelling error. Also, please leave feedback.
End of Chapter 11 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 12: The Night Before. Jeoffery's cruelty.
The night before the tournament was rather peaceful. The teams have had very little conflict with each other. But the following morning will be different. Teams will participate in a series of competitions that can shift the balance of the powers. But before the tournament, each team received an email from the Lannisters. It contained a video link.
“Robb, what do you think it is?” asked Bran.
“Well there is only one way to find out. Lets stream it from the T.V. downstairs.” said John.
“Fine. I'm sure what Jeoffery has to say will concern the rest of the team as well.” said Robb.
The brothers gathered the rest of the team into the living room, where they setup the T.V. to stream the video. Jeoffery was the first person seen in the video.
“I think I'm going to take a page out of my brother's book, and show all you teams something you will never forget.” said Jeoffery with an evil grin.
“Soon, I will win this tournament. And I will show you exactly whats gonna happen to all you.” he said. “Turn the camcorder!” Jeoffery commanded to the boy controlling it.
The camcorder immediately turned to reveal two boys that were restrained to the ceiling of the interrogation room. The boys' mouths were stuffed with a ballgag and their eyes were covered with a bandanna. The only thing that they were wearing was a jockstrap over their genitals.
“See these two boys? They thought it was wise to try and escape their captivity. But unfortunately, they were wrong, and now they will pay a heavy price. You, come here and help me!” Jeoffery said to one of his teammates. He handed him a leather whip.
“I want you to follow my lead. If I make a hit, you also make a hit. Got it?” said Jeoffery.
“Yea I got it.” said the boy.
“Good. It's time that Team Lannister shows it's fangs. First off, the slaves will get a number of whippings.” Jeoffery said.
Jeoffery raised the whipp, and swung it across the poor slave's stomach. This caused the slave to yell. Following Jeoffery's lead, the teammate swung his whip across the other slave, causing a similar reaction.
“Again.” Jeoffery said, as he hit the slaves legs. The teammate hit the other boy in the same place. Both slaves yelled again.
This continued for 20 more hits. Jeoffery and his teammate hit the arms, legs, belly, and back of their captives. After the 20th hit, the teammate was getting concerned. Red wellops were starting to form on the slaves torso. The slaves were teary eyed at this point, and Jeoffery showed little concern for the two slaves.
“Again.” Jeoffery said as he raised the whip once more.
“No, don't you think that’s enough?” the teammate asked Jeoffery, trying to get him to stop.
“Of course not! They haven't learned their lesson!” said Jeoffery.
“I think they have. They already have swollen wellops. If you keep hitting them, it may draw blood.” said the teammate.
“Oh. So, Chris, you think you know better?” asked Jeoffery.
“I know that if you continue, you will hurt them badly.” said Chris.
“Oh, and why do you care? All I care about is making a point!” said Jeoffery.
“And what about the rules?” asked Chris. “Your brother will have you disqualified if you do something bad.” said Chris.
“I think I will take my chances.” said Jeoffery. As he raised the whip, a hand from behind reached out a grabbed Jeoffery's arm.
“Chris is right, Jeoffery.” said Tyrion.
“Tyion? What are you doing?” Jeoffery asked, annoyed by Tyrion's actions.
“I know Robert just as well as you do. If you upset him, you will have to contend with him after he drags you out of this tournament.” said Tyrion.
Jeoffery, now calm after his burst of rage, began to think clearly. He then lowered his hand and dropped the whip on the floor.
“Fine, you win Tyrion.” said Jeoffery. “But this isn't over. After letting them rest awhile, I will finish the job.” said Jeoffery.
The screen then changed instantly, as if the camcorder was shut off for a while and restarted recording after a certain length of time.
“So the slaves have rested for about 30 minutes. I think it's time we continue.” said Jeoffery.
Jeoffery then puled something out of the box that was sitting on the floor. It was the same box of bondage and torture gear that every team has seen in their fortresses.
“This here is an electric paddle. At impact, it emits an electrical shock to any surface it touches. Normally used to swat flies, I am going to use it to further prove to these slaves that trying to escape won't be tolerated.” said Jeoffery. “10 strikes should be enough.”
Tyrion was still in the room with Jeoffery, keeping an eye on him
“Don't hit them close to the chest.” said Tyrion.
“Fine.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery then landed the paddle over one of the slaves legs. The slave felt the sting of the paddle.
“That was without the electricity. Now lets test it with electricity.” said Jeoffery.
He then swung the paddle again over the boys other legs, causing a much louder yell to come from the boys gagged mouth.
“Thats more like it.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery then swiped both the boy's arms. He continued to hit various places on the boy's body, causing shocks and stings on every impact. After finishing the 10th paddle, the boy was now hanging from his restraints, exhausted from the beatings.
“Now, you're next.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery then did the same thing with the other slave. The slaves, now tears soaking through their bandannas, were released by Jeoffery from their bonds. They fell to their hands and knees due to exhaustion, and allowed to remove their gags and blindfolds.
“Now, before we conclude, there’s one more thing you have to do.” Jeoffery said. “Kiss this.” he said as he held out his hand. Around his finger is a gold ring with a crest of a lion embedded into a red gemstone. The slaves put their mouth one at a time on the gemstone to kiss the ring.
“Good. Now I'm finished. From now on, you will show your lords more respect. Don't ever try to escape ever again.” said Jeoffery.
He then turned to the camera.
“And as for all of you watching. You best remember just what I'm capable of. I will take down every last one of you. You all will get a chance to kiss this ring! And you will bow to your true king!” he said as the screen went blank.
The rest of the fortresses were shocked after seeing the video.
“How can someone be so cruel?” asked Bran, angered by Jeoffery's actions.
“I never knew Jeoffery. I certainly didn't know that he was this troubled.” said Robb.
“I feel bad for those boys. Jeoffery pushed it too far.” said Theon.
“Why would someone be this cruel?” asked Rikken.
“Some people are cruel. It explains why Jeoffery would align with the Greyjoys though.” said Robb. “Speaking of which, that threat sounded like it was for all teams. How do you think the Greyjoys perceived that?” asked Robb to Theon.
“Hell if I know. My brothers are crazy themselves. But Jeoffery beats them single handedly when it comes to pure meanness.” said Theon.
At the Targaryen fortress, the reaction from Ameon and his family were much different than the Starks.
“Wow, that was beautiful! Did you see how the boys tried to move away from the paddles? And also, the tears flowing down their faces was priceless. This has to be the most entertaining thing I've seen since this tournament started!” said Ameon.
“Yea and I also enjoyed the when whipping too. I bet those leather whips stung like hell.” said Aegon.
“But I don't like how arrogant that prick is. When we get our hands on him, he's gonna wish he hadn't threatened us.” said Ameon.
“I wander what Robert thinks of his brother.” asked Daeneric.
“I don't know. Judging by the setup of the dungeon, Robert may be just as bad.” said Aerys.
“Nah, Robert seems to control his emotions better. Jeoffey, eh not so much.” said Ameon.
“In either case, we will prove him wrong. He is not the one that will win this tournament.” said Ameon, as he turned off the t.v.
Back at the Lannister fortress, Tywin and the other Lannister cousins met with Jeoffery in his room after the video was recorded.
“Jeoffery, don't you think you went a little OVERBOARD!” said Tywin.
“Huh? I didn't hear you.” said Jeoffery as he taunted his older cousin.
“Yes you did. We were put in this tournament for a couple reasons. One is to help you win. Robert is counting on you and this team to win the tournament.” said Tywin.
“Yea? And what about 2?” asked Jeoffery.
“2, its to keep an eye on you. Robert and us know how cruel you can be. You could of hurt them. And you know what that would of meant.” said Tyrion.
“That I would have been dragged out of the tournament and scolded by Robert.” said Jeoffery.
“And what about that video? Were you trying to get every team to hate our guts?” asked Jaime. “You may think it's funny, but we don't. I really don't want to be at the receiving end of Targaryen “hospitality” or any other team.”
Then Jeoffery's laptop sounded. It was Robert, placing a voice call through the communication software he had installed.
Hey guys, heres another chapter.
This one focuses mainly on the Lannisters. In the story, the first coliseum meeting is the following day, so that will be covered in the following chapters. Don't forget to red over the revision notes. I changed some elements of the story.
As usual, let me know if you spot any grammar or spelling error. Also, please leave feedback.
End of Chapter 11 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 12: The Night Before. Jeoffery's cruelty.
The night before the tournament was rather peaceful. The teams have had very little conflict with each other. But the following morning will be different. Teams will participate in a series of competitions that can shift the balance of the powers. But before the tournament, each team received an email from the Lannisters. It contained a video link.
“Robb, what do you think it is?” asked Bran.
“Well there is only one way to find out. Lets stream it from the T.V. downstairs.” said John.
“Fine. I'm sure what Jeoffery has to say will concern the rest of the team as well.” said Robb.
The brothers gathered the rest of the team into the living room, where they setup the T.V. to stream the video. Jeoffery was the first person seen in the video.
“I think I'm going to take a page out of my brother's book, and show all you teams something you will never forget.” said Jeoffery with an evil grin.
“Soon, I will win this tournament. And I will show you exactly whats gonna happen to all you.” he said. “Turn the camcorder!” Jeoffery commanded to the boy controlling it.
The camcorder immediately turned to reveal two boys that were restrained to the ceiling of the interrogation room. The boys' mouths were stuffed with a ballgag and their eyes were covered with a bandanna. The only thing that they were wearing was a jockstrap over their genitals.
“See these two boys? They thought it was wise to try and escape their captivity. But unfortunately, they were wrong, and now they will pay a heavy price. You, come here and help me!” Jeoffery said to one of his teammates. He handed him a leather whip.
“I want you to follow my lead. If I make a hit, you also make a hit. Got it?” said Jeoffery.
“Yea I got it.” said the boy.
“Good. It's time that Team Lannister shows it's fangs. First off, the slaves will get a number of whippings.” Jeoffery said.
Jeoffery raised the whipp, and swung it across the poor slave's stomach. This caused the slave to yell. Following Jeoffery's lead, the teammate swung his whip across the other slave, causing a similar reaction.
“Again.” Jeoffery said, as he hit the slaves legs. The teammate hit the other boy in the same place. Both slaves yelled again.
This continued for 20 more hits. Jeoffery and his teammate hit the arms, legs, belly, and back of their captives. After the 20th hit, the teammate was getting concerned. Red wellops were starting to form on the slaves torso. The slaves were teary eyed at this point, and Jeoffery showed little concern for the two slaves.
“Again.” Jeoffery said as he raised the whip once more.
“No, don't you think that’s enough?” the teammate asked Jeoffery, trying to get him to stop.
“Of course not! They haven't learned their lesson!” said Jeoffery.
“I think they have. They already have swollen wellops. If you keep hitting them, it may draw blood.” said the teammate.
“Oh. So, Chris, you think you know better?” asked Jeoffery.
“I know that if you continue, you will hurt them badly.” said Chris.
“Oh, and why do you care? All I care about is making a point!” said Jeoffery.
“And what about the rules?” asked Chris. “Your brother will have you disqualified if you do something bad.” said Chris.
“I think I will take my chances.” said Jeoffery. As he raised the whip, a hand from behind reached out a grabbed Jeoffery's arm.
“Chris is right, Jeoffery.” said Tyrion.
“Tyion? What are you doing?” Jeoffery asked, annoyed by Tyrion's actions.
“I know Robert just as well as you do. If you upset him, you will have to contend with him after he drags you out of this tournament.” said Tyrion.
Jeoffery, now calm after his burst of rage, began to think clearly. He then lowered his hand and dropped the whip on the floor.
“Fine, you win Tyrion.” said Jeoffery. “But this isn't over. After letting them rest awhile, I will finish the job.” said Jeoffery.
The screen then changed instantly, as if the camcorder was shut off for a while and restarted recording after a certain length of time.
“So the slaves have rested for about 30 minutes. I think it's time we continue.” said Jeoffery.
Jeoffery then puled something out of the box that was sitting on the floor. It was the same box of bondage and torture gear that every team has seen in their fortresses.
“This here is an electric paddle. At impact, it emits an electrical shock to any surface it touches. Normally used to swat flies, I am going to use it to further prove to these slaves that trying to escape won't be tolerated.” said Jeoffery. “10 strikes should be enough.”
Tyrion was still in the room with Jeoffery, keeping an eye on him
“Don't hit them close to the chest.” said Tyrion.
“Fine.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery then landed the paddle over one of the slaves legs. The slave felt the sting of the paddle.
“That was without the electricity. Now lets test it with electricity.” said Jeoffery.
He then swung the paddle again over the boys other legs, causing a much louder yell to come from the boys gagged mouth.
“Thats more like it.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery then swiped both the boy's arms. He continued to hit various places on the boy's body, causing shocks and stings on every impact. After finishing the 10th paddle, the boy was now hanging from his restraints, exhausted from the beatings.
“Now, you're next.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery then did the same thing with the other slave. The slaves, now tears soaking through their bandannas, were released by Jeoffery from their bonds. They fell to their hands and knees due to exhaustion, and allowed to remove their gags and blindfolds.
“Now, before we conclude, there’s one more thing you have to do.” Jeoffery said. “Kiss this.” he said as he held out his hand. Around his finger is a gold ring with a crest of a lion embedded into a red gemstone. The slaves put their mouth one at a time on the gemstone to kiss the ring.
“Good. Now I'm finished. From now on, you will show your lords more respect. Don't ever try to escape ever again.” said Jeoffery.
He then turned to the camera.
“And as for all of you watching. You best remember just what I'm capable of. I will take down every last one of you. You all will get a chance to kiss this ring! And you will bow to your true king!” he said as the screen went blank.
The rest of the fortresses were shocked after seeing the video.
“How can someone be so cruel?” asked Bran, angered by Jeoffery's actions.
“I never knew Jeoffery. I certainly didn't know that he was this troubled.” said Robb.
“I feel bad for those boys. Jeoffery pushed it too far.” said Theon.
“Why would someone be this cruel?” asked Rikken.
“Some people are cruel. It explains why Jeoffery would align with the Greyjoys though.” said Robb. “Speaking of which, that threat sounded like it was for all teams. How do you think the Greyjoys perceived that?” asked Robb to Theon.
“Hell if I know. My brothers are crazy themselves. But Jeoffery beats them single handedly when it comes to pure meanness.” said Theon.
At the Targaryen fortress, the reaction from Ameon and his family were much different than the Starks.
“Wow, that was beautiful! Did you see how the boys tried to move away from the paddles? And also, the tears flowing down their faces was priceless. This has to be the most entertaining thing I've seen since this tournament started!” said Ameon.
“Yea and I also enjoyed the when whipping too. I bet those leather whips stung like hell.” said Aegon.
“But I don't like how arrogant that prick is. When we get our hands on him, he's gonna wish he hadn't threatened us.” said Ameon.
“I wander what Robert thinks of his brother.” asked Daeneric.
“I don't know. Judging by the setup of the dungeon, Robert may be just as bad.” said Aerys.
“Nah, Robert seems to control his emotions better. Jeoffey, eh not so much.” said Ameon.
“In either case, we will prove him wrong. He is not the one that will win this tournament.” said Ameon, as he turned off the t.v.
Back at the Lannister fortress, Tywin and the other Lannister cousins met with Jeoffery in his room after the video was recorded.
“Jeoffery, don't you think you went a little OVERBOARD!” said Tywin.
“Huh? I didn't hear you.” said Jeoffery as he taunted his older cousin.
“Yes you did. We were put in this tournament for a couple reasons. One is to help you win. Robert is counting on you and this team to win the tournament.” said Tywin.
“Yea? And what about 2?” asked Jeoffery.
“2, its to keep an eye on you. Robert and us know how cruel you can be. You could of hurt them. And you know what that would of meant.” said Tyrion.
“That I would have been dragged out of the tournament and scolded by Robert.” said Jeoffery.
“And what about that video? Were you trying to get every team to hate our guts?” asked Jaime. “You may think it's funny, but we don't. I really don't want to be at the receiving end of Targaryen “hospitality” or any other team.”
Then Jeoffery's laptop sounded. It was Robert, placing a voice call through the communication software he had installed.
by chadmc90 » Wed Feb 12, 2014 1:17 pm
EDIT 2: I re-merged the Side Stories back into the main topic.
A Side Story: Ten's past
Jacob now walks through the halls of his school. He passes several students as he makes his way to the next class. On his way, he passes a boy that he immediately recognized. Robert and Robb(who was unknown to Jacob) were standing beside a locker having a casual chat. Ten continued to stare at Robert as he walked until Robert returned a glance of his own. Jacob rush passed him, not wanting to draw attention on himself.
Jacob's home life was less than than pleasant. Having no brothers or sisters, Jacob is now alone at his home. His father is a deadbeat that has never bothered to meet his own son, and his mother is dying from terminal illness and it indefinitely hospitalized until the inevitable. There is a potential cure, but Jacob certainly doesn't have the money to cover the costs. So his mother rests in the hospital, waiting to draw her final breath.
Jacob decided to pay his mother a visit later after school. He walked into the hospital doors and rode the elevator up to the floor where his mother's room is. As he walked in, he set on a stool beside his mother's bed. She was asleep, so he just sit there for a while, holding her hand. After some time had passed, Jacob heard his mom stirring.
“Oh, Jacob! You're here.” said his mom.
“Mom! You're awake!” said Jacob.
“Of course I am! I can't sleep when my handsome son is here.” said his mom. “So how was school today?” she asked.
“It was alright I guess. Nothing worth mentioning. Except that Robert Baratheon looked at me!” said Jacob.
“Robert?” she asked.
“Yea, he was talking to one of his friends as I was walking by, and he noticed me!” said Jacob.
Jacob in fact had no friends in school. He was always the center of bullying given his small body and timid nature. The one person that he had always wanted to meet was Robert. An idol and symbol of greatness for the region, Robert's father at the time was the Lord of the region(sort of like a governor is to a state). Robert had it all: a powerful family, perfect grades, wealth, and good looks. He has done so much for the community especially giving his age. Parents respect him and aspired for their own children to be like him. Jacob would give anything to be Robert's friend.
“You didn't say anything to him?” asked his mother.
“No. I just was too scared. What if he just laughs at me and tells me to get lost?” said Jacob.
“I'm sure Robert wouldn't do that. He is a fine young man, and I think he would like a friend like you.” said his mom. “I'm worried about you, son. I am not going to be in this world much longer, and I don't want you to be alone after I pass.”
“I know mom.” said Jacob.
The nurse came into the room and said that visitation has ended for tonight. Jacob kissed his mom goodbye and left the room. He went back down the elevator and out the front of the hospital. But instead of going home, he took a seat on a nearby bench. As memories of his mom went through his head and idea that he was about to lose the only person in his life, Jacob's eyes started to tear. He sat on the bench for a while. Suddenly, Jacob's eyes widened as he heard a familiar voice.
“You're Jacob, right?” asked Robert.
“Y..yea.” Jacob said, shocked that Robert was not only here, but speaking to him
“Good. I have heard through the grapevine that you are having some domestic issues?” Robert asked.
“Yyeaa. How did you know?” asked Jacob, nervous about speaking to the one person that he had always wanted to meet.
“That's not important now. Tell me about what's going on.” Robert said as he set on the bench beside him.
At first Jacob is nervous. Speaking to Robert is a dream come true, and doesn't want to blow this opportunity. Jacob eventually opens up, telling him every detail of his home life. After he was finished, Jacob waited for Robert to respond.
“I see, Jacob. Jacob, do you know who I am?” asked Robert.
“Yyes of course. You're Robert Baratheon, son of the region Lord.” said Jacob.
“Yes, and I have taken it upon myself to show my generosity and kindness multiple times, and I would like to extend that generosity to you, too.” said Robert.
Jacob's eyes widened. “What?” he asked.
“I am going to cure your mother.” Robert said.
Jacob's jaw dropped. “Y...you would do that for me?” he asked.
“Yes, Jacob. I want to help you in any way I can.” said Robert.
“I don't know what to say. Than.” Jacob was saying as he was cut off.
“Not so fast. There is one thing you have to agree on. You are to sign a contract of servitude for a period of time.” Robert said as he handed him a piece of paper. Jacob looked him, confused. “Don't worry, Jacob. Just do some chores and help me with some things. It's not a big deal.” Robert said.
“Oh ok. That’s not a bad price to pay.” Jacob said, immediately grabbing the paper and signing it. “Especially if it's to cure my mom. Thank you so much!” Jacob said, as he grabbed Robert's hand and shook it.
“You're welcome.” said Robert. “I will contact the hospital early in the morning. Surgery should be carried out immediately, given her deteriorating condition.” said Robert.
“Goodbye, Robert. And thanks again!” said Jacob as he started home.
Jacob's mood has drastically improved. Not only is his mom getting the mandatory surgery she needs, but he is going to spend a lot of time with Robert Baratheon! He couldn't wait for tomorrow. As he walked home, he couldn't get the events of what just transpired out of his head. That night, Jacob dreamed of a future with both his mom alive and well and Robert as his friend.
Jacob woke up the next morning. The doctor called and said that Robert had generously agreed to pay his mothers medical bill for the surgery, and that he should be here. Jacob immediately rushed to the hospital. The doctors told him to stay in the waiting room. The surgery would take quite some time. It was roughly 9:30 when the surgery. began After hours of waiting, the doctor finally appeared in the waiting room. He approached Jacob with a clipboard in his hand.
“So how is my mother! Can I see her now?” Jacob asked, eager to see his mother.
The doctor lowered his head and closed his eyes. Jacob was nervous when he noticed this.
“I'm sorry, Jacob. You're mother lost the fight during surgery. She's gone.” The doctor said.
Jacobs eyes widened as tears started to form. “W..Wh..What? No! Please no!” Jacob said, collapsing to the floor. “No! It can't be! The surgery was supposed to save her!” said Jacob.
“It wasn't a guarantee. The chances of success were only 35%. You were told that.” said the doctor. “I'm sorry.” he said.
Jacob immediately stormed out of the hospital. Tears running down his eyes, Jacob was running. “No this has to be a dream! It can be!” Jacob said as he ran with no where in mind. He eventually ended up in the nearby park, and it was empty. He found a swingset and set in it sideways, with legs on both sides of the seat. He just sit there for hours, emotionally destroyed over the loss of his mom.
“Why has this happened! Why am I being punished? Why does my father hate me? Why can't I make friends at school? Why was my mother taken from me?” Jacob said, talking to the wind. “Am I a bad person?”
“No you're not.” said a voice nearby.
Jacob looked around to see where the voice was coming from. As it was now later in the evening, darkness had started to fill the skies. But as as the figure appeared under a nearby streetlamp.
“Robert?” Jacob said. “What are you doing here?” he asked.
“I was just taking a walk through this beautiful park. It sometimes helps to clear your head.” said Robert.
“Oh, I see.” said Jacob.
“Look, I heard about you're mother. I had checked into the hospital to see how she was doing, and that’s when the doctor told me what had happened.” said Robert.
“Oh, I see.” said Jacob.
“Jacob, you have no one left in this world who cares about you.” said Robert.
“Yea, I know. You don't have to rub it in.” sad Jacob.
“But not entirely true.” said Robert.
Jacob then looked up at Robert, surprised to hear Robert say that.
“What do you mean?” asked Jacob.
“I mean, I have grown to like you.” said Robert. “As for our deal for your mother's treatment, I would like to make you an offer. You still have to do the work as agreed, but hear me out.” Jacob was anxiously listening. “Instead of being shipped off to some old foster home or orphanage, I want you to come live with me.” said Robert.
“What?” Jacob asked Robert, shocked at his proposal.
“Yes. I want you to be my personal slave.” said Robert.
Now Jacob was really shocked. Why the hell would he agree to something like that?
“Robert, I don't think I can do that.” said Jacob.
Robert sighed. “Look Jacob, if you get shipped off to an orphanage, you really won't have anyone then. But if you accept, you will have the one thing you always wanted.” said Robert. “I may be your your master, but I will also be your first friend.” said Robert.
“I will come by your place tomorrow to get your decision. Either way, you will have to complete your contract agreements for you're mother's surgery.” said Robert.
As Robert started to walk away, Jacob rose from the swingset.
“Wait, Robert.” Jacob said, causing Robert to stop walking.
“Yea?” Robert asked Jacob.
“You don't have to wait until tomorrow. The truth is you're right. I don't have nobody left if I say no. If it means giving up my freedom, then I will gladly do it for a chance to be wanted. I want to be yours, Robert. I've always imagined me at your side as best friends. But if this is my best option, then I will take it.” said Jacob.
Robert, still with his back turned to Jacob, smiled upon hearing these words. He immediately turned around.
“So do you accept?” asked Robert. “Yea.” said Jacob.
“Good. I will send some of men to your house to pick up your stuff. You should only bring you're personal belongings. I will host a funeral and burial for you're mother and give you time to say you're final goodbyes. But after that, you will live you're life as my personal servant.” Robert said. “Now come here.” he said, as he gave Jacob a big hug. “I know it was a hard choice to make, but you will eventually realize that this path is much better than the path of loneliness.” said Robert.
“Thank you, Robert.” said Jacob, tears rolling down his eyes.
The day after his mother's passing, Robert made good on his promise to help Jacob pack an give his mother a funeral. Robert couldn't attend the funeral, because the same day his Father was shockingly chosen as the successor for one of the Ruling Lords. After wards, Jacob moved into Roberts fortress, forever bound to Robert in servitude. But he didn't care. He now had someone to finally acknowledge him aside from his mother.
As Robert set in his room, Jacob, whom had been renamed to Ten, waited on Jeoffery to answer the video call.
EDIT 2: I re-merged the Side Stories back into the main topic.
A Side Story: Ten's past
Jacob now walks through the halls of his school. He passes several students as he makes his way to the next class. On his way, he passes a boy that he immediately recognized. Robert and Robb(who was unknown to Jacob) were standing beside a locker having a casual chat. Ten continued to stare at Robert as he walked until Robert returned a glance of his own. Jacob rush passed him, not wanting to draw attention on himself.
Jacob's home life was less than than pleasant. Having no brothers or sisters, Jacob is now alone at his home. His father is a deadbeat that has never bothered to meet his own son, and his mother is dying from terminal illness and it indefinitely hospitalized until the inevitable. There is a potential cure, but Jacob certainly doesn't have the money to cover the costs. So his mother rests in the hospital, waiting to draw her final breath.
Jacob decided to pay his mother a visit later after school. He walked into the hospital doors and rode the elevator up to the floor where his mother's room is. As he walked in, he set on a stool beside his mother's bed. She was asleep, so he just sit there for a while, holding her hand. After some time had passed, Jacob heard his mom stirring.
“Oh, Jacob! You're here.” said his mom.
“Mom! You're awake!” said Jacob.
“Of course I am! I can't sleep when my handsome son is here.” said his mom. “So how was school today?” she asked.
“It was alright I guess. Nothing worth mentioning. Except that Robert Baratheon looked at me!” said Jacob.
“Robert?” she asked.
“Yea, he was talking to one of his friends as I was walking by, and he noticed me!” said Jacob.
Jacob in fact had no friends in school. He was always the center of bullying given his small body and timid nature. The one person that he had always wanted to meet was Robert. An idol and symbol of greatness for the region, Robert's father at the time was the Lord of the region(sort of like a governor is to a state). Robert had it all: a powerful family, perfect grades, wealth, and good looks. He has done so much for the community especially giving his age. Parents respect him and aspired for their own children to be like him. Jacob would give anything to be Robert's friend.
“You didn't say anything to him?” asked his mother.
“No. I just was too scared. What if he just laughs at me and tells me to get lost?” said Jacob.
“I'm sure Robert wouldn't do that. He is a fine young man, and I think he would like a friend like you.” said his mom. “I'm worried about you, son. I am not going to be in this world much longer, and I don't want you to be alone after I pass.”
“I know mom.” said Jacob.
The nurse came into the room and said that visitation has ended for tonight. Jacob kissed his mom goodbye and left the room. He went back down the elevator and out the front of the hospital. But instead of going home, he took a seat on a nearby bench. As memories of his mom went through his head and idea that he was about to lose the only person in his life, Jacob's eyes started to tear. He sat on the bench for a while. Suddenly, Jacob's eyes widened as he heard a familiar voice.
“You're Jacob, right?” asked Robert.
“Y..yea.” Jacob said, shocked that Robert was not only here, but speaking to him
“Good. I have heard through the grapevine that you are having some domestic issues?” Robert asked.
“Yyeaa. How did you know?” asked Jacob, nervous about speaking to the one person that he had always wanted to meet.
“That's not important now. Tell me about what's going on.” Robert said as he set on the bench beside him.
At first Jacob is nervous. Speaking to Robert is a dream come true, and doesn't want to blow this opportunity. Jacob eventually opens up, telling him every detail of his home life. After he was finished, Jacob waited for Robert to respond.
“I see, Jacob. Jacob, do you know who I am?” asked Robert.
“Yyes of course. You're Robert Baratheon, son of the region Lord.” said Jacob.
“Yes, and I have taken it upon myself to show my generosity and kindness multiple times, and I would like to extend that generosity to you, too.” said Robert.
Jacob's eyes widened. “What?” he asked.
“I am going to cure your mother.” Robert said.
Jacob's jaw dropped. “Y...you would do that for me?” he asked.
“Yes, Jacob. I want to help you in any way I can.” said Robert.
“I don't know what to say. Than.” Jacob was saying as he was cut off.
“Not so fast. There is one thing you have to agree on. You are to sign a contract of servitude for a period of time.” Robert said as he handed him a piece of paper. Jacob looked him, confused. “Don't worry, Jacob. Just do some chores and help me with some things. It's not a big deal.” Robert said.
“Oh ok. That’s not a bad price to pay.” Jacob said, immediately grabbing the paper and signing it. “Especially if it's to cure my mom. Thank you so much!” Jacob said, as he grabbed Robert's hand and shook it.
“You're welcome.” said Robert. “I will contact the hospital early in the morning. Surgery should be carried out immediately, given her deteriorating condition.” said Robert.
“Goodbye, Robert. And thanks again!” said Jacob as he started home.
Jacob's mood has drastically improved. Not only is his mom getting the mandatory surgery she needs, but he is going to spend a lot of time with Robert Baratheon! He couldn't wait for tomorrow. As he walked home, he couldn't get the events of what just transpired out of his head. That night, Jacob dreamed of a future with both his mom alive and well and Robert as his friend.
Jacob woke up the next morning. The doctor called and said that Robert had generously agreed to pay his mothers medical bill for the surgery, and that he should be here. Jacob immediately rushed to the hospital. The doctors told him to stay in the waiting room. The surgery would take quite some time. It was roughly 9:30 when the surgery. began After hours of waiting, the doctor finally appeared in the waiting room. He approached Jacob with a clipboard in his hand.
“So how is my mother! Can I see her now?” Jacob asked, eager to see his mother.
The doctor lowered his head and closed his eyes. Jacob was nervous when he noticed this.
“I'm sorry, Jacob. You're mother lost the fight during surgery. She's gone.” The doctor said.
Jacobs eyes widened as tears started to form. “W..Wh..What? No! Please no!” Jacob said, collapsing to the floor. “No! It can't be! The surgery was supposed to save her!” said Jacob.
“It wasn't a guarantee. The chances of success were only 35%. You were told that.” said the doctor. “I'm sorry.” he said.
Jacob immediately stormed out of the hospital. Tears running down his eyes, Jacob was running. “No this has to be a dream! It can be!” Jacob said as he ran with no where in mind. He eventually ended up in the nearby park, and it was empty. He found a swingset and set in it sideways, with legs on both sides of the seat. He just sit there for hours, emotionally destroyed over the loss of his mom.
“Why has this happened! Why am I being punished? Why does my father hate me? Why can't I make friends at school? Why was my mother taken from me?” Jacob said, talking to the wind. “Am I a bad person?”
“No you're not.” said a voice nearby.
Jacob looked around to see where the voice was coming from. As it was now later in the evening, darkness had started to fill the skies. But as as the figure appeared under a nearby streetlamp.
“Robert?” Jacob said. “What are you doing here?” he asked.
“I was just taking a walk through this beautiful park. It sometimes helps to clear your head.” said Robert.
“Oh, I see.” said Jacob.
“Look, I heard about you're mother. I had checked into the hospital to see how she was doing, and that’s when the doctor told me what had happened.” said Robert.
“Oh, I see.” said Jacob.
“Jacob, you have no one left in this world who cares about you.” said Robert.
“Yea, I know. You don't have to rub it in.” sad Jacob.
“But not entirely true.” said Robert.
Jacob then looked up at Robert, surprised to hear Robert say that.
“What do you mean?” asked Jacob.
“I mean, I have grown to like you.” said Robert. “As for our deal for your mother's treatment, I would like to make you an offer. You still have to do the work as agreed, but hear me out.” Jacob was anxiously listening. “Instead of being shipped off to some old foster home or orphanage, I want you to come live with me.” said Robert.
“What?” Jacob asked Robert, shocked at his proposal.
“Yes. I want you to be my personal slave.” said Robert.
Now Jacob was really shocked. Why the hell would he agree to something like that?
“Robert, I don't think I can do that.” said Jacob.
Robert sighed. “Look Jacob, if you get shipped off to an orphanage, you really won't have anyone then. But if you accept, you will have the one thing you always wanted.” said Robert. “I may be your your master, but I will also be your first friend.” said Robert.
“I will come by your place tomorrow to get your decision. Either way, you will have to complete your contract agreements for you're mother's surgery.” said Robert.
As Robert started to walk away, Jacob rose from the swingset.
“Wait, Robert.” Jacob said, causing Robert to stop walking.
“Yea?” Robert asked Jacob.
“You don't have to wait until tomorrow. The truth is you're right. I don't have nobody left if I say no. If it means giving up my freedom, then I will gladly do it for a chance to be wanted. I want to be yours, Robert. I've always imagined me at your side as best friends. But if this is my best option, then I will take it.” said Jacob.
Robert, still with his back turned to Jacob, smiled upon hearing these words. He immediately turned around.
“So do you accept?” asked Robert. “Yea.” said Jacob.
“Good. I will send some of men to your house to pick up your stuff. You should only bring you're personal belongings. I will host a funeral and burial for you're mother and give you time to say you're final goodbyes. But after that, you will live you're life as my personal servant.” Robert said. “Now come here.” he said, as he gave Jacob a big hug. “I know it was a hard choice to make, but you will eventually realize that this path is much better than the path of loneliness.” said Robert.
“Thank you, Robert.” said Jacob, tears rolling down his eyes.
The day after his mother's passing, Robert made good on his promise to help Jacob pack an give his mother a funeral. Robert couldn't attend the funeral, because the same day his Father was shockingly chosen as the successor for one of the Ruling Lords. After wards, Jacob moved into Roberts fortress, forever bound to Robert in servitude. But he didn't care. He now had someone to finally acknowledge him aside from his mother.
As Robert set in his room, Jacob, whom had been renamed to Ten, waited on Jeoffery to answer the video call.
by chadmc90 » Thu Feb 13, 2014 8:56 pm
This is the next main chapter in the story. This chapter marks the beginning of the first Coliseum Day.
End of Chapter 12 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 13: The Coliseum
The night before the tournament, the teams were shocked at the video sent by Jeoffery Baratheon. Robert, who also viewed the video, called Jeoffery to give his thoughts on it.
“Jeoffery, you need to answer it. Robert won't like it if you ignore it.” said Tywin.
“Fine.” Jeoffery said as he went to the laptop. Jeoffery clicked the mouse button, and Robert's face appeared on the screen.
“Hello, Jeoffery. It seems you were having a bit of fun earlier.” said Robert.
“What is it?” said an annoyed Jeoffery.
“You best watch your tongue. You know exactly what this is about. I said not to take it too far.” said Robert.
“They needed to be punished. You would probably do the same thing!” said Robert.
“No I wouldn't. I'm a firm believer in punishing a misbehaving slave but there are limits.” said Robert.
“Right, Robert. Right.” said Jeoffery sarcastically.
“Jeoffery, I am already pissed right now. You're job is supposed to win. And if you blow it by pissing off the rest of the teams, even I can't do anything about it. I want to make this as clean victory as possible.” said Robert. “Do that one more time and YOU will get the same punishment as those slaves.” said Robert.
Jeoffery's smirk vanished after hearing Robert's threat. The thought of being whipped and beaten while tied and near naked unsettled Jeoffery, and he knew Robert could carry out his threat.
“Ok, fine.” said Jeoffery. “I'll make sure to show more restraint.” said Jeoffery.
“Good. The next time you do something like that, you're team may, lets say, rebel against you and replace you with Tywin.” said Robert. Jeoffery didn't say a word. “And Tywin, don't let him out of your sights again.” said Robert.
“I won't” said Tywin.
After the incident with Team Lannister, the teams all turned in early for the night in preparation for the big event tomorrow. The event is going to feature three competitions. The first is a TUG of war, where two teams pit 5 of their own against each other. Tied to the rope, the goal is to pull one team to the center. The winning team can choose any two members from the losing team to be captives. The second competition is Capture the Team!. In this competition, a maze of walls will be setup in the coliseums center stage, where each team will start in random locations around the maze. Each team will be giving lengths of rope to use to restrain the other. The first team to have all it's members ties up wins the competition. Again, 5 team members are chosen to participate from each team. The third competition is a complete mystery. But the prize is supposedly quite valuable. Throughout the day, the coliseum will play host to a market, where each team will have a chance to buy special items that are not available on the online store.
The following morning, each team left their fortresses with the exception of two or three team members to watch over the captives. Each team's leader, advisers, and 70% of the rest of the team were supposed to be present. Since the coliseum was on an island in the lake, a ferry was prepared for the teams to transport across. The ride was uneventful, as each team was carried individually.
When the teams made it across, they noticed the coliseum immediately. The architecture of the coliseum was similar that of the Roman Coliseum. It was circular with bleachers for the spectators lining the walls. The center was nothing but bear ground, which is where the events happened. At one end of the coliseum was a special platform that had a single throne like seat on it. It was covered by a raised ceiling which was supported by 4 pillars at each corner. Curtains on all sides but the one facing the center stage draped down from the ceiling.
“Wow, that’s impressive.” said Robb. “Robert has really outdone himself.”
“No kidding.” said Bran.
“So that's where these competitions will be held then?” said Theon.
“I would imagine so.” said Bran.
Bran had also noticed something else. There were other people there beside the other teams. Several other boys were wearing a black and white stripped headband with a gold star. They were also wearing black shirts and shorts with a single white stripe going down the side of the armsleeve, waist, and leg of the clothing.
“I guess that’s Robert's workers.” said Robb.
“Yea.” said Robb.
As they walked toward the coliseum, they arrived at a group of tents with tables covered by cloths that had stuff in under them. This must be the market place that was mentioned by Robert.
“They must be waiting until later to open the market up.” said Bran.
“Yea. I wander what kinds of things we will find under those cloths.” said Theon.
“Whatever it is, I have a feeling were not going to like what we see.” said Bran.
When the Starks arrived at the coliseum entrance, they noticed a similar looking booth. It was the same booth setup at the registration briefing occupied by the same boy.
“Oh, hello again! Good to see you!” said the boy. “Now all I need to do is scan you're headbands into the computer, and you're set!” said the boy.
Each team member allowed the boy to scan the bar code on the inside of the headband in order to sign into the tournament. They were instructed to take a seat in the bleachers to wait on the rest of the teams.
“I guess were the first ones, then.” said Robb.
“Yea, I figured the Targaryens, Lannisters, or my brothers' team would be first, seeing as they are closest to the coliseum.” said Theon.
“Hmph. Given how stupid you're brothers are, I wouldn't be surprised if they completely forgot about the tournament.” said Robb.
Everyone laughed at Robb's comments about the Greyjoys. They noticed that the inside was more modern looking than outside. The Starks took their seats to wait on the event to begin.
The first team to walk through the entrance after the Starks were the Targaryens. Ameon, the leader of the team, caught a glimpse of the Starks looking at them. Bran in particular, noticed something about Ameon that the rest didn't. His stare was cold and dark, like he could shoot daggers straight through a person's chest. His face was void of no emotions. At least not until Ameon let out a smile. But this smile was not friendly. It was the smile of a predator, observing it's prey from a distance. Bran felt as if Ameon could leap at him at any time. Bran felt truly nervous around him. Ameon took his eyes off of Bran, which quiet relieving. Bran looked over to see if his other team noticed Ameon, but the team carried on talking to each other as if they saw a normal boy.
The second team to arrive was the Freys, which immediately noticed their allies in the bleachers. The Freys made their way up the bleachers to where the Starks were setting.
“Mind if we sit here?” asked Walder.
“No problem. We are allies now, right?” said Robb.
“Sure are!” said Walder.
The Freys sit next to the Starks after okaying it with Robb. Walder decided to sit next to Robb for some chatting.
“So, how are my other team members?” said Robb.
“They are doing well, actually. They seem pretty content in working around the fortress.” said Robb.
“Good. Same with yours.” said Walder.
“So I guess you saw that video last night.” said Robb.
“Yea, that was bold, even for Robert's brother.” said Walder.
“Do you think he's up to something?” asked Robb.
“I doubt it. That Jeoffery seems like an idiot.” said Walder. “But it's not Jeoffery that I'm worried about.” said Frey.
“Yea, then who are you worried about?” asked Robb.
“The Lannister brothers.” said Walder. “I heard that they are sly and cunning. They have outwitted many people, and are highly intelligent. Their father, while not as successful as Robert's father, has made a name for himself in the industry. And his sons seems to have inherited his intelligence.” said Walder.
“I see.” said Robb. “How do we go about taking them down?” said Robb.
“I have a plan, but we can discuss it later. Here comes the self-proclaimed winner of the tournament now.” said Walder.
At that time, both teams looked over to the entrance to noticed the same bleach blond-haired boy walk through the coliseum entrance that caught the attention of all the other teams the previous night. Jeoffery walked into the coliseum like he was some kind of super star. With his hands up, Jeoffery was walking around to all the teams taunting and mocking them. The Targaryens were booing him, which put an even bigger smile on his face. Then Jeoffery turned around to head back to his team. He grabbed Lanes leash and turned him around to face the crowd. Jeoffery then jumped on Lanes back, instructing his skave to carry him to his seat. Lane did as he commanded and followed the Lannister brothers, whom had their head bowed in shame, to the bleachers far from the other teams.
“What an egotistical prick.” said Robb.
“That's an understatement. I kinda feel sorry for the boy, though.” said Walder.
“Yea I know. I like to have some fun at other people's expense, but I'm not THAT harsh.” said Robb.
The Targaryens also saw this, especially Ameon.
“Now why didn't I think of that?” Ameon said.
“What? Parading around the room calling us losers?” asked Daeneric.
“No-well that's an idea too- but bring one of those filthy slaves to carry me from the ferry. In fact, I think I will have them build me a litter.” said Ameon.
“Ha. Just make sure you can fit the rest of us.” said Viscerys.
“What? The entire team?” asked Ameon.
“No, just the 5 of us.” said Viscerys.
“Oh, I guess we can do that.” said Ameon.
The Lannister team took their seat in the bleachers to wait on the tournament to start.
The ferry made another round to pick up the next team, which was the Greyjoys. Their entrance was much less eye catching than the leader of their allies, the Lannisters. Like the Freys, they took a seat by their allies.
“Hmph. I wish they never joined the tournament.” said Robb.
“You mean the Greyjoys? Do you really hate the Greyjoys that much?” asked Walder.
“Of course I do.” said Robb. “Balon constantly tortures Theon and many other people. He just doesn't know respect.”
“Oh, I see.” said Walder. “So how did you and Theon become friends when he was part of a family that you despise?”
“It's a long story. I will have to tell you some other time.” said Robb.
“I see. Very well.” said Walder.
The Baratheons were the final team to arrive, and they were also keeping their cool. The last thing they wanted was to draw attention to themselves after being 3 boys short.
“So were the last ones.” said Stannis.
“Looks that way, boss.” said Davos.
“Let's just keep a low profile. I don't want to be targeted by anyone.” said Stannis.
The Baratheon team walked to the bleachers to take their seats.
Now that all the teams have made their entrance, the last one left is Robert Baratheon, the one person that everyone looked up to in some respect at least. And after a short time, Robert and Ten appeared out of the curtained box that had the single seat in it. The teams clapped and cheered upon seeing the popular boy. It was now only minutes before the first event begins.
This is the next main chapter in the story. This chapter marks the beginning of the first Coliseum Day.
End of Chapter 12 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 13: The Coliseum
The night before the tournament, the teams were shocked at the video sent by Jeoffery Baratheon. Robert, who also viewed the video, called Jeoffery to give his thoughts on it.
“Jeoffery, you need to answer it. Robert won't like it if you ignore it.” said Tywin.
“Fine.” Jeoffery said as he went to the laptop. Jeoffery clicked the mouse button, and Robert's face appeared on the screen.
“Hello, Jeoffery. It seems you were having a bit of fun earlier.” said Robert.
“What is it?” said an annoyed Jeoffery.
“You best watch your tongue. You know exactly what this is about. I said not to take it too far.” said Robert.
“They needed to be punished. You would probably do the same thing!” said Robert.
“No I wouldn't. I'm a firm believer in punishing a misbehaving slave but there are limits.” said Robert.
“Right, Robert. Right.” said Jeoffery sarcastically.
“Jeoffery, I am already pissed right now. You're job is supposed to win. And if you blow it by pissing off the rest of the teams, even I can't do anything about it. I want to make this as clean victory as possible.” said Robert. “Do that one more time and YOU will get the same punishment as those slaves.” said Robert.
Jeoffery's smirk vanished after hearing Robert's threat. The thought of being whipped and beaten while tied and near naked unsettled Jeoffery, and he knew Robert could carry out his threat.
“Ok, fine.” said Jeoffery. “I'll make sure to show more restraint.” said Jeoffery.
“Good. The next time you do something like that, you're team may, lets say, rebel against you and replace you with Tywin.” said Robert. Jeoffery didn't say a word. “And Tywin, don't let him out of your sights again.” said Robert.
“I won't” said Tywin.
After the incident with Team Lannister, the teams all turned in early for the night in preparation for the big event tomorrow. The event is going to feature three competitions. The first is a TUG of war, where two teams pit 5 of their own against each other. Tied to the rope, the goal is to pull one team to the center. The winning team can choose any two members from the losing team to be captives. The second competition is Capture the Team!. In this competition, a maze of walls will be setup in the coliseums center stage, where each team will start in random locations around the maze. Each team will be giving lengths of rope to use to restrain the other. The first team to have all it's members ties up wins the competition. Again, 5 team members are chosen to participate from each team. The third competition is a complete mystery. But the prize is supposedly quite valuable. Throughout the day, the coliseum will play host to a market, where each team will have a chance to buy special items that are not available on the online store.
The following morning, each team left their fortresses with the exception of two or three team members to watch over the captives. Each team's leader, advisers, and 70% of the rest of the team were supposed to be present. Since the coliseum was on an island in the lake, a ferry was prepared for the teams to transport across. The ride was uneventful, as each team was carried individually.
When the teams made it across, they noticed the coliseum immediately. The architecture of the coliseum was similar that of the Roman Coliseum. It was circular with bleachers for the spectators lining the walls. The center was nothing but bear ground, which is where the events happened. At one end of the coliseum was a special platform that had a single throne like seat on it. It was covered by a raised ceiling which was supported by 4 pillars at each corner. Curtains on all sides but the one facing the center stage draped down from the ceiling.
“Wow, that’s impressive.” said Robb. “Robert has really outdone himself.”
“No kidding.” said Bran.
“So that's where these competitions will be held then?” said Theon.
“I would imagine so.” said Bran.
Bran had also noticed something else. There were other people there beside the other teams. Several other boys were wearing a black and white stripped headband with a gold star. They were also wearing black shirts and shorts with a single white stripe going down the side of the armsleeve, waist, and leg of the clothing.
“I guess that’s Robert's workers.” said Robb.
“Yea.” said Robb.
As they walked toward the coliseum, they arrived at a group of tents with tables covered by cloths that had stuff in under them. This must be the market place that was mentioned by Robert.
“They must be waiting until later to open the market up.” said Bran.
“Yea. I wander what kinds of things we will find under those cloths.” said Theon.
“Whatever it is, I have a feeling were not going to like what we see.” said Bran.
When the Starks arrived at the coliseum entrance, they noticed a similar looking booth. It was the same booth setup at the registration briefing occupied by the same boy.
“Oh, hello again! Good to see you!” said the boy. “Now all I need to do is scan you're headbands into the computer, and you're set!” said the boy.
Each team member allowed the boy to scan the bar code on the inside of the headband in order to sign into the tournament. They were instructed to take a seat in the bleachers to wait on the rest of the teams.
“I guess were the first ones, then.” said Robb.
“Yea, I figured the Targaryens, Lannisters, or my brothers' team would be first, seeing as they are closest to the coliseum.” said Theon.
“Hmph. Given how stupid you're brothers are, I wouldn't be surprised if they completely forgot about the tournament.” said Robb.
Everyone laughed at Robb's comments about the Greyjoys. They noticed that the inside was more modern looking than outside. The Starks took their seats to wait on the event to begin.
The first team to walk through the entrance after the Starks were the Targaryens. Ameon, the leader of the team, caught a glimpse of the Starks looking at them. Bran in particular, noticed something about Ameon that the rest didn't. His stare was cold and dark, like he could shoot daggers straight through a person's chest. His face was void of no emotions. At least not until Ameon let out a smile. But this smile was not friendly. It was the smile of a predator, observing it's prey from a distance. Bran felt as if Ameon could leap at him at any time. Bran felt truly nervous around him. Ameon took his eyes off of Bran, which quiet relieving. Bran looked over to see if his other team noticed Ameon, but the team carried on talking to each other as if they saw a normal boy.
The second team to arrive was the Freys, which immediately noticed their allies in the bleachers. The Freys made their way up the bleachers to where the Starks were setting.
“Mind if we sit here?” asked Walder.
“No problem. We are allies now, right?” said Robb.
“Sure are!” said Walder.
The Freys sit next to the Starks after okaying it with Robb. Walder decided to sit next to Robb for some chatting.
“So, how are my other team members?” said Robb.
“They are doing well, actually. They seem pretty content in working around the fortress.” said Robb.
“Good. Same with yours.” said Walder.
“So I guess you saw that video last night.” said Robb.
“Yea, that was bold, even for Robert's brother.” said Walder.
“Do you think he's up to something?” asked Robb.
“I doubt it. That Jeoffery seems like an idiot.” said Walder. “But it's not Jeoffery that I'm worried about.” said Frey.
“Yea, then who are you worried about?” asked Robb.
“The Lannister brothers.” said Walder. “I heard that they are sly and cunning. They have outwitted many people, and are highly intelligent. Their father, while not as successful as Robert's father, has made a name for himself in the industry. And his sons seems to have inherited his intelligence.” said Walder.
“I see.” said Robb. “How do we go about taking them down?” said Robb.
“I have a plan, but we can discuss it later. Here comes the self-proclaimed winner of the tournament now.” said Walder.
At that time, both teams looked over to the entrance to noticed the same bleach blond-haired boy walk through the coliseum entrance that caught the attention of all the other teams the previous night. Jeoffery walked into the coliseum like he was some kind of super star. With his hands up, Jeoffery was walking around to all the teams taunting and mocking them. The Targaryens were booing him, which put an even bigger smile on his face. Then Jeoffery turned around to head back to his team. He grabbed Lanes leash and turned him around to face the crowd. Jeoffery then jumped on Lanes back, instructing his skave to carry him to his seat. Lane did as he commanded and followed the Lannister brothers, whom had their head bowed in shame, to the bleachers far from the other teams.
“What an egotistical prick.” said Robb.
“That's an understatement. I kinda feel sorry for the boy, though.” said Walder.
“Yea I know. I like to have some fun at other people's expense, but I'm not THAT harsh.” said Robb.
The Targaryens also saw this, especially Ameon.
“Now why didn't I think of that?” Ameon said.
“What? Parading around the room calling us losers?” asked Daeneric.
“No-well that's an idea too- but bring one of those filthy slaves to carry me from the ferry. In fact, I think I will have them build me a litter.” said Ameon.
“Ha. Just make sure you can fit the rest of us.” said Viscerys.
“What? The entire team?” asked Ameon.
“No, just the 5 of us.” said Viscerys.
“Oh, I guess we can do that.” said Ameon.
The Lannister team took their seat in the bleachers to wait on the tournament to start.
The ferry made another round to pick up the next team, which was the Greyjoys. Their entrance was much less eye catching than the leader of their allies, the Lannisters. Like the Freys, they took a seat by their allies.
“Hmph. I wish they never joined the tournament.” said Robb.
“You mean the Greyjoys? Do you really hate the Greyjoys that much?” asked Walder.
“Of course I do.” said Robb. “Balon constantly tortures Theon and many other people. He just doesn't know respect.”
“Oh, I see.” said Walder. “So how did you and Theon become friends when he was part of a family that you despise?”
“It's a long story. I will have to tell you some other time.” said Robb.
“I see. Very well.” said Walder.
The Baratheons were the final team to arrive, and they were also keeping their cool. The last thing they wanted was to draw attention to themselves after being 3 boys short.
“So were the last ones.” said Stannis.
“Looks that way, boss.” said Davos.
“Let's just keep a low profile. I don't want to be targeted by anyone.” said Stannis.
The Baratheon team walked to the bleachers to take their seats.
Now that all the teams have made their entrance, the last one left is Robert Baratheon, the one person that everyone looked up to in some respect at least. And after a short time, Robert and Ten appeared out of the curtained box that had the single seat in it. The teams clapped and cheered upon seeing the popular boy. It was now only minutes before the first event begins.
by chadmc90 » Fri Feb 14, 2014 8:37 pm
This next chapter is much more action packed than the last one. It covers the events of the first round of TUG of War.
Please let me know if you see anything that needs fixed(spelling, grammar, etc.). Also please remember that there is now a poll for this story, so please leave your feedback. I would greatly appreciate it. :big:
End of Chapter 13 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 14: The Coliseum Games Part 1
Robert had finally stepped out into view. He stepped up to the podium and looked around the coliseum at the teams. As he raised his hand to signal silence, the teams all noticed and the coliseum was now quiet. Robert then adjusted the microphone and began to speak.
“Welcome, all, to the first Coliseum Games!” said Robert. “I'm happy you all came.” he said, as if they had a choice. “So as you know, the first game of the day will a TUG of war event. As explained earlier this week, each participating team will select 5 members to participate in this event. The chosen participates will be tied together by a length of rope. In the middle of the coliseum is two dividing lines that separates the teams. In between the lines is a shallow pit that the losing team will fall into. Each team will attempt to pull the other into the pit to win the game. The winning team will be able to take two team members as slaves from the other team, headband and all. Now remember that a team can opt out in participating if they choose, so is there any team that does not want to participate?” Robert looked around to see if any teams gave any indication of withdrawing from the TUG of war. “This will be the only time I ask. Once we proceed, you can't change your mind.”
Robert waited again for a response, but no team raised their hand or shouted to signal a withdrawal. “Very well. So let's get..” Robert said before pausing for a brief moment. “Oh, and one more thing.”
Robert pointed to one of the coliseum’s entrances to draw the crowds attention to. Then everyone saw 12 workers carry out 6 wooden structures. They were shaped like a cross with a small stump at the bottom. They had leather restraints at several locations on the cross, which was used to support the weight of a person. The workers then brought the crosses close to where the TUG of war pit is, and placed them near 6 square holes on the ground.
“What the..” said Robb.
“What is he planning.” Frey said after Robb.
The Targareyn leader was more than amused at the sight of the crosses.
“Oh, boy! I wander who those are meant for?” he asked.
“As an additional consequence, two members will also be picked from the losing team to be strapped to these crosses until the beginning of the Capture the Team event.” Robert said.
“What?” said Robb.
“Now that that's been explained, lets get started!” Robert said. The teams were still focused on the crosses. “We are going to draw a random ball from this lottery cage here. Each ball contains a name for a team, with 6 in total. We will draw two balls to determine the first two competitors.” said Robert. Robert commanded Ten to start spinning the cage. After 10 seconds, Ten stopped the cage for Robert to draw a ball. “First, coming in from the northern part of the area, its the feisty Team Stark! Robb, pick 5 team members to send down to the pit, where they will be prepared by the workers for the game.”
Robb and the rest of the team talked amongst themselves for a minute, and picked 5 of their own to participate in the event. The workers immediately tied each of the boys to the main rope by the waist and hands.
“Ok, Now that team Stark is ready, its time to determine the second team.” Ten was then commanded to start spinning the cage again to scramble the balls. When Robert drew another ball, his face lit up after looking at the name printed on the ball.
“Oh wow. I never would have pictured this pair-up.” said Robert. “Well, Team Stark will face...Team Greyjoy!”
Robb and the rest of brother's mouths dropped.
“What?” said Theon.
Balon was also surprised as well. This was the chance he was waiting for.
“Yes! We finally have a chance to weaken the Starks!” said Balon.
The Greyjoys also chose 5 of their own to send to the coliseum floor where the pit is. The workers immediately restrained the participants to the ropes. Now the stage was set, and at that moment, it was time for the first event to begin.
“On you're start, ref.” said Robert to the workers whom was dressed in a referees attire.
“Come on Team Stark!” some of Team Frey yelled to the participants.
“Go Team Greyjoy!” said some of the Lannisters in return. The other two teams kept their mouths shut and decided to simply watch the outcome.
“3, 2, 1, BEGIN!” The referee said, signaling the TUG of war to begin.
The participants immediately started pulling the ropes. Each team was struggling against their bonds, trying to pull the ropes toward them in order to get the other team inside the pit.
“Come on guys, pull harder.” said one of the Starks.
“I'm trying.” said another boy.
“Try harder.” said the first boy.
The Greyjoys were getting the upper hand on the Starks, which started to move toward the pit.
“That's it, boys! Were reeling them in!” one of the Greyjoys said.
“What is it?” said one of the Stark boys.
“My hand. It's starting to ache.” said another stark boy.
After about 3 minutes of each team being pulled on, the tension of the rope is starting to take a toll on each side. The boy's wrists were beginning to cramp from the pull of the rope and their legs were aching from trying pull against the ropes.
“I don't know how much more I can take!” said the boy in front. “I feel like my wrist can snap off at any minute! Pull harder!”
“Were trying!” two of the stark boys said.
The Starks were losing stamina quick. The Greyjoys seem to have the upper hand as the Stark boys were getting closer to the pit. As all hope seemed lost, one of the Greyjoy boys lost their footing and collapsed to the ground. Without the force needed to finish the job, the Starks turned the tables on their enemies. All the Greyjoy participants were pulled into the pit in an instant, ending the match up. The Starks immediately started cheering for their winners, whom had won them the right to choose any two non-team advisers/leader.
“They did it!” Robb cheered. “The Starks beat the Greyjoys!”
“Finally! Some redemption!” said Theon.
Robert once again approached the microphone.
“Good job, Team Stark!” said Robert. “You've now earned the right to choose any two non-adviser/leader team member from the losing team to be your new captives. Now both teams will come down to the center stage to face each other.”
Each team approached each other on the center stage. The Starks were trying their best to hide their smiles and giggles, but the humor was too much. The brothers especially had a hard time hiding their joy. The Greyjoys, however, made no attempt to hide their shame and anger. The participants were untied and allowed to join their respective teams.
“Alright, Robb. What will it be?” said Robert.
Robb looked at the members of Team Greyjoy, whom were giving Team Stark an angry glare. He then chose two boys from amongst the Greyjoys. At first, both boys refused to go to their new masters. But the workers immediately intervened, dragging the two boys to the ground and applying handcuffs to their wrists. They then took out two shock collars and snapped it in place around their necks. For extra measure, padlocks were put in place to prevent removal. For further humiliation, the workers snapped two leashes to the collars and handed the handles to the Starks.
“Here you go, Robb.” said the workers.
“Wow, thanks.” said Robb. He then handed the leashes to Bran and Rikken.
“Why us?” asked Bran.
“Oh come on, Bran. You and Rikken have been very reluctant to join in on the fun. These two should be you're slaves.” said Robb.
Bran didn't know what to think. He was rarely the capturer in any of the games his brothers play. Even when he was, it didn't last long enough for him to get an idea of what it felt like. And Rikken was just as confused. He had never been on the giving end of a tie up, and was in the same position as Bran was. But Rikken did something that shocked Bran and his brothers. Rikken demanded the remote from Robb. He then pushed it to make the captured boy kneel to the ground. He then took a page out of Jeoffery's book and jumped on the slaves back.
“Giddy up, little pony!” Rikken taunted his new toy.
“No, get off me, you little brat!” the boy said. About that time, Rikken pushed the button, sending another jolt into the slaves neck.
“Oww!” said the boy as he fell on the ground. Rikken fell on the ground as well, but got up and grabbed the remote that fell out of his hands.
“Get up or get another jolt!” said Rikken.
“Okay okay, fine!” said the boy. After struggling to get back to his feet, the slave finally stood on his feet.
During all this, the rest of the teams were laughing at the scene. Robert also had a smile on his face. His voice once again boomed over the speakers.
“Well that was amusing. But we now need to move on. Team Greyjoy will now pick two of their remaining team members to be restrained to the cross. What will it be, Balon?” Robert asked.
Balon, still fuming from his loss to the Starks, immediately pointed at the boy who cost them the win. The same boy that lost his footing and caused the team to lose it's grasp. Balon also picked another one of the participants for the intimidating crosses.”
“Get them out of my sight.” said Balon, as the workers dragged both boys to the crosses.
The boys fought against the workers as they escorted them to the crosses, but when the workers had enough, they pulled out two tasers and zapped the boys. The boys fell to the ground upon impact. Now incapacitated, the workers could easily manipulate the boys to their will. They stripped the boys down to their underwear while four more workers opened the leather restraints for the wrists, legs, arms, and torso. They also applied a ballgag to their mouths preventing them from talking. They then moved the two boys to the crosses and snapped them into place on the crosses. Working together, the workers lifted the crosses to an upright position and placed them into the square holes. As the boys recovered, they recognized their predicament. They immediately started struggling against their bonds, but it was no use. They weren't going anywhere until Robert said so. The Starks then took their seats back in the bleachers, along with their new prizes.
“Now that we have our first two victims, lets begin the second round!” said Robb.
The teams anxiously await Robert to announce the next participants.
This next chapter is much more action packed than the last one. It covers the events of the first round of TUG of War.
Please let me know if you see anything that needs fixed(spelling, grammar, etc.). Also please remember that there is now a poll for this story, so please leave your feedback. I would greatly appreciate it. :big:
End of Chapter 13 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 14: The Coliseum Games Part 1
Robert had finally stepped out into view. He stepped up to the podium and looked around the coliseum at the teams. As he raised his hand to signal silence, the teams all noticed and the coliseum was now quiet. Robert then adjusted the microphone and began to speak.
“Welcome, all, to the first Coliseum Games!” said Robert. “I'm happy you all came.” he said, as if they had a choice. “So as you know, the first game of the day will a TUG of war event. As explained earlier this week, each participating team will select 5 members to participate in this event. The chosen participates will be tied together by a length of rope. In the middle of the coliseum is two dividing lines that separates the teams. In between the lines is a shallow pit that the losing team will fall into. Each team will attempt to pull the other into the pit to win the game. The winning team will be able to take two team members as slaves from the other team, headband and all. Now remember that a team can opt out in participating if they choose, so is there any team that does not want to participate?” Robert looked around to see if any teams gave any indication of withdrawing from the TUG of war. “This will be the only time I ask. Once we proceed, you can't change your mind.”
Robert waited again for a response, but no team raised their hand or shouted to signal a withdrawal. “Very well. So let's get..” Robert said before pausing for a brief moment. “Oh, and one more thing.”
Robert pointed to one of the coliseum’s entrances to draw the crowds attention to. Then everyone saw 12 workers carry out 6 wooden structures. They were shaped like a cross with a small stump at the bottom. They had leather restraints at several locations on the cross, which was used to support the weight of a person. The workers then brought the crosses close to where the TUG of war pit is, and placed them near 6 square holes on the ground.
“What the..” said Robb.
“What is he planning.” Frey said after Robb.
The Targareyn leader was more than amused at the sight of the crosses.
“Oh, boy! I wander who those are meant for?” he asked.
“As an additional consequence, two members will also be picked from the losing team to be strapped to these crosses until the beginning of the Capture the Team event.” Robert said.
“What?” said Robb.
“Now that that's been explained, lets get started!” Robert said. The teams were still focused on the crosses. “We are going to draw a random ball from this lottery cage here. Each ball contains a name for a team, with 6 in total. We will draw two balls to determine the first two competitors.” said Robert. Robert commanded Ten to start spinning the cage. After 10 seconds, Ten stopped the cage for Robert to draw a ball. “First, coming in from the northern part of the area, its the feisty Team Stark! Robb, pick 5 team members to send down to the pit, where they will be prepared by the workers for the game.”
Robb and the rest of the team talked amongst themselves for a minute, and picked 5 of their own to participate in the event. The workers immediately tied each of the boys to the main rope by the waist and hands.
“Ok, Now that team Stark is ready, its time to determine the second team.” Ten was then commanded to start spinning the cage again to scramble the balls. When Robert drew another ball, his face lit up after looking at the name printed on the ball.
“Oh wow. I never would have pictured this pair-up.” said Robert. “Well, Team Stark will face...Team Greyjoy!”
Robb and the rest of brother's mouths dropped.
“What?” said Theon.
Balon was also surprised as well. This was the chance he was waiting for.
“Yes! We finally have a chance to weaken the Starks!” said Balon.
The Greyjoys also chose 5 of their own to send to the coliseum floor where the pit is. The workers immediately restrained the participants to the ropes. Now the stage was set, and at that moment, it was time for the first event to begin.
“On you're start, ref.” said Robert to the workers whom was dressed in a referees attire.
“Come on Team Stark!” some of Team Frey yelled to the participants.
“Go Team Greyjoy!” said some of the Lannisters in return. The other two teams kept their mouths shut and decided to simply watch the outcome.
“3, 2, 1, BEGIN!” The referee said, signaling the TUG of war to begin.
The participants immediately started pulling the ropes. Each team was struggling against their bonds, trying to pull the ropes toward them in order to get the other team inside the pit.
“Come on guys, pull harder.” said one of the Starks.
“I'm trying.” said another boy.
“Try harder.” said the first boy.
The Greyjoys were getting the upper hand on the Starks, which started to move toward the pit.
“That's it, boys! Were reeling them in!” one of the Greyjoys said.
“What is it?” said one of the Stark boys.
“My hand. It's starting to ache.” said another stark boy.
After about 3 minutes of each team being pulled on, the tension of the rope is starting to take a toll on each side. The boy's wrists were beginning to cramp from the pull of the rope and their legs were aching from trying pull against the ropes.
“I don't know how much more I can take!” said the boy in front. “I feel like my wrist can snap off at any minute! Pull harder!”
“Were trying!” two of the stark boys said.
The Starks were losing stamina quick. The Greyjoys seem to have the upper hand as the Stark boys were getting closer to the pit. As all hope seemed lost, one of the Greyjoy boys lost their footing and collapsed to the ground. Without the force needed to finish the job, the Starks turned the tables on their enemies. All the Greyjoy participants were pulled into the pit in an instant, ending the match up. The Starks immediately started cheering for their winners, whom had won them the right to choose any two non-team advisers/leader.
“They did it!” Robb cheered. “The Starks beat the Greyjoys!”
“Finally! Some redemption!” said Theon.
Robert once again approached the microphone.
“Good job, Team Stark!” said Robert. “You've now earned the right to choose any two non-adviser/leader team member from the losing team to be your new captives. Now both teams will come down to the center stage to face each other.”
Each team approached each other on the center stage. The Starks were trying their best to hide their smiles and giggles, but the humor was too much. The brothers especially had a hard time hiding their joy. The Greyjoys, however, made no attempt to hide their shame and anger. The participants were untied and allowed to join their respective teams.
“Alright, Robb. What will it be?” said Robert.
Robb looked at the members of Team Greyjoy, whom were giving Team Stark an angry glare. He then chose two boys from amongst the Greyjoys. At first, both boys refused to go to their new masters. But the workers immediately intervened, dragging the two boys to the ground and applying handcuffs to their wrists. They then took out two shock collars and snapped it in place around their necks. For extra measure, padlocks were put in place to prevent removal. For further humiliation, the workers snapped two leashes to the collars and handed the handles to the Starks.
“Here you go, Robb.” said the workers.
“Wow, thanks.” said Robb. He then handed the leashes to Bran and Rikken.
“Why us?” asked Bran.
“Oh come on, Bran. You and Rikken have been very reluctant to join in on the fun. These two should be you're slaves.” said Robb.
Bran didn't know what to think. He was rarely the capturer in any of the games his brothers play. Even when he was, it didn't last long enough for him to get an idea of what it felt like. And Rikken was just as confused. He had never been on the giving end of a tie up, and was in the same position as Bran was. But Rikken did something that shocked Bran and his brothers. Rikken demanded the remote from Robb. He then pushed it to make the captured boy kneel to the ground. He then took a page out of Jeoffery's book and jumped on the slaves back.
“Giddy up, little pony!” Rikken taunted his new toy.
“No, get off me, you little brat!” the boy said. About that time, Rikken pushed the button, sending another jolt into the slaves neck.
“Oww!” said the boy as he fell on the ground. Rikken fell on the ground as well, but got up and grabbed the remote that fell out of his hands.
“Get up or get another jolt!” said Rikken.
“Okay okay, fine!” said the boy. After struggling to get back to his feet, the slave finally stood on his feet.
During all this, the rest of the teams were laughing at the scene. Robert also had a smile on his face. His voice once again boomed over the speakers.
“Well that was amusing. But we now need to move on. Team Greyjoy will now pick two of their remaining team members to be restrained to the cross. What will it be, Balon?” Robert asked.
Balon, still fuming from his loss to the Starks, immediately pointed at the boy who cost them the win. The same boy that lost his footing and caused the team to lose it's grasp. Balon also picked another one of the participants for the intimidating crosses.”
“Get them out of my sight.” said Balon, as the workers dragged both boys to the crosses.
The boys fought against the workers as they escorted them to the crosses, but when the workers had enough, they pulled out two tasers and zapped the boys. The boys fell to the ground upon impact. Now incapacitated, the workers could easily manipulate the boys to their will. They stripped the boys down to their underwear while four more workers opened the leather restraints for the wrists, legs, arms, and torso. They also applied a ballgag to their mouths preventing them from talking. They then moved the two boys to the crosses and snapped them into place on the crosses. Working together, the workers lifted the crosses to an upright position and placed them into the square holes. As the boys recovered, they recognized their predicament. They immediately started struggling against their bonds, but it was no use. They weren't going anywhere until Robert said so. The Starks then took their seats back in the bleachers, along with their new prizes.
“Now that we have our first two victims, lets begin the second round!” said Robb.
The teams anxiously await Robert to announce the next participants.
by chadmc90 » Sat Feb 15, 2014 8:55 pm
This chapter continues the Coliseum Games. Please remember the poll at the top of the page. You are allowed up to three votes. Also remember to leave feedback. I would greatly appreciate it!
EDIT: From now on, I will post the current team organization at the beginning of each chapters. This was a suggestion by Jason. Also, this list does NOT reflect changes made in this chapter.
End of Chapter 14 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 15: The Coliseum Games Part 2
It was getting closer to noon, and the summer sun was beaming down on the coliseum. The first event has just kicked off, with the Starks winning the first round of TUG of War. Now that the first match of the event has concluded, Robert was ready to determine the next matchup.
“Now, everyone, the first competitor for this round will be...” Robert said as he reached his hand into the cage and grabbed a ball. The crowd was silent as they anxiously await Robert to announce the next competitor.
“The Freys!” said Robert. “Now Freys, send your 5 picks to the pit.”
After the Freys deliberated, they sent 5 of their own to where it would take place. The workers once again tied them to the ropes like the previous two teams. Robert then pulled out another ball.
“And facing them will be the Baratheons!” said Robert.
The Baratheons sent 5 of their own to the center to join the Freys. They were tied to the ropes as the rest of the teams up until this point were.
“Ok, you all should know the rules by now. Ref on you're start.” Robert said.
“Good Luck, Walder,” said Robb.
“Yea, Thanks.” said Walder.
In another section of the coliseum, Stannis was sweating.
“Oh, man I hope they win!” he said. “We really need this!”
“No joke. If they lose, then we will lose two more team members, making us the weakest team in the tournament!” said Sallador.
The referee held up his hand. He then swung it back down and yelled “Begin!” signaling the second match to begin.
Each team began to pull the ropes. Like the last match, each team went backwards and forwards. For a couple of minutes, the teams were in pretty much a stalemate. When one team would get the advantage, the other team manages to pull away. It wasn't until 2 minutes that a break was made. The Freys loosened their pull on the ropes, tricking the other team into loosening their grip as well thinking that the Freys were too give out to put up any resistance. As the Freys approached the pit, they immediately pulled as hard on the rope as they could, and the unsuspecting Baratheons were immediately pulled into the pit, ending the match.
“What?!” said Stannis.
“Yea, Walder. We did it!” said Lothar.
Walder produced a faint smile on his face.
The two teams were called again to the center.
“Team Frey has now won the right to pick any two team members from the losing team to be captives.” said Robert.
Walder picked two boys from among the Baratheons, resulting in them chained, collared, and leashed. They were then escorted by the workers to Frey's teams.
“Now, Stannis, you must pick two of the remaining team members to face the cross.” said Robert.
Stannis talked to his team, and decided on two of his team members to be strapped to the wooden crosses. The boys did not put up any resistance to avoid the tasers, and were immediately stripped, gagged, and restrained to the crosses. They were then lifted upright by the workers.
“Sorry, guys.” said Stannis to his humiliated team members. The remainder of the team then returned to the bleachers.
“I can't believe this!” said Stannis. “We're screwed!”
“We can't give up hope yet!” said Davos.
“Yea Stannis. There are still two more competitions. The next one has a 2,000 credit award. We might can use it at the market for something useful!” said Sallador.
“Sure.” said Stannis.
The Freys returned to their seats with their new slaves.
“Congratulations, Walder.” said Robb.
“Yea, thanks.” said Frey, as he observed his teams teasing their new pets with tickle torture. “This next match-up will be interesting to see.” said Walder.
“No kidding.” said Robb. “The Lannisters and Targaryens will most likely put on a show.”
“Now, everyone, it's time for the final match! I don't think it's necessary for me to grab the other two balls.” said Robert. “It will be Team Lannister vs. Team Targaryen!”
The two teams debated momentarily on who to send down from their group. Then the crowd was surprised to see Ameon and his Targaryen brothers and cousins stand up and walk to the center.
“Wait, Ameon. Are you sure you want to do it?” asked one of his team members.
“Shut up. We are doing this ourselves. I can't trust any of you with this.” said Ameon. The rest of the Targaryens simply let them go.
“Well, Ameon. I guess the Targaryen family will handle things?” said Robert. Non of them responded.
The Lanisters were still debating.
“Hurry up, Lannisters, or you all will be disqualified from the match.” said Robert.
The Lannister family, shocking the rest of the tournament, also came down with Jeoffery and Littlefinger to join the match.
“What a interesting turn of events! It seems the leaders and advisers of each team will participate in the event!” said Robert.
“Jeoffery, why are you so adamant about dragging us into this match?” asked Littlefinger.
“Oh just get over it! I don't want those Targaryens to take the spotlight.” said Jeoffery.
The Lannisters were once again annoyed by their cousins crazy actions. Every since the video incident, it has gotten increasingly harder to deal with him. He has become more brutal with his slaves, and has even threatened some of his team members. At this rate, their own team may turn against them. The Lannisters questioned why Robert would put Jeoffery in such an important role given his stupidity.
“Let's just get this over with.” said the Lannister brothers.
The workers then tied the boys into place. The referee then lifted his hand, he then swung it down to signal the match to begin.
“Oh, Lannisters! You aren't going to win this!” said Ameon as he was pulling.
“We will see about that.” Jeoffery said, also pulling on the rope.
The two teams each pulled the ropes. In a similar fashion to the previous matches, the match was a stalemate for the first couple of minutes. Each team got close to the pit, but made a comeback before falling in. The Lannisters then started to lose their grasp and started to slide toward the pit.
“Guys, get ahold of yourselves!” said Jeoffery.
“Why don't you? Were the ones actually trying” said Tyrion.
“Just concentrate and pull!” said Tywin.
“Haha! I can feel you slipping!” said Ameon. “Can't wait to choose that short brown-haired kid on you're team. You Lannisters are all weak!”
The Lannisters suddenly gained some adrenaline from Ameon's words. They then turned the tables on the Targaryens, pulling them extremely close to the pit. The Targaryens managed to stop just in time. The Lannisters were exerting even more pressure. Aegon and Viserys finally tired out, and lost their grip on the rope. The Targaryens were immediately pulled into the pit, ending the match.
Everyone was surprised by the victory
“Wow, that was a crazy way to win!” said Balon.
The Targaryens were helped out of the pit, and the ropes were undone on both teams.
“Wow, we actually beat them!” said Tywin.
“Of course!” said Jeoffery arrogantly.
The rest of the participating teams joined their leaders and advisers around the center.
“An the winners are Team Lannister!” said Robert. “As an award, you can choose two non adviser/leader members from the losing team to be your new slaves.”
Jeoffery then walked over to the Targaryens. He started walking by each of the Targaryen members, observing each one of them. He then came face to face with Ameon, whom couldn't help but smile.
“You sure are bold to approach us without any backup.” Ameon said to Jeoffery.
“Too bad I can't pick you.” said Jeoffery.
“Don't worry, we will eventually have a chance to get acquainted later. After all, I am looking forward to seeing you as my personal foot slave!” Ameon replied back.
Jeoffery was annoyed by Ameon's remarks. “We will see about that.” Jeoffery said as he picked out two boys from Team Targaryen. They then were restrained and taken over to team Lannister.
“And now Ameo..” Robert said as he was interrupted by Ameon.
“Just put these two up there!” Ameon said as he pointed to Viserys and Aegon.
“What?” Viserys said.
“That's what you get for costing us that win!” he said. Viserys became nervous then.
“Ameon, please don't do this.” said Aegon.
“I know you two lost you're grip! Now grow some balls and take your punishment like a man!” Ameon commanded. “Get them” he said to the workers.
Viserys and Aegon were both dragged to the crosses and stripped, restrained, and gagged. Now all 6 crosses were standing upright and were occupied by 6 boys.
“Wow...” said Robert. The crowd was silent during all of this. “So, I guess that concludes the TUG of War then. Now we will take an hour break. We will begin the Capture the Team when we resume. The market stalls are now open as well as food vendors for lunch. As an award for outstanding performance so far, I'm awarding 500 credits to each team! Please see the registration booth to pick up you're award.” said Robert. With that, the teams made their way to the market area outside the coliseum.
This chapter continues the Coliseum Games. Please remember the poll at the top of the page. You are allowed up to three votes. Also remember to leave feedback. I would greatly appreciate it!
EDIT: From now on, I will post the current team organization at the beginning of each chapters. This was a suggestion by Jason. Also, this list does NOT reflect changes made in this chapter.
End of Chapter 14 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 15: The Coliseum Games Part 2
It was getting closer to noon, and the summer sun was beaming down on the coliseum. The first event has just kicked off, with the Starks winning the first round of TUG of War. Now that the first match of the event has concluded, Robert was ready to determine the next matchup.
“Now, everyone, the first competitor for this round will be...” Robert said as he reached his hand into the cage and grabbed a ball. The crowd was silent as they anxiously await Robert to announce the next competitor.
“The Freys!” said Robert. “Now Freys, send your 5 picks to the pit.”
After the Freys deliberated, they sent 5 of their own to where it would take place. The workers once again tied them to the ropes like the previous two teams. Robert then pulled out another ball.
“And facing them will be the Baratheons!” said Robert.
The Baratheons sent 5 of their own to the center to join the Freys. They were tied to the ropes as the rest of the teams up until this point were.
“Ok, you all should know the rules by now. Ref on you're start.” Robert said.
“Good Luck, Walder,” said Robb.
“Yea, Thanks.” said Walder.
In another section of the coliseum, Stannis was sweating.
“Oh, man I hope they win!” he said. “We really need this!”
“No joke. If they lose, then we will lose two more team members, making us the weakest team in the tournament!” said Sallador.
The referee held up his hand. He then swung it back down and yelled “Begin!” signaling the second match to begin.
Each team began to pull the ropes. Like the last match, each team went backwards and forwards. For a couple of minutes, the teams were in pretty much a stalemate. When one team would get the advantage, the other team manages to pull away. It wasn't until 2 minutes that a break was made. The Freys loosened their pull on the ropes, tricking the other team into loosening their grip as well thinking that the Freys were too give out to put up any resistance. As the Freys approached the pit, they immediately pulled as hard on the rope as they could, and the unsuspecting Baratheons were immediately pulled into the pit, ending the match.
“What?!” said Stannis.
“Yea, Walder. We did it!” said Lothar.
Walder produced a faint smile on his face.
The two teams were called again to the center.
“Team Frey has now won the right to pick any two team members from the losing team to be captives.” said Robert.
Walder picked two boys from among the Baratheons, resulting in them chained, collared, and leashed. They were then escorted by the workers to Frey's teams.
“Now, Stannis, you must pick two of the remaining team members to face the cross.” said Robert.
Stannis talked to his team, and decided on two of his team members to be strapped to the wooden crosses. The boys did not put up any resistance to avoid the tasers, and were immediately stripped, gagged, and restrained to the crosses. They were then lifted upright by the workers.
“Sorry, guys.” said Stannis to his humiliated team members. The remainder of the team then returned to the bleachers.
“I can't believe this!” said Stannis. “We're screwed!”
“We can't give up hope yet!” said Davos.
“Yea Stannis. There are still two more competitions. The next one has a 2,000 credit award. We might can use it at the market for something useful!” said Sallador.
“Sure.” said Stannis.
The Freys returned to their seats with their new slaves.
“Congratulations, Walder.” said Robb.
“Yea, thanks.” said Frey, as he observed his teams teasing their new pets with tickle torture. “This next match-up will be interesting to see.” said Walder.
“No kidding.” said Robb. “The Lannisters and Targaryens will most likely put on a show.”
“Now, everyone, it's time for the final match! I don't think it's necessary for me to grab the other two balls.” said Robert. “It will be Team Lannister vs. Team Targaryen!”
The two teams debated momentarily on who to send down from their group. Then the crowd was surprised to see Ameon and his Targaryen brothers and cousins stand up and walk to the center.
“Wait, Ameon. Are you sure you want to do it?” asked one of his team members.
“Shut up. We are doing this ourselves. I can't trust any of you with this.” said Ameon. The rest of the Targaryens simply let them go.
“Well, Ameon. I guess the Targaryen family will handle things?” said Robert. Non of them responded.
The Lanisters were still debating.
“Hurry up, Lannisters, or you all will be disqualified from the match.” said Robert.
The Lannister family, shocking the rest of the tournament, also came down with Jeoffery and Littlefinger to join the match.
“What a interesting turn of events! It seems the leaders and advisers of each team will participate in the event!” said Robert.
“Jeoffery, why are you so adamant about dragging us into this match?” asked Littlefinger.
“Oh just get over it! I don't want those Targaryens to take the spotlight.” said Jeoffery.
The Lannisters were once again annoyed by their cousins crazy actions. Every since the video incident, it has gotten increasingly harder to deal with him. He has become more brutal with his slaves, and has even threatened some of his team members. At this rate, their own team may turn against them. The Lannisters questioned why Robert would put Jeoffery in such an important role given his stupidity.
“Let's just get this over with.” said the Lannister brothers.
The workers then tied the boys into place. The referee then lifted his hand, he then swung it down to signal the match to begin.
“Oh, Lannisters! You aren't going to win this!” said Ameon as he was pulling.
“We will see about that.” Jeoffery said, also pulling on the rope.
The two teams each pulled the ropes. In a similar fashion to the previous matches, the match was a stalemate for the first couple of minutes. Each team got close to the pit, but made a comeback before falling in. The Lannisters then started to lose their grasp and started to slide toward the pit.
“Guys, get ahold of yourselves!” said Jeoffery.
“Why don't you? Were the ones actually trying” said Tyrion.
“Just concentrate and pull!” said Tywin.
“Haha! I can feel you slipping!” said Ameon. “Can't wait to choose that short brown-haired kid on you're team. You Lannisters are all weak!”
The Lannisters suddenly gained some adrenaline from Ameon's words. They then turned the tables on the Targaryens, pulling them extremely close to the pit. The Targaryens managed to stop just in time. The Lannisters were exerting even more pressure. Aegon and Viserys finally tired out, and lost their grip on the rope. The Targaryens were immediately pulled into the pit, ending the match.
Everyone was surprised by the victory
“Wow, that was a crazy way to win!” said Balon.
The Targaryens were helped out of the pit, and the ropes were undone on both teams.
“Wow, we actually beat them!” said Tywin.
“Of course!” said Jeoffery arrogantly.
The rest of the participating teams joined their leaders and advisers around the center.
“An the winners are Team Lannister!” said Robert. “As an award, you can choose two non adviser/leader members from the losing team to be your new slaves.”
Jeoffery then walked over to the Targaryens. He started walking by each of the Targaryen members, observing each one of them. He then came face to face with Ameon, whom couldn't help but smile.
“You sure are bold to approach us without any backup.” Ameon said to Jeoffery.
“Too bad I can't pick you.” said Jeoffery.
“Don't worry, we will eventually have a chance to get acquainted later. After all, I am looking forward to seeing you as my personal foot slave!” Ameon replied back.
Jeoffery was annoyed by Ameon's remarks. “We will see about that.” Jeoffery said as he picked out two boys from Team Targaryen. They then were restrained and taken over to team Lannister.
“And now Ameo..” Robert said as he was interrupted by Ameon.
“Just put these two up there!” Ameon said as he pointed to Viserys and Aegon.
“What?” Viserys said.
“That's what you get for costing us that win!” he said. Viserys became nervous then.
“Ameon, please don't do this.” said Aegon.
“I know you two lost you're grip! Now grow some balls and take your punishment like a man!” Ameon commanded. “Get them” he said to the workers.
Viserys and Aegon were both dragged to the crosses and stripped, restrained, and gagged. Now all 6 crosses were standing upright and were occupied by 6 boys.
“Wow...” said Robert. The crowd was silent during all of this. “So, I guess that concludes the TUG of War then. Now we will take an hour break. We will begin the Capture the Team when we resume. The market stalls are now open as well as food vendors for lunch. As an award for outstanding performance so far, I'm awarding 500 credits to each team! Please see the registration booth to pick up you're award.” said Robert. With that, the teams made their way to the market area outside the coliseum.
by chadmc90 » Mon Feb 17, 2014 5:49 pm
Here is another chapter. It's a bit slow compared to the last, but it does contain some bondage.
End of Chapter 15 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 16: The Coliseum Games Part 3
After the TUG of War, each of the teams browsed the markets. The markets were much bigger than anticipated. From right here in Westeros to the Isles of Canendine, all kinds of food were available from different countries. Some stalls featured things such as building tools and materials, while others featured entertainment products such as video games and sports equipment. But some stalls featured tie up equipment, such as rope, handcuffs, and gag. There were even stalls that featured torture racks, X crosses, medical tables, and other more sinister items. The teams couldn't believe how much detail was put into this! One stall in particular caught the Stark's eye. It had two long cages that had boys trapped inside. They were gagged and had two straps crossing their torso. The Starks approached the stall to find out more about the product it offers.
“Good afternoon, sir.” said the shady boy.
“Good afternoon.” said Robb.
“So I assume that you are here to find out about these slaves?” he asked the Stark leader.
“Uh, yea.” said Robb.
“Well this is in fact a slave stall. We sell premium slaves cheaper than any of our competitors.”
“Uh, I didn't see any other slave stalls.” said Robb.
“Exactly. We also offer other services as well. Not only do we sell slaves, but we buy them as well. We understand that given the amount of participants, the dungeons can become quite full.” said the boy.
“Oh, so we could trade off our slaves?” said Robb.
“Sure can. We offer flat rates on buying and selling of slaves.”
“Oh. Uh ok. So I assume you trade credits for the slaves?” Robb asked.
“Sure do.” said the boy.
“And what happens to the slaves that are traded away?” said Robb.
“Simple. The coliseum has a large facility underground that is dedicated for these slaves. We actually encourage teams to trade in their excess slaves, in order to make it easier to take care of them. There are many workers here for that reason.” said the boy.
“I see.” said Robb. “Well, thanks for the information.”
“Oh, and one more thing.” said the boy. “We are also launching our trade website today on the network as well. You can use these services when you're at the fortresses as well.”
“Ah, thank you.” said Robb.
Robb and the rest of the Starks then heard some laughter coming from another larger stall, which seems to have gained the attention of some of the other teammates.
“What's going on over there?” they wondered, and decided to check it out. They approached the booth and were surprised to see two of the six boys that were restrained to the cross were now on the inside of the stall. They were covered in all different colors and had safety glasses on.
“What's going on here?” said Robb.
“Oh, more competitors!” said one boys behind the stall counter. “Any of you interested in winning the prize!”
“Uh, what is going on here?” asked Bran.
“Well, this is a shooting gallery. Anyone that can hit the correct targets will win a prize up to 750 credits!” said the boy. “It just costs a measly 10 credits for every chance. See the two boys? The goal is to take this here paintball gun and hit the kneecaps, the belly button, and the nipples of each of them. Do that with 10 shots and win the prize!”
“Uh, wouldn't that hurt them too badly?” asked Bran.
“Of course not! These paintball guns are not as powerful as standard paintball guns. But they still sting though, haha.”
“Robb, can I play?” asked Rikken.
“Rikken, don't you think we should use this money wisely?” said Bran.
“But I want to give it a shot.” said Rikken.
The other members of the team wanted a shot as well.
“What do you think, Robb? It's you're call.”
“Fine, each of us gets one chance each.” said Robb.
Robb then paid the adequate money to the boy. Rikken was the first to go. Rikken aimed the gun at the boy, but only hit just below the kneecap. The boy yelled through his gag on impact.
“Darn, I missed!” Rikken said. He fired the trigger once more, which resulted in a successful hit to the kneecap. The boy once again yelled in pain. Rikken continued to fire at the boy. He hit the other kneecap on his third shot. He then covered both nipples in blue and green paint after 6 tries. But unfortunately, he couldn't land the last shot on the belly button. After Rikken fired the last shot, the boy's body was rinsed with a cleaning solution mixed with water, which removed the paint from boy's body. The boy was ready for another round of paintball torture, as another Stark team member picked up the gun. None of the boys managed to win the game, and after all their turns were exhausted they left the booth to order their lunches. The decided to have burgers and fries, and ate at the nearby picnics. The other teams were also eating lunch.
By the time they finished their lunches, they had only 20 minutes before the next game began. The teams decided to head back to the market for another look at the merchandise before they returned to the coliseum. Jeoffery and his slave Lane was the only person missing from the markets. He was in fact visiting his brother from inside the box that Robert observed the tournament from.
“Brother! I'm so glad to see you!” said Jeoffery.
“I'm glad to see you, too.” Robert said. “So how are you liking you're role as team leader?”
“Oh I'm starting to like it more and more! I thought that this tournament thing was going to be pretty boring. But getting to boss so many people around is so fun!” said Jeoffery. Lane rolled his eyes, which Jeoffery just happened to notice.
“What? Do you have a problem?” said Jeoffery.
“No” said the boy.
“I think you do!” Jeoffery said as he slapped Lane across the face, knocking him down to the floor.
“Don't you ever talk back to me you slave!” said Jeoffery, as he mounted himself on top of Lane and grabbed his neck.
“Jeoffery, that’s enough.” said Robert.
Jeoffery wasn't holding lane's neck tight, but he did have his hand raised, about to slap him again.
“No it's not.” Jeoffery said, slapping Lane across the face again.
“Jeoffery, I SAID ENOUGH!” said Robert.
Jeoffery immediately stopped his hand in mid air. He then lifted himself off Lane's torso.
“Jeoffery, you need to learn that slaves deserve a certain amount of respect.” said Robert. “And you will remember that if you do anything to piss me off during this tournament, you WILL regret it!” said Robert.
“Fine.” Jeoffery said, knowing good and well Robert could easily carry out the threat.
“Jeoffery, send Lane to get us something to eat. Ten will go as well.” said Robert. Jeoffery complied with his older brother and both slaves went to fetch something to eat for their masters.
“Now that they're gone, let's talk about the tournament. I see plans are going nicely.” said Robert.
“Yea, they're cooperating very well.” said Jeoffery.
“Good. Just remember to let Tywin do his job. He can manipulate anybody to his bidding.” said Robert.
“I know. He sometimes irritates me when he tries to boss me around.” said Jeoffery.
“Haha. Don't worry about it. He's just looking out for you. You just remember that he is your biggest asset. If you lose your team and become a slave, I'm not bailing you out.” said Robert.
“Ok, Robert.” said Jeoffery.
Ten and Lane had just arrived back with 4 lunches from the stalls. As Robert and Jeoffery ate, Jeoffery noticed that the crosses that the 6 boys were restrained to were missing.
“What happened to those crosses?” said Jeoffery.
“They were moved to some of the market stalls. They are 'participating' in some of the festivities, rather involuntary.” said Robert.
“What do you mean by that?” asked Jeoffery.
“Well, in one booth two are the targets for a shooting gallery. I came up with that idea myself. See the goal of the game is to fire accurately at 5 places on the target's body. You have to hit both the kneecaps, the nipples, and the bellybutton of the target. The winner receives a cash prize!” said Robert.
“Wow, If I had known about that then I probably would have played in those games and not even worry about coming to see you.” said Jeoffery. “What about the others?”
“Two others are participating in a game I like to call 'Pin the clamp on the Nipples' said Robert. In that game, the participants are blindfolded and are required to pin two clamps to each of the restrained target's nipples. You can only touch with the clamps and you only get two pins. The other game is called Basketball. The captive's moughgag now has a basket attached to it. The goal is simply to shoot the ball into the basket. It may not seem as bad for the slaves as the other two games, until you consider the fact that the balls are actually water balloons that are filled with a certain kind of liquid. This liquid has special properties that cause certain sensations to the skin. The primary effect is that it causes the skin to feel itchy, like itching powder!”
Jeoffery's face lit up with a smile while hearing Robert explain all of this. But Lane was not as thrilled as his master. But Lane dared not to show it.
“Now I have to go and check out some of these games.” said Jeoffery.
“Well, do whatever. You still have 20 minutes before the second game. You best hurry though.” said Robert.
“I'm going now! Come on Lane!” Jeoffery said, grabbing the leash and tugging at Lane's neck. Jeoffery left his brothers viewing box, leaving Robert and Ten alone.
“Ten, I need a back rub. After that, you can eat you're lunch.” said Robert.
“Yes, sir.” he said. He started massaging Robert's back, as Robert thought about the upcoming events.
Here is another chapter. It's a bit slow compared to the last, but it does contain some bondage.
End of Chapter 15 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 16: The Coliseum Games Part 3
After the TUG of War, each of the teams browsed the markets. The markets were much bigger than anticipated. From right here in Westeros to the Isles of Canendine, all kinds of food were available from different countries. Some stalls featured things such as building tools and materials, while others featured entertainment products such as video games and sports equipment. But some stalls featured tie up equipment, such as rope, handcuffs, and gag. There were even stalls that featured torture racks, X crosses, medical tables, and other more sinister items. The teams couldn't believe how much detail was put into this! One stall in particular caught the Stark's eye. It had two long cages that had boys trapped inside. They were gagged and had two straps crossing their torso. The Starks approached the stall to find out more about the product it offers.
“Good afternoon, sir.” said the shady boy.
“Good afternoon.” said Robb.
“So I assume that you are here to find out about these slaves?” he asked the Stark leader.
“Uh, yea.” said Robb.
“Well this is in fact a slave stall. We sell premium slaves cheaper than any of our competitors.”
“Uh, I didn't see any other slave stalls.” said Robb.
“Exactly. We also offer other services as well. Not only do we sell slaves, but we buy them as well. We understand that given the amount of participants, the dungeons can become quite full.” said the boy.
“Oh, so we could trade off our slaves?” said Robb.
“Sure can. We offer flat rates on buying and selling of slaves.”
“Oh. Uh ok. So I assume you trade credits for the slaves?” Robb asked.
“Sure do.” said the boy.
“And what happens to the slaves that are traded away?” said Robb.
“Simple. The coliseum has a large facility underground that is dedicated for these slaves. We actually encourage teams to trade in their excess slaves, in order to make it easier to take care of them. There are many workers here for that reason.” said the boy.
“I see.” said Robb. “Well, thanks for the information.”
“Oh, and one more thing.” said the boy. “We are also launching our trade website today on the network as well. You can use these services when you're at the fortresses as well.”
“Ah, thank you.” said Robb.
Robb and the rest of the Starks then heard some laughter coming from another larger stall, which seems to have gained the attention of some of the other teammates.
“What's going on over there?” they wondered, and decided to check it out. They approached the booth and were surprised to see two of the six boys that were restrained to the cross were now on the inside of the stall. They were covered in all different colors and had safety glasses on.
“What's going on here?” said Robb.
“Oh, more competitors!” said one boys behind the stall counter. “Any of you interested in winning the prize!”
“Uh, what is going on here?” asked Bran.
“Well, this is a shooting gallery. Anyone that can hit the correct targets will win a prize up to 750 credits!” said the boy. “It just costs a measly 10 credits for every chance. See the two boys? The goal is to take this here paintball gun and hit the kneecaps, the belly button, and the nipples of each of them. Do that with 10 shots and win the prize!”
“Uh, wouldn't that hurt them too badly?” asked Bran.
“Of course not! These paintball guns are not as powerful as standard paintball guns. But they still sting though, haha.”
“Robb, can I play?” asked Rikken.
“Rikken, don't you think we should use this money wisely?” said Bran.
“But I want to give it a shot.” said Rikken.
The other members of the team wanted a shot as well.
“What do you think, Robb? It's you're call.”
“Fine, each of us gets one chance each.” said Robb.
Robb then paid the adequate money to the boy. Rikken was the first to go. Rikken aimed the gun at the boy, but only hit just below the kneecap. The boy yelled through his gag on impact.
“Darn, I missed!” Rikken said. He fired the trigger once more, which resulted in a successful hit to the kneecap. The boy once again yelled in pain. Rikken continued to fire at the boy. He hit the other kneecap on his third shot. He then covered both nipples in blue and green paint after 6 tries. But unfortunately, he couldn't land the last shot on the belly button. After Rikken fired the last shot, the boy's body was rinsed with a cleaning solution mixed with water, which removed the paint from boy's body. The boy was ready for another round of paintball torture, as another Stark team member picked up the gun. None of the boys managed to win the game, and after all their turns were exhausted they left the booth to order their lunches. The decided to have burgers and fries, and ate at the nearby picnics. The other teams were also eating lunch.
By the time they finished their lunches, they had only 20 minutes before the next game began. The teams decided to head back to the market for another look at the merchandise before they returned to the coliseum. Jeoffery and his slave Lane was the only person missing from the markets. He was in fact visiting his brother from inside the box that Robert observed the tournament from.
“Brother! I'm so glad to see you!” said Jeoffery.
“I'm glad to see you, too.” Robert said. “So how are you liking you're role as team leader?”
“Oh I'm starting to like it more and more! I thought that this tournament thing was going to be pretty boring. But getting to boss so many people around is so fun!” said Jeoffery. Lane rolled his eyes, which Jeoffery just happened to notice.
“What? Do you have a problem?” said Jeoffery.
“No” said the boy.
“I think you do!” Jeoffery said as he slapped Lane across the face, knocking him down to the floor.
“Don't you ever talk back to me you slave!” said Jeoffery, as he mounted himself on top of Lane and grabbed his neck.
“Jeoffery, that’s enough.” said Robert.
Jeoffery wasn't holding lane's neck tight, but he did have his hand raised, about to slap him again.
“No it's not.” Jeoffery said, slapping Lane across the face again.
“Jeoffery, I SAID ENOUGH!” said Robert.
Jeoffery immediately stopped his hand in mid air. He then lifted himself off Lane's torso.
“Jeoffery, you need to learn that slaves deserve a certain amount of respect.” said Robert. “And you will remember that if you do anything to piss me off during this tournament, you WILL regret it!” said Robert.
“Fine.” Jeoffery said, knowing good and well Robert could easily carry out the threat.
“Jeoffery, send Lane to get us something to eat. Ten will go as well.” said Robert. Jeoffery complied with his older brother and both slaves went to fetch something to eat for their masters.
“Now that they're gone, let's talk about the tournament. I see plans are going nicely.” said Robert.
“Yea, they're cooperating very well.” said Jeoffery.
“Good. Just remember to let Tywin do his job. He can manipulate anybody to his bidding.” said Robert.
“I know. He sometimes irritates me when he tries to boss me around.” said Jeoffery.
“Haha. Don't worry about it. He's just looking out for you. You just remember that he is your biggest asset. If you lose your team and become a slave, I'm not bailing you out.” said Robert.
“Ok, Robert.” said Jeoffery.
Ten and Lane had just arrived back with 4 lunches from the stalls. As Robert and Jeoffery ate, Jeoffery noticed that the crosses that the 6 boys were restrained to were missing.
“What happened to those crosses?” said Jeoffery.
“They were moved to some of the market stalls. They are 'participating' in some of the festivities, rather involuntary.” said Robert.
“What do you mean by that?” asked Jeoffery.
“Well, in one booth two are the targets for a shooting gallery. I came up with that idea myself. See the goal of the game is to fire accurately at 5 places on the target's body. You have to hit both the kneecaps, the nipples, and the bellybutton of the target. The winner receives a cash prize!” said Robert.
“Wow, If I had known about that then I probably would have played in those games and not even worry about coming to see you.” said Jeoffery. “What about the others?”
“Two others are participating in a game I like to call 'Pin the clamp on the Nipples' said Robert. In that game, the participants are blindfolded and are required to pin two clamps to each of the restrained target's nipples. You can only touch with the clamps and you only get two pins. The other game is called Basketball. The captive's moughgag now has a basket attached to it. The goal is simply to shoot the ball into the basket. It may not seem as bad for the slaves as the other two games, until you consider the fact that the balls are actually water balloons that are filled with a certain kind of liquid. This liquid has special properties that cause certain sensations to the skin. The primary effect is that it causes the skin to feel itchy, like itching powder!”
Jeoffery's face lit up with a smile while hearing Robert explain all of this. But Lane was not as thrilled as his master. But Lane dared not to show it.
“Now I have to go and check out some of these games.” said Jeoffery.
“Well, do whatever. You still have 20 minutes before the second game. You best hurry though.” said Robert.
“I'm going now! Come on Lane!” Jeoffery said, grabbing the leash and tugging at Lane's neck. Jeoffery left his brothers viewing box, leaving Robert and Ten alone.
“Ten, I need a back rub. After that, you can eat you're lunch.” said Robert.
“Yes, sir.” he said. He started massaging Robert's back, as Robert thought about the upcoming events.
by chadmc90 » Wed Feb 19, 2014 11:35 pm
Well, I'm happy to know that my story is appealing to people. And as for the critiques. I don't mind them at all. Just please try to not overanalyze the story. I know that no one doesn't mean anything by it, but I also have my limits. Nevertheless, thanks for the feedback everyone.
And now for the next installment!
End of Chapter 16 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 17: The Coliseum Games Part 4
An hour had passed after the Tug of War event. The teams have all gathered once again in the coliseum for the next event. As the teams entered the stage area, the formerly dirt-filled stage that had a pit in the center of it was now transformed into an elaborate maze of walls. The second event, Capture the Team, was about to start. The only person missing was Robert. But that didn't last, as Robert finally made an appearance at the podium.
“Welcome back everyone! I hope you all enjoyed the market and 'entertainment'” Robert said. Some of the crowed laughed as it reminded them of the 6 boys that were restrained to the cross. Those 6 boys, now released, were not as thrilled about being shot with paintball guns, bombarded with itching liquids, and being clamped all over their torso. “Now in this next event, there will be no direct penalty for losing, but the winners of the event will be awarded 2,000 credits! There are some rule changes, however. I've decided that instead of having pairs of teams, each team will send down 2 participants to the maze. Each pair will rush into the maze at the start of the match. The goal is the similar. To win, you must handcuff all opposing team members. The last team standing wins the game!”
The crowd started talking for a short time before it was interrupted by Robert again.
“Since this event is risk-free, I assume no one has any qualms about participating?” Robert asked. “Good. Each team must send two members to the center stage. The maze has 6 entrances for each pair to enter. As you navigate the maze, handcuffs have been placed at random locations inside the maze. To win, find these handcuffs and handcuff every team.”
The teams then discussed their plans and chose 2 members to represent them. Chase and Logan from Team Stark were chosen, while Chris and another boy represented the Lannisters. Sallidor and Malcom from Team Baratheon was chosen to participate. Team Frey chose Olivar and another member to represent. Team Greyjoy chose 2 non adviser/leader members as well as the Targaryens. The teams then were escorted to the 6 openings around the maze, and were told to wait until the referee gave the signal to begin. The referee was noticed standing on a tower-like structure that gave him a view of the entire maze. The teams waited for about a minute before they heard the referee shout “begin!” to the participants.
Immediately, the pairs entered the maze of walls. The crowd looks on as they see each pair of teams run between the walls.
Logan and Chase walk softly while trying to avoid being heard by other teams. They turn down a few corridors and notice a pair of handcuffs. They grab them and continue down the corridor. As they continue, they eventually hear scuffling from the other side of the wall.
“Who do you think is fighting?” said Logan in a slightly loud voice.
“I don't know, but remember to keep you're voice down!” whispered Chase.
After a minute of the scuffling sound, it fell silent. Then the ref's voice was heard.
“The Greyjoys are out!” he said.
“Already? That was quick!” said Chase.
The boys continued to walk through the maze quietly and eventually heard footsteps approaching them. The boys stopped for a moment to avoid being heard. After pinpointing the location of the steps, they hid behind another wall and waited for them to be seen. They then noticed two boys wearing dark green headbands walking quietly through the corridor adjacent to their own.
“I can't believe how easy it was to take out those Greyjoys!” whispered Malcom.
“Shh. We don't need to be heard!” said Sallidor.
But unfortunately it was too late. The Starks sneaked up on them and immediately pushed them to the floor. The boys immediately began to struggle, but the Starks had already jumped on their back. The boys couldn't shake them off.
“Put you're hands behind you're back!” said Chase to Sallidor.
“No!” he replied back, still trying to shake him off.
Sallidor continued to struggle against Chase's weight, but it was to no avail. Chase managed to get one handcuff locked onto the boy's wrist, and then pulled it closer to the other and eventually locked it in.
“I need help Chase!” Logan said, still struggling against Malcom.
Chase immediately helped Logan lock in Malcom. They then heard the ref say “The Baratheons have been defeated!”
Expecting the struggle to draw attention, they immediately sneaked off.
The Lannisters, which comprised of Chris and another boy, walked quietly as well. They had already gathered up a number of handcuffs and were prepared to use it on the others. They eventually encountered the Freys, which also had a number of handcuffs. They immediately charged each other, and were rolling on the ground. Chris managed to overcome his opponent and pin his face to the ground. After some time, the Frey boy started to grow weak from struggling, making it easier to force the boy's hands behind his back.
“Come on!” said Chris. “Give me you're hands!”
“Never!” the Frey boy shouted. But Chris managed to lock in one of the boy's wrists.
“No!” the boy said, now even more frantic. But Chris held on. He managed to lock in the other wrist and restrain the boy. After Chris finished with him, he assisted his partner in restraining the other boy.
“The Freys are out!” said the referee.
The Starks were disappointed by the news. Despite knowing they would have eventually had to fight their allies, the capture of the Freys meant that there was a chance that no team in the alliance could claim the prize.
After walking quietly around the corridor, the Starks were tackled to the ground by the Lannisters. The Lannisters and the Starks struggled for a couple of minutes, rolling on the floor and crashing into the wall. Unfortunately for the Lannisters, Chris was the one that hit the wall and it temporally stunned him lone enough for Chase to get him handcuffed. Then it was no problem for the Starks to subdue the other Lannister boy.
“The Lannisters are out!” the referee shouted.
“One more team to go!” Chase said.
But something hit Chase that caused him to fall to the ground. Little did they know that the last remaining competitors were behind them, and watched as they won the scuffle with the Lannisters. But the Targaryens found something that no team expected to be in the dungeon.
“Wow, can't believe that this thing was just laying on the floor!” said the Targeryon boy.
Logan knelt by Chase to check on his partner.
“What did you do to him?” Logan shouted, worried about the semi-conscious Chase.
“Oh, I wouldn't worry about him. I just used this on him.” the Targaryen boy said as he showed Logan a stun gun. “Now if you don't want me to use this on you, then you best just give up!”
But Logan still had the will to fight. He immediately charged the Targaryens, knowing full well that he had no chance of taking them both on. But as he approached them, the boys immediately tackled him to the ground and easily restrained him. They then handcuffed Chase, who was still recovering from the taser hit.
The crowd had watched all this unfold from the bleachers, as they could peer into the maze from above. They were shocked at the outcome of the tournament. Team Targaryen had just picked up the win.
“The Targaryens have subdued the Starks, and are hereby declared the winners of Capture the Team!” said the ref. The Targeryens then got out of their seats and started cheering.
The workers then started to unlock the prisoners but Robert had different plans.
“Don't let them go.” said Robert. The workers immediately halted. “For first place, the Targaryens have won 2000 credits! Team Targaryen can pick up their reward at the registration booth. But the rest of the pairs will not simply be let go!” This was now starting to worry the other teams, as they thought that there was no penalty for losing. “Instead of going back to you're respective teams, they will be an element of the final event, which will be held at 6:00 pm tonight. Everyone is now dismissed. The markets are now reopened for more shopping, and at 3:00 pm we will host the auction. For this auction, I have decided to award another 500 credits to each team, including the Targaryens. Please pick you're awards up at the registration booth. You are dismissed.” said Robert.
The teams then made their way to the registration booth to pick up their bonus credits. All teams returned to the market area to browse and shop. Unfortunately the games were also reopened, and now the boys that lost the tournament were the ones receiving paintball shots, nipple clamps, and itching liquid.
Jeoffery, not having enough time to fully enjoy the festivities before the Capture the Team event, made it his first priority to play some of the games.
“Oh man! This is so exiting!” said Jeoffery. “Hey, a$$hole, give me 10 of those itching balloons. I want to practice my hoops!”
The boy working the booth immediately filled ten water balloons up with the liquid. He then placed them on the counter for Jeoffery to use. Jeoffery grabbed the first ball and chucked it at the boy, causing it to pop on the boy's torso.
“Uh, the goal of the game is to make it into the hoop.” said the worker.
“Of course it is!” Jeoffery said with a mischievous grin across his face. He then picked up another and aimed for the boys foot. This caused the boy to itch even more, and started to squirm and holler through his gag.
“Uh, sir, please try to..” the worker said as Jeoffery cut him off.
“I will play this game as I see fit!” Jeoffery replied abruptly.
Jeoffery then continued to chunk even more water balloons at the helpless boy, causing the discomfort to increase to almost unbearable conditions. After all ten balloons were used, the boy sighed in relief. But his relief was short lived.
“I want thirty now.” Jeoffery said.
“But that's too much! Give him a break!” said the worker. This did not set well with Jeoffery.
“You listen to me. I am Jeoffery Baratheon! I am the younger brother of Robert Baratheon, which may I remind you that he is you're BOSS!” said Jeoffery.
The boy finally gave in. “Fine.”
But as Jeoffery handed him the credits, his hand was grabbed by another.
Well, I'm happy to know that my story is appealing to people. And as for the critiques. I don't mind them at all. Just please try to not overanalyze the story. I know that no one doesn't mean anything by it, but I also have my limits. Nevertheless, thanks for the feedback everyone.
And now for the next installment!
End of Chapter 16 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 17: The Coliseum Games Part 4
An hour had passed after the Tug of War event. The teams have all gathered once again in the coliseum for the next event. As the teams entered the stage area, the formerly dirt-filled stage that had a pit in the center of it was now transformed into an elaborate maze of walls. The second event, Capture the Team, was about to start. The only person missing was Robert. But that didn't last, as Robert finally made an appearance at the podium.
“Welcome back everyone! I hope you all enjoyed the market and 'entertainment'” Robert said. Some of the crowed laughed as it reminded them of the 6 boys that were restrained to the cross. Those 6 boys, now released, were not as thrilled about being shot with paintball guns, bombarded with itching liquids, and being clamped all over their torso. “Now in this next event, there will be no direct penalty for losing, but the winners of the event will be awarded 2,000 credits! There are some rule changes, however. I've decided that instead of having pairs of teams, each team will send down 2 participants to the maze. Each pair will rush into the maze at the start of the match. The goal is the similar. To win, you must handcuff all opposing team members. The last team standing wins the game!”
The crowd started talking for a short time before it was interrupted by Robert again.
“Since this event is risk-free, I assume no one has any qualms about participating?” Robert asked. “Good. Each team must send two members to the center stage. The maze has 6 entrances for each pair to enter. As you navigate the maze, handcuffs have been placed at random locations inside the maze. To win, find these handcuffs and handcuff every team.”
The teams then discussed their plans and chose 2 members to represent them. Chase and Logan from Team Stark were chosen, while Chris and another boy represented the Lannisters. Sallidor and Malcom from Team Baratheon was chosen to participate. Team Frey chose Olivar and another member to represent. Team Greyjoy chose 2 non adviser/leader members as well as the Targaryens. The teams then were escorted to the 6 openings around the maze, and were told to wait until the referee gave the signal to begin. The referee was noticed standing on a tower-like structure that gave him a view of the entire maze. The teams waited for about a minute before they heard the referee shout “begin!” to the participants.
Immediately, the pairs entered the maze of walls. The crowd looks on as they see each pair of teams run between the walls.
Logan and Chase walk softly while trying to avoid being heard by other teams. They turn down a few corridors and notice a pair of handcuffs. They grab them and continue down the corridor. As they continue, they eventually hear scuffling from the other side of the wall.
“Who do you think is fighting?” said Logan in a slightly loud voice.
“I don't know, but remember to keep you're voice down!” whispered Chase.
After a minute of the scuffling sound, it fell silent. Then the ref's voice was heard.
“The Greyjoys are out!” he said.
“Already? That was quick!” said Chase.
The boys continued to walk through the maze quietly and eventually heard footsteps approaching them. The boys stopped for a moment to avoid being heard. After pinpointing the location of the steps, they hid behind another wall and waited for them to be seen. They then noticed two boys wearing dark green headbands walking quietly through the corridor adjacent to their own.
“I can't believe how easy it was to take out those Greyjoys!” whispered Malcom.
“Shh. We don't need to be heard!” said Sallidor.
But unfortunately it was too late. The Starks sneaked up on them and immediately pushed them to the floor. The boys immediately began to struggle, but the Starks had already jumped on their back. The boys couldn't shake them off.
“Put you're hands behind you're back!” said Chase to Sallidor.
“No!” he replied back, still trying to shake him off.
Sallidor continued to struggle against Chase's weight, but it was to no avail. Chase managed to get one handcuff locked onto the boy's wrist, and then pulled it closer to the other and eventually locked it in.
“I need help Chase!” Logan said, still struggling against Malcom.
Chase immediately helped Logan lock in Malcom. They then heard the ref say “The Baratheons have been defeated!”
Expecting the struggle to draw attention, they immediately sneaked off.
The Lannisters, which comprised of Chris and another boy, walked quietly as well. They had already gathered up a number of handcuffs and were prepared to use it on the others. They eventually encountered the Freys, which also had a number of handcuffs. They immediately charged each other, and were rolling on the ground. Chris managed to overcome his opponent and pin his face to the ground. After some time, the Frey boy started to grow weak from struggling, making it easier to force the boy's hands behind his back.
“Come on!” said Chris. “Give me you're hands!”
“Never!” the Frey boy shouted. But Chris managed to lock in one of the boy's wrists.
“No!” the boy said, now even more frantic. But Chris held on. He managed to lock in the other wrist and restrain the boy. After Chris finished with him, he assisted his partner in restraining the other boy.
“The Freys are out!” said the referee.
The Starks were disappointed by the news. Despite knowing they would have eventually had to fight their allies, the capture of the Freys meant that there was a chance that no team in the alliance could claim the prize.
After walking quietly around the corridor, the Starks were tackled to the ground by the Lannisters. The Lannisters and the Starks struggled for a couple of minutes, rolling on the floor and crashing into the wall. Unfortunately for the Lannisters, Chris was the one that hit the wall and it temporally stunned him lone enough for Chase to get him handcuffed. Then it was no problem for the Starks to subdue the other Lannister boy.
“The Lannisters are out!” the referee shouted.
“One more team to go!” Chase said.
But something hit Chase that caused him to fall to the ground. Little did they know that the last remaining competitors were behind them, and watched as they won the scuffle with the Lannisters. But the Targaryens found something that no team expected to be in the dungeon.
“Wow, can't believe that this thing was just laying on the floor!” said the Targeryon boy.
Logan knelt by Chase to check on his partner.
“What did you do to him?” Logan shouted, worried about the semi-conscious Chase.
“Oh, I wouldn't worry about him. I just used this on him.” the Targaryen boy said as he showed Logan a stun gun. “Now if you don't want me to use this on you, then you best just give up!”
But Logan still had the will to fight. He immediately charged the Targaryens, knowing full well that he had no chance of taking them both on. But as he approached them, the boys immediately tackled him to the ground and easily restrained him. They then handcuffed Chase, who was still recovering from the taser hit.
The crowd had watched all this unfold from the bleachers, as they could peer into the maze from above. They were shocked at the outcome of the tournament. Team Targaryen had just picked up the win.
“The Targaryens have subdued the Starks, and are hereby declared the winners of Capture the Team!” said the ref. The Targeryens then got out of their seats and started cheering.
The workers then started to unlock the prisoners but Robert had different plans.
“Don't let them go.” said Robert. The workers immediately halted. “For first place, the Targaryens have won 2000 credits! Team Targaryen can pick up their reward at the registration booth. But the rest of the pairs will not simply be let go!” This was now starting to worry the other teams, as they thought that there was no penalty for losing. “Instead of going back to you're respective teams, they will be an element of the final event, which will be held at 6:00 pm tonight. Everyone is now dismissed. The markets are now reopened for more shopping, and at 3:00 pm we will host the auction. For this auction, I have decided to award another 500 credits to each team, including the Targaryens. Please pick you're awards up at the registration booth. You are dismissed.” said Robert.
The teams then made their way to the registration booth to pick up their bonus credits. All teams returned to the market area to browse and shop. Unfortunately the games were also reopened, and now the boys that lost the tournament were the ones receiving paintball shots, nipple clamps, and itching liquid.
Jeoffery, not having enough time to fully enjoy the festivities before the Capture the Team event, made it his first priority to play some of the games.
“Oh man! This is so exiting!” said Jeoffery. “Hey, a$$hole, give me 10 of those itching balloons. I want to practice my hoops!”
The boy working the booth immediately filled ten water balloons up with the liquid. He then placed them on the counter for Jeoffery to use. Jeoffery grabbed the first ball and chucked it at the boy, causing it to pop on the boy's torso.
“Uh, the goal of the game is to make it into the hoop.” said the worker.
“Of course it is!” Jeoffery said with a mischievous grin across his face. He then picked up another and aimed for the boys foot. This caused the boy to itch even more, and started to squirm and holler through his gag.
“Uh, sir, please try to..” the worker said as Jeoffery cut him off.
“I will play this game as I see fit!” Jeoffery replied abruptly.
Jeoffery then continued to chunk even more water balloons at the helpless boy, causing the discomfort to increase to almost unbearable conditions. After all ten balloons were used, the boy sighed in relief. But his relief was short lived.
“I want thirty now.” Jeoffery said.
“But that's too much! Give him a break!” said the worker. This did not set well with Jeoffery.
“You listen to me. I am Jeoffery Baratheon! I am the younger brother of Robert Baratheon, which may I remind you that he is you're BOSS!” said Jeoffery.
The boy finally gave in. “Fine.”
But as Jeoffery handed him the credits, his hand was grabbed by another.
by chadmc90 » Fri Feb 21, 2014 9:53 pm
End of Chapter 17 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 18: The Coliseum Games Part 5
Jeoffery looked to see who had grabbed his hand. He was surprised to see that it was Walder's hand that had latched onto his own.
“I think you have had you're fun, Jeoffery.” stated Walter.
“And who do you think you are?” Jeoffery retorted.
Walder looked at him with anger and frustration.
“I want you to stop this. There is such a thing as taking it too far, Jeoffery.” Walder said.
“Like I haven't heard that before!” Jeoffery said sarcastically. “You, my brother, and my cousins. You are all just alike. You don't know how to treat a slave properly! Now get you're hands off me before I do something you will regret.”
Walder took his hand off Jeoffery's wrist.
“You know I have seen many bullies, and have noticed a pattern in their behaior. Bullies are bullies because they have little self esteem and confidence. They punish others because of their own insecurity. I wander what you feel, Jeoffery? I wander if you feel inferior to your brother, who has casted a shadow over you your entire life. And these little outbursts must help you cope with your feelings!” said Walder. Jeoffery was fuming at this point. Walder then went up to him, smiling, and whispered something in his ear.
“Tell me, Jeoffey. What's it like to be a sad, insecure, powerhungry b$tch?”
Now Jeoffery had enough,
“SHUT UP YOU ARROGANT A$$HOLE! YOU BEST KNOW YOUR PLACE!” he shouted, causing Walder to step back.
“He. I see I struck a nerve.” Walder said smirkly.
Everyone around them was now looking at Jeoffery. Jeoffery eventually decided to leave the scene.
Walder then looked at the victim of Jeoffery's assault. “You best wash that kid off. If I remember right, that itching liquid can get intense the more it is applied.” Walder said, noticing the shacking and tears of the boy through the safety glasses.
“Yea, you're right. Thanks for running Jeoffery off.” said the boy that was running the stall. “Would you like to give the game a try? There are two other boys that haven't been exposed as much to the liquid.”
“No, those two are my team members. I don't think I want to risk them hating me.” Walder said.
“Ah, I understand.” said the boy.
In another part of the market, the Targaryens are browsing through the stalls looking at all the bondage equipment.
“Look at this stuff! I can't believe all the bondage gear here!” said Aegon. “We should by some of this stuff for our dungeons!”
“While I do agree, how are we going to carry things like those large cages and tables?” Ameon asked. The others had wandered the same thing.
The booth boy heard this, and responded. “Actually, Robert had made arrangements for these kind of items. Any large item you order can be transported to you're fort by the tournament workers. This saves the teams the trouble of transporting it themselves.”
Ameon smiled upon hearing this. “Oh, really? Then in that case, I will take that, that, and that.” he said as he pointed to several large items, including two kinds of cages. He also purchased several new tools.
“I can't wait to use these on those miserable slaves!” Ameon said.
“Thank you, sir! You're order will arrive at you're fortress tomorrow around noon.”
The Targaryens continued to browse the stalls. They also bought extra food and other things.
“So, Ameon. I came across a stall that sold slaves earlier.” said Daeneric.
“Oh really? I think we have enough slaves to appease our appetite.” said Ameon.
“Well the thing I wanted to mention is that we could also sell excess slaves for credits.” explained Daeneric.
“Really? I guess we should keep that in mind for the future. I hate to see them go, but those dungeons cant hold hordes of them.” said Ameon.
“Yea, and he also said they are hosting a website on the network for buying and selling slaves across it.” said Daeneric.
“I see.” said Ameon. Ameon then noticed the slave stall and decided to walk over and ask some questions.
“Hey, Stall boy. What happens to the slave's chances of rejoining a team if they are traded to the coliseum?” asked Ameon.
“Hmm. Robert really didn't say. If they can somehow escape the coliseum, they could restore their chances to join a team. But if they don't, then they better hope and prey some team takes pity on them and buys them out. They then can be reinstated to a team.”
“Uh huh. Ok, boy. And how many slaves do you have in stock now?” Ameon asked.
“Well, we have only a few. Most of the runaway slaves were recaptured and and brought here. Any slave brought to the coliseum enters the Market and can be bought and sold.” the boy replied.
“Ah, ok then.” said Ameon. “For now, I think we will hold on to ours. Who knows? They may come in handy.”
The Targaryens continued to browse the markets. Because they won the Capture the Team event, they had plenty of credits they could use to stock up the fort.
Inside the Coliseum, Robert and Ten are walking down a corridor. Ten, more nervous than usual, is walking behind his master as if he was walking to his execution.
“Ten, we really haven't had much quality time together. With the tournament and all, it has been difficult to have some fun! But now that we have time, I want to test out the new torture chamber that was installed below the coliseum. Soon the other slaves will get a chance to enjoy it as well.” Robert explained.
“What are you planning to do?” asked Ten.
“You'll see!” said Robert.
Robert then approached a wooden door with a rounded top. The door had a steel frame with bolts along the frame holding it in place. It had a circular hoop that was used to pull the door open as well.
“It's in here, Ten.” said Robert as he grabbed the hoop and pulled it open. Robert flipped a switch on the side of the wall that lit up the room, revealing the chamber inside. The sight made Ten step back. It was more terrifying than even the torture chamber in Robert's mansion. The chamber featured torture racks, an iron maiden, a guillotine, a stand for hanging people, an iron chair with spikes protruding from it, several cages and cells, and various tables with restraints to keep people in place. Thoughts raced though Ten's head that made him step away. “What's Robert planning to do to me?” Ten thought. “Is he gonna kill me?”
“Whoa, wait Buddy. Most of these things are centuries old. I haven't bothered to remove them yet mainly to see the reaction on the slaves faces when they walk through the door. Haha. I'm not gonna hurt you. At least not like THAT.” said Robert.
“Ooh. Okay.” Ten said, still nervous.
“Let's go on inside. I'm ready to have some fun!” Robert said.
Ten reluctantly began to enter the dreaded room.
Ok, Ten. Since were here, you should follow you're normal dress code.” Robert said. Knowing what he meant, Ten then pulled off all of his clothing except his black speedo.
“Good. Now put this on.” Robert said as he handed him an odd looking leather contraption. It had two leather strips that ran across Ten's chest in an x shaped pattern. At the crossing, it had a metal ring which held the straps together. Also attached to the metal ring is a short chain that was long enough to attach to the collar around his neck. Ten put the thing on, as Robert commanded.
“You look awesome in that thing.” Robert said, smiling at his slave. It made Ten blush some.
“Now, what should we try first?” Robert said, looking at some of the various devices scattered around the room. “Ah, what about this one?”
Robert then went to a strange looking table. It had normal restraints for locking in the arms and legs, but at on end of the table had a container like thing with a mask like face carved on it. The mouth had a breathing hose that wasn't connected to anything. There were no holes to see out of the eyes. Robert then grabbed the top and pulled it open like a lid. The side of the box had a large hole lined with foam and leather covering it.
“This box will house you're head, leaving the rest of the body exposed.” said Robert. Without word, Ten knew he had to climb onto the table to be strapped down to it. He climbed into place and put his hands and feet in the leather restraints and placed his head inside the box. Robert then closed the box over his head and lock it into place. He then fastened the leather restraints around Ten's legs and wrists. He also fastened a leather strap around Ten's waist for good measure.
“Now, Ten. I have plenty of tools I want to try out. Let's see here.” Robert said, looking at the leather case holding a variety of torture tools. “Ah, let's start with this tool!” Robert then pulled out a long object that had a wheel connecting to it. The wheel had sharp spikes protruding from it, and the wheel could spin along a surface.
Robert then started to roll the pin across Ten's exposed belly. At first, the pin provided an unusual ticking sensation, causing Ten to squirm lightly. Robert rolled it up and down Ten's torso. He also rolled it across Ten's nipples, prompting a light but sharp pain. Ten started moaning through the box as the wheel reached more sensitive areas of the body. Robert rolled it up and down the souls of the foot, which caused Ten to squirm even more.
“I bet you like that, huh?” Robert said. Robert then returned to the torso. But this time, he applied even more pressure, causing sharp pains from every impact. Ten was squirming even more frantically. Using the same pressure, Robert rolled the pin up and down the more sensitive areas again, causing Ten to scream through the box.
“Oh, shut up you crybaby.” Robert commanded.
Robert then did something different. He turned the pin on it's side, and instead of rolling it across his torso, he dragged it across leaving scratch marks across Ten's body. Ten was now squirming and yelling. Robert continued to apply the pinwheel to Ten, shifting from rolling to scratching for another 15 minutes.
“Hmm. That tool is a good for a warm-up. Kind of get's the slaves in the mood, huh.” Robert said. “Well, let's see what effects these other tools have.”
Robert then pulled out a wand-like object that had a outlet cord to connect to the wall.
“I wander what this electric wand would feel like!” Robert said, as he plugged it into the wall. Ten was now sweating and struggling. Robert plugged the device into the nearby wall and turned it on. The glass portion of the wand then lit up a bright neon color. Robert then touched Ten's belly with it, causing an immediate shock to the area. Ten arched and yelled. Robert was just beginning his “testing” of his new torture room.
End of Chapter 17 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 18: The Coliseum Games Part 5
Jeoffery looked to see who had grabbed his hand. He was surprised to see that it was Walder's hand that had latched onto his own.
“I think you have had you're fun, Jeoffery.” stated Walter.
“And who do you think you are?” Jeoffery retorted.
Walder looked at him with anger and frustration.
“I want you to stop this. There is such a thing as taking it too far, Jeoffery.” Walder said.
“Like I haven't heard that before!” Jeoffery said sarcastically. “You, my brother, and my cousins. You are all just alike. You don't know how to treat a slave properly! Now get you're hands off me before I do something you will regret.”
Walder took his hand off Jeoffery's wrist.
“You know I have seen many bullies, and have noticed a pattern in their behaior. Bullies are bullies because they have little self esteem and confidence. They punish others because of their own insecurity. I wander what you feel, Jeoffery? I wander if you feel inferior to your brother, who has casted a shadow over you your entire life. And these little outbursts must help you cope with your feelings!” said Walder. Jeoffery was fuming at this point. Walder then went up to him, smiling, and whispered something in his ear.
“Tell me, Jeoffey. What's it like to be a sad, insecure, powerhungry b$tch?”
Now Jeoffery had enough,
“SHUT UP YOU ARROGANT A$$HOLE! YOU BEST KNOW YOUR PLACE!” he shouted, causing Walder to step back.
“He. I see I struck a nerve.” Walder said smirkly.
Everyone around them was now looking at Jeoffery. Jeoffery eventually decided to leave the scene.
Walder then looked at the victim of Jeoffery's assault. “You best wash that kid off. If I remember right, that itching liquid can get intense the more it is applied.” Walder said, noticing the shacking and tears of the boy through the safety glasses.
“Yea, you're right. Thanks for running Jeoffery off.” said the boy that was running the stall. “Would you like to give the game a try? There are two other boys that haven't been exposed as much to the liquid.”
“No, those two are my team members. I don't think I want to risk them hating me.” Walder said.
“Ah, I understand.” said the boy.
In another part of the market, the Targaryens are browsing through the stalls looking at all the bondage equipment.
“Look at this stuff! I can't believe all the bondage gear here!” said Aegon. “We should by some of this stuff for our dungeons!”
“While I do agree, how are we going to carry things like those large cages and tables?” Ameon asked. The others had wandered the same thing.
The booth boy heard this, and responded. “Actually, Robert had made arrangements for these kind of items. Any large item you order can be transported to you're fort by the tournament workers. This saves the teams the trouble of transporting it themselves.”
Ameon smiled upon hearing this. “Oh, really? Then in that case, I will take that, that, and that.” he said as he pointed to several large items, including two kinds of cages. He also purchased several new tools.
“I can't wait to use these on those miserable slaves!” Ameon said.
“Thank you, sir! You're order will arrive at you're fortress tomorrow around noon.”
The Targaryens continued to browse the stalls. They also bought extra food and other things.
“So, Ameon. I came across a stall that sold slaves earlier.” said Daeneric.
“Oh really? I think we have enough slaves to appease our appetite.” said Ameon.
“Well the thing I wanted to mention is that we could also sell excess slaves for credits.” explained Daeneric.
“Really? I guess we should keep that in mind for the future. I hate to see them go, but those dungeons cant hold hordes of them.” said Ameon.
“Yea, and he also said they are hosting a website on the network for buying and selling slaves across it.” said Daeneric.
“I see.” said Ameon. Ameon then noticed the slave stall and decided to walk over and ask some questions.
“Hey, Stall boy. What happens to the slave's chances of rejoining a team if they are traded to the coliseum?” asked Ameon.
“Hmm. Robert really didn't say. If they can somehow escape the coliseum, they could restore their chances to join a team. But if they don't, then they better hope and prey some team takes pity on them and buys them out. They then can be reinstated to a team.”
“Uh huh. Ok, boy. And how many slaves do you have in stock now?” Ameon asked.
“Well, we have only a few. Most of the runaway slaves were recaptured and and brought here. Any slave brought to the coliseum enters the Market and can be bought and sold.” the boy replied.
“Ah, ok then.” said Ameon. “For now, I think we will hold on to ours. Who knows? They may come in handy.”
The Targaryens continued to browse the markets. Because they won the Capture the Team event, they had plenty of credits they could use to stock up the fort.
Inside the Coliseum, Robert and Ten are walking down a corridor. Ten, more nervous than usual, is walking behind his master as if he was walking to his execution.
“Ten, we really haven't had much quality time together. With the tournament and all, it has been difficult to have some fun! But now that we have time, I want to test out the new torture chamber that was installed below the coliseum. Soon the other slaves will get a chance to enjoy it as well.” Robert explained.
“What are you planning to do?” asked Ten.
“You'll see!” said Robert.
Robert then approached a wooden door with a rounded top. The door had a steel frame with bolts along the frame holding it in place. It had a circular hoop that was used to pull the door open as well.
“It's in here, Ten.” said Robert as he grabbed the hoop and pulled it open. Robert flipped a switch on the side of the wall that lit up the room, revealing the chamber inside. The sight made Ten step back. It was more terrifying than even the torture chamber in Robert's mansion. The chamber featured torture racks, an iron maiden, a guillotine, a stand for hanging people, an iron chair with spikes protruding from it, several cages and cells, and various tables with restraints to keep people in place. Thoughts raced though Ten's head that made him step away. “What's Robert planning to do to me?” Ten thought. “Is he gonna kill me?”
“Whoa, wait Buddy. Most of these things are centuries old. I haven't bothered to remove them yet mainly to see the reaction on the slaves faces when they walk through the door. Haha. I'm not gonna hurt you. At least not like THAT.” said Robert.
“Ooh. Okay.” Ten said, still nervous.
“Let's go on inside. I'm ready to have some fun!” Robert said.
Ten reluctantly began to enter the dreaded room.
Ok, Ten. Since were here, you should follow you're normal dress code.” Robert said. Knowing what he meant, Ten then pulled off all of his clothing except his black speedo.
“Good. Now put this on.” Robert said as he handed him an odd looking leather contraption. It had two leather strips that ran across Ten's chest in an x shaped pattern. At the crossing, it had a metal ring which held the straps together. Also attached to the metal ring is a short chain that was long enough to attach to the collar around his neck. Ten put the thing on, as Robert commanded.
“You look awesome in that thing.” Robert said, smiling at his slave. It made Ten blush some.
“Now, what should we try first?” Robert said, looking at some of the various devices scattered around the room. “Ah, what about this one?”
Robert then went to a strange looking table. It had normal restraints for locking in the arms and legs, but at on end of the table had a container like thing with a mask like face carved on it. The mouth had a breathing hose that wasn't connected to anything. There were no holes to see out of the eyes. Robert then grabbed the top and pulled it open like a lid. The side of the box had a large hole lined with foam and leather covering it.
“This box will house you're head, leaving the rest of the body exposed.” said Robert. Without word, Ten knew he had to climb onto the table to be strapped down to it. He climbed into place and put his hands and feet in the leather restraints and placed his head inside the box. Robert then closed the box over his head and lock it into place. He then fastened the leather restraints around Ten's legs and wrists. He also fastened a leather strap around Ten's waist for good measure.
“Now, Ten. I have plenty of tools I want to try out. Let's see here.” Robert said, looking at the leather case holding a variety of torture tools. “Ah, let's start with this tool!” Robert then pulled out a long object that had a wheel connecting to it. The wheel had sharp spikes protruding from it, and the wheel could spin along a surface.
Robert then started to roll the pin across Ten's exposed belly. At first, the pin provided an unusual ticking sensation, causing Ten to squirm lightly. Robert rolled it up and down Ten's torso. He also rolled it across Ten's nipples, prompting a light but sharp pain. Ten started moaning through the box as the wheel reached more sensitive areas of the body. Robert rolled it up and down the souls of the foot, which caused Ten to squirm even more.
“I bet you like that, huh?” Robert said. Robert then returned to the torso. But this time, he applied even more pressure, causing sharp pains from every impact. Ten was squirming even more frantically. Using the same pressure, Robert rolled the pin up and down the more sensitive areas again, causing Ten to scream through the box.
“Oh, shut up you crybaby.” Robert commanded.
Robert then did something different. He turned the pin on it's side, and instead of rolling it across his torso, he dragged it across leaving scratch marks across Ten's body. Ten was now squirming and yelling. Robert continued to apply the pinwheel to Ten, shifting from rolling to scratching for another 15 minutes.
“Hmm. That tool is a good for a warm-up. Kind of get's the slaves in the mood, huh.” Robert said. “Well, let's see what effects these other tools have.”
Robert then pulled out a wand-like object that had a outlet cord to connect to the wall.
“I wander what this electric wand would feel like!” Robert said, as he plugged it into the wall. Ten was now sweating and struggling. Robert plugged the device into the nearby wall and turned it on. The glass portion of the wand then lit up a bright neon color. Robert then touched Ten's belly with it, causing an immediate shock to the area. Ten arched and yelled. Robert was just beginning his “testing” of his new torture room.
by chadmc90 » Sat Feb 22, 2014 6:03 pm
And here is Chapter 19, which covers most of the Auction.
End of Chapter 18 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 19: The Coliseum Games Part 6
Robert returned to the coliseum viewing box for the auction. Ten also followed along with him, still shaken from Robert's initial “test” of the coliseum's torture room. He was allowed to redress himself for the auction.
“Ten, I want a drink.” Robert said.
“Yyess ssir.” Ten shakily said. He then left the box to prepare Robert's favorite drink.
Robert walked up to the podium once again and look at the coliseum, which has been filled with all the present teams. He then looked down at the new wooden platform in the center of the coliseum where the auction will be held. He saw a boy standing at it silently. Then he took a small breath and began his speech.
“Hello once again, everyone! We are about to begin the auction, which will feature some things you can find in the market, and other rare things you can't. Now without further a due, let's get started!” Robert said.
The auction continued for a while, featuring various things both from the market and rare things not found in the market. Some items included food bulked together at reduced prices, while others included even more bondage equipment. Some items would get bided on by the teams, while others didn't get any attention. It was a pretty normal auction, well about as normal as anyone would expect for this tournament, and it flew by pretty uneventful. But the final item caught everyone's attention right away.
“This ticket I have in my hand is good for two new team headbands! With this, a team can increase their current team count by 2, therefore increasing the power of their team.” said the auctioneer. “The starting price is 400 credits! Who will begin?”
Stannis immediately held his hand high. “I'll take 450!” he said.
“Ok, One at 450! Any other takers?” asked the boy.
“500!” said Ameon.
“500 for Targaryen. Any others?” asked the boy.
“550!” shouted Stannis, noting that he only had 1500 credits left.
“600” said Jeoffery.
“650” said Robb.
“No, 700” said Walder.
“Hey, what are you doin?” Robb asked Walder, annoyed for undermining him.
“What? Last I checked were still two separate teams!” Walder said, annoying Robb even more.
“800” said Balon. “I'm not gonna let those headbands slip through our fingers easily.” he said to himself.
“Uhh, 850!” Shouted Stannis, panicking.
“900” Ameon said.
“No, 1000!” replied Robb.
“No, 1100” Ameon said.
Then Stannis panicked, shouting “1500!” The rest of the teams stopped bidding.
“Going once, going twice......SOLD! 1500 credits for two headbands goes to Stannis!” said the auctioneer.
Stannis let out deep breath, relieved that he secured two vital spots for his team. But then he just realized that he spent ALL his team's remaining credits. “I just hope I made the right choice.”
Robb was disappointed with losing the headbands, but was at least satisfied that the Greyjoys didn't get them. “Well, there goes those two headbands.” said Robb.
“Yea, but Stannis looked like he needed them more than the rest of us.” said Walder.
“Haha. You're right about that!” said Robb.
Meanwhile, Ameon was annoyed about losing them as well.
“Darn that Baratheon a$$hole! If I could, I would walk right over there and kick his a$$” Ameon said.
“Oh, come on Ameon. It's not his fault necessary because someone had to have that expensive bird cage thing.” said Daeneric.
“Grr. Well at least I'm gonna have some fun with it. I am thinking about hanging it in my room and keeping a slave in it. It will be like....owning a pet bird!” Ameon said, laughing at his own joke.
“Yea, but what if you become the bird because we lacked two extra teammates?” Daeneric said.
“Just shut up, Daeneric.” Ameon said. “Why do you have to ruin the moment.”
“I am just trying to WIN us the tournament!” said Daeneric.
“Yea....” said Ameon.
The auctioneer then continued to speak. “Well, everyone, it seems that a last minute item has came in. We are going to hold a bid for this final item!” The workers then moved a large item covered with a black sheet beside the podium.
“Now, everyone. Feast you're eyes on this!” said the auctioneer, grabbing the sheet and removing it to reveal what looked like a diving uniform. Ameon's jaw dropped.
“This is a standard issue diving uniform. This allows anyone to explore the deep waters for extended periods of time. The starting price is 600 credits. Who wants to make a bid?” asked the auctioneer.
No one raised their hand. Everyone was wandering what in the world they would need something like this for. It was a game of tie ups, and despite most of the other items not exactly providing any form of aid to achieve that goal, a diving suit surely didn't make sense. All but the Targaryens were confused with the purpose of the diving suit besides the obvious ability to swim underwater.
“Ameon, think this through. We need that money to...” Daeneric said as he was cut off by Ameon.
“700!” Ameon said as he jumped up out of his seat. The rest of the crowd was now really confused. Why does Ameon want that suit so badly? The auctioneer counted down.
“3, 2, 1, SOLD TO AMEON!” the auctioneer said. Ameon smiled when hearing the auctioneer finalize the sale. “And that concludes this Saturday's auction. I look forward to seeing you all next week!”
“Yes! Now that lightning thing is as good as ours!” he said.
“Uh, we still have a couple of problems, Ameon.” said Daeneric. “1. We don't have a boat. An 2, Even if we did have a boat, we still don't know it's exact location.” said Daeneric.
“Well, I'm sure we can find it!” said Ameon.
Daeneric rolled his eyes at Ameon. “I wander why I am even here helping you with this tournament.”
“Because you're my favorite cousin?!” Ameon retorted.
“Ha!” Daeneric replied back.
Jeoffery was still frustrated with Walder.
“That Frey guy. I just want to rip him to pieces.” said Jeoffery.
“I'm sure you will have a chance to get your revenge, cousin!” said Jaime.
“Yea when we capture all the Starks and Freys.” said Jeoffery. “I plan to sell most of them to the coliseum. I may have them fight it out in some competition. The winner gets to remain my slaves. Of course, Robb and Walder will remain with me. I want to savor every minute of my revenge on him, and have some side fun with his new friend!” said Jeoffery, daydreaming about making Walder his slave. “I bet he wouldn't have anything to say, then! And I'll make sure his mouth stays shut with my dirty underwear! Hahaha!” The thought of Jeoffery's dirty underclothes stuffed in any mouth made the Lannisters feel sick.
“Well Jeoffery, you should first think about how to defeat them.” replied Tywin, trying to change the subject.
“That gives me a good idea! Lane! How would you like to try it out first! Give my underwear a good cleaning?” Jeoffery asked. Lane was obviously not thrilled about the thought. He just looked at Jeoffery, trying to keep a strait face.
“Well you won't have much of a choice! When we get home, you will do the honor.” said Jeoffery. Lane was now dreading going back to the fortress. He was hoping and praying that Jeoffery would have a change of mind.
Robert then returned to the podium shortly after the conclusion of the auction.
“I hope everyone found the auction valuable. It is now 4:00, and the final event for the evening will take place at 6:00 leaving 2 hours for more exploring and playing games. I will see you all then.” Robert said.
The time flew by rather uneventfully. Each team either explored the markets even more, grabbed snacks from the different food vendors, or played some of the torture games even more. After the two hours were up, the teams gathered once again in the coliseum bleachers for the final event, which still hasn't been revealed to anyone. Everyone wandered just what kind of game did Robert have in store for them.
And here is Chapter 19, which covers most of the Auction.
End of Chapter 18 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 19: The Coliseum Games Part 6
Robert returned to the coliseum viewing box for the auction. Ten also followed along with him, still shaken from Robert's initial “test” of the coliseum's torture room. He was allowed to redress himself for the auction.
“Ten, I want a drink.” Robert said.
“Yyess ssir.” Ten shakily said. He then left the box to prepare Robert's favorite drink.
Robert walked up to the podium once again and look at the coliseum, which has been filled with all the present teams. He then looked down at the new wooden platform in the center of the coliseum where the auction will be held. He saw a boy standing at it silently. Then he took a small breath and began his speech.
“Hello once again, everyone! We are about to begin the auction, which will feature some things you can find in the market, and other rare things you can't. Now without further a due, let's get started!” Robert said.
The auction continued for a while, featuring various things both from the market and rare things not found in the market. Some items included food bulked together at reduced prices, while others included even more bondage equipment. Some items would get bided on by the teams, while others didn't get any attention. It was a pretty normal auction, well about as normal as anyone would expect for this tournament, and it flew by pretty uneventful. But the final item caught everyone's attention right away.
“This ticket I have in my hand is good for two new team headbands! With this, a team can increase their current team count by 2, therefore increasing the power of their team.” said the auctioneer. “The starting price is 400 credits! Who will begin?”
Stannis immediately held his hand high. “I'll take 450!” he said.
“Ok, One at 450! Any other takers?” asked the boy.
“500!” said Ameon.
“500 for Targaryen. Any others?” asked the boy.
“550!” shouted Stannis, noting that he only had 1500 credits left.
“600” said Jeoffery.
“650” said Robb.
“No, 700” said Walder.
“Hey, what are you doin?” Robb asked Walder, annoyed for undermining him.
“What? Last I checked were still two separate teams!” Walder said, annoying Robb even more.
“800” said Balon. “I'm not gonna let those headbands slip through our fingers easily.” he said to himself.
“Uhh, 850!” Shouted Stannis, panicking.
“900” Ameon said.
“No, 1000!” replied Robb.
“No, 1100” Ameon said.
Then Stannis panicked, shouting “1500!” The rest of the teams stopped bidding.
“Going once, going twice......SOLD! 1500 credits for two headbands goes to Stannis!” said the auctioneer.
Stannis let out deep breath, relieved that he secured two vital spots for his team. But then he just realized that he spent ALL his team's remaining credits. “I just hope I made the right choice.”
Robb was disappointed with losing the headbands, but was at least satisfied that the Greyjoys didn't get them. “Well, there goes those two headbands.” said Robb.
“Yea, but Stannis looked like he needed them more than the rest of us.” said Walder.
“Haha. You're right about that!” said Robb.
Meanwhile, Ameon was annoyed about losing them as well.
“Darn that Baratheon a$$hole! If I could, I would walk right over there and kick his a$$” Ameon said.
“Oh, come on Ameon. It's not his fault necessary because someone had to have that expensive bird cage thing.” said Daeneric.
“Grr. Well at least I'm gonna have some fun with it. I am thinking about hanging it in my room and keeping a slave in it. It will be like....owning a pet bird!” Ameon said, laughing at his own joke.
“Yea, but what if you become the bird because we lacked two extra teammates?” Daeneric said.
“Just shut up, Daeneric.” Ameon said. “Why do you have to ruin the moment.”
“I am just trying to WIN us the tournament!” said Daeneric.
“Yea....” said Ameon.
The auctioneer then continued to speak. “Well, everyone, it seems that a last minute item has came in. We are going to hold a bid for this final item!” The workers then moved a large item covered with a black sheet beside the podium.
“Now, everyone. Feast you're eyes on this!” said the auctioneer, grabbing the sheet and removing it to reveal what looked like a diving uniform. Ameon's jaw dropped.
“This is a standard issue diving uniform. This allows anyone to explore the deep waters for extended periods of time. The starting price is 600 credits. Who wants to make a bid?” asked the auctioneer.
No one raised their hand. Everyone was wandering what in the world they would need something like this for. It was a game of tie ups, and despite most of the other items not exactly providing any form of aid to achieve that goal, a diving suit surely didn't make sense. All but the Targaryens were confused with the purpose of the diving suit besides the obvious ability to swim underwater.
“Ameon, think this through. We need that money to...” Daeneric said as he was cut off by Ameon.
“700!” Ameon said as he jumped up out of his seat. The rest of the crowd was now really confused. Why does Ameon want that suit so badly? The auctioneer counted down.
“3, 2, 1, SOLD TO AMEON!” the auctioneer said. Ameon smiled when hearing the auctioneer finalize the sale. “And that concludes this Saturday's auction. I look forward to seeing you all next week!”
“Yes! Now that lightning thing is as good as ours!” he said.
“Uh, we still have a couple of problems, Ameon.” said Daeneric. “1. We don't have a boat. An 2, Even if we did have a boat, we still don't know it's exact location.” said Daeneric.
“Well, I'm sure we can find it!” said Ameon.
Daeneric rolled his eyes at Ameon. “I wander why I am even here helping you with this tournament.”
“Because you're my favorite cousin?!” Ameon retorted.
“Ha!” Daeneric replied back.
Jeoffery was still frustrated with Walder.
“That Frey guy. I just want to rip him to pieces.” said Jeoffery.
“I'm sure you will have a chance to get your revenge, cousin!” said Jaime.
“Yea when we capture all the Starks and Freys.” said Jeoffery. “I plan to sell most of them to the coliseum. I may have them fight it out in some competition. The winner gets to remain my slaves. Of course, Robb and Walder will remain with me. I want to savor every minute of my revenge on him, and have some side fun with his new friend!” said Jeoffery, daydreaming about making Walder his slave. “I bet he wouldn't have anything to say, then! And I'll make sure his mouth stays shut with my dirty underwear! Hahaha!” The thought of Jeoffery's dirty underclothes stuffed in any mouth made the Lannisters feel sick.
“Well Jeoffery, you should first think about how to defeat them.” replied Tywin, trying to change the subject.
“That gives me a good idea! Lane! How would you like to try it out first! Give my underwear a good cleaning?” Jeoffery asked. Lane was obviously not thrilled about the thought. He just looked at Jeoffery, trying to keep a strait face.
“Well you won't have much of a choice! When we get home, you will do the honor.” said Jeoffery. Lane was now dreading going back to the fortress. He was hoping and praying that Jeoffery would have a change of mind.
Robert then returned to the podium shortly after the conclusion of the auction.
“I hope everyone found the auction valuable. It is now 4:00, and the final event for the evening will take place at 6:00 leaving 2 hours for more exploring and playing games. I will see you all then.” Robert said.
The time flew by rather uneventfully. Each team either explored the markets even more, grabbed snacks from the different food vendors, or played some of the torture games even more. After the two hours were up, the teams gathered once again in the coliseum bleachers for the final event, which still hasn't been revealed to anyone. Everyone wandered just what kind of game did Robert have in store for them.
by chadmc90 » Sun Feb 23, 2014 1:36 pm
Chapter 21 will conclude the Coliseum Games mini arc. I will try to have it up soon.
End of Chapter 19 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 20: The Coliseum Games Part 7
The crowd looked onto the field in the center, noticing another maze of walls setup. This time, however, all 6 entrances are on one side of the square maze. At the opposite end, 12 torture racks are placed at the opposite side of the maze, which only has two exits.
“Now it's time for the third match. Bring out the boys.” Robert said through the speaker system.
And then, 10 boys were escorted to to the racks. They were stripped of all but their underwear and locked into the devices. These were the same boys that participated in the last competition.
“Now before we begin, you notice that two racks remain unfilled. Those racks are observed for Team Targaryen. Team Targaryen can opt out participating in this event if they choose so. But they will have to choose 2 members from their team to send to the rack if they decide to participate.” Robert said. “Before I reveal the prize and discuss the event, Ameon has to make a choice.”
The Targaryen team looked on at their leader, nervous about what his answer will be. Ameon sat there in thought, debating whether to send down two of his own team members to the event. After debating, Ameon stood up and decided.
“We will send down two of our members to participate!” said Ameon.
The rest of the team was now really nervous. They all thought about the fate of the two that were chosen for the torture rack.
“And what members do you want to send to the racks?” Asked Robert.
Ameon then turned to his team.
“This is how we are gonna do this. Everyone pick a number 1 – 12, starting with you. The numbers I chose in my head will be the ones that will go to the racks.” Ameon said as he pointed to one of the boys.
Every one of his team members, including the advisers, chose a number. Aerys and another boy was chosen. They hesitantly made their way to the racks, where they were also stripped and locked into the devices like the other 10 boys.
“Now that we have gotten that out of the way, let me explain the event. One person will be chosen as a champion for their respective team. Each of these champions will be placed at each entrance to the new maze. The goal is to make your way through the maze and free your captured team members. The first one there will be the winners! But each champion must keep in mind that both sets of keys are hidden inside of the maze, and must be located. Both keys are locked in a single chest that can be opened with the bar codes on the champions headband. Simply scan the bar code on the headband with the bar code scanner on the chest and it will unlock. The chests are each colored differently for each team, so the champions should remember their team colors. Now just because a team has won doesn't mean you should quit. There are prizes for second, third, and fourth places. The final two places will get a small award regardless. Now each team must choose a champion to represent the team!”
The teams debated on who to send down.
Tywin decided to fight for the Lannisters. “I'll show each and every one of them the power of the Lannisters.” Tywin said as he walked toward the maze.
Davos Seaworth decided to represent Team Baratheon. “This time Team Baratheon will NOT lose!”
John stepped as Team Stark's champion. “I'll rescue Chase and Logan.” John said as he stood up.
Aegon volunteered to be Team Targaryen's champion. “I'm coming, brother!”
And Stevron stepped up to be Team Frey's champion. “Go, Stevron, and win us this match!” Walder said. “Got it, brother.”
Balon chose Rodrik to be his champion. “Win this one for us, Rodrik!”
Each champion approached the entrances to the maze. They were each then directed to one of the entrances of the maze, and commanded to wait for the signal.
“The prize for first place will be...” Robert said, as he held up his hand. In his hand was a team headband.
“4 team headbands!” Robert said, that caused the crowd to start cheering. “The second place winner will receive 2 headbands! The third will get 1 team headband! And the fourth will get 1,000 credits! The fifth and 6 place winners will get 200 and 100 credits respectively. Now let me explain the rules. The champions cannot directly interfere with other champions. If that happens, they will be disqualified and the teams will not be awarded. Furthermore, their two restrained team mates will have to remain in their bondage until the rest of the event, which brings me to the next stipulation. Workers, bring out the wheel.” The workers then brought out a large spinning chance wheel that had pegs aligning the edge. At the top of the wheel is a ticker, which slows down the wheel as it's spinning.
“This wheel will be used to determine the type of torture your captured teammates will undergo as you attempt to save them. So it would be in your best interest to save them as quick as possible! Now workers, give it a spin!” Robert said. The workers grabbed one of the wheel's pegs and gave it a big push to spin the wheel. The wheel made ticking noises as it spun around on it's center. The wheel then started to slow down, where it eventually stopped on a peg.
“Oh wow.” Robert said as he observed the wheel. “The first round of torture will be vice clamps to the nipples! At the start of the torture, nipple clamps will be applied to the victims. At first, the clamps will be lose, but every thirty seconds the workers will each tighten the vise on the clamps, applying more pressure to them. At the five minute mark, the wheel will be spun again, and another torture will be applied to the victims. And now the moment you have all been waiting for, the match will begin on your signal, ref.”
“Three, two, one, GO!” The ref counted down. The teams then rushed into the maze. The workers then grabbed several vice clamps out of the box on the ground and started applying it to the restrained boys' nipples. Time was passing quick and John was running through the maze. He saw some of the other champions, but ignored him because of the rules. John ran though a couple of corridors, but still no sign of his chest.
“Damn, where is it?” John thought as he ran through the maze.
The others we not doing well, either. A minute had already passed, and the clamps had been tightened twice. The pain from the clamps was starting to increase.
“4 more minutes until the next spin!” Robert said over the microphone.
“Damn, where is the chest?” Tywin thought as he looked down a corridor.
“I have to find it.” Davos thought.
Another thirty seconds passed and no one hasn't located a chest. The workers tightened the clamps even more. Some of the boys yelped.
“Ow, it hurts!” Logan said.
“I know! I hope John gets here soon!” Chase said, struggling against his bonds.
Aegon had turned a corner, and widened his eyes as he spotted a chest. Not just any chest, it was a black colored chest which meant it has HIS chest.
“Finally! Now I can get the keys and get out of this maze!” Aegon said as he scanned the bar code into the chest, which unlocked it. He then took the the two keys and started looking for the exit.
“Aegon from Team Targaryen has just found his chest! Now he makes his way to the exit!” Robert said.
“Damn! I didn't think he would announce it!” said Aegon, running frantically down the halls.
“Shit! The Targaryens have already found their chest!” said Davos. “I have to hurry!”
Stevron from Team Frey had finally found a chest, but it wasn't his team's chest.
“Damn, I have to keep looking.” he said as he turned around. This chest was in fact Team Lannisters, and Tywin just happened to come into the corridor from another entrance.
“Finally! Now all I have to do is open it and get out of here.” Just as he unlocked it, he heard some yelling from the direction of the exit.
“Ahhhh! Take them off!” some of the boys were yelling as they nipple vices were tightened.
“F**k These things hurt!” Sallidor yelled as his vices were tightened as well.
By the time the three minute mark was reached, all the teams had found their chests and made their way to the exit. The vices were very tight, causing some of the boys to tear up.
“Please hurry!” Said one of them.
After another minute and two more tightens, Aegon finally appeared through the exit. He smiled when he saw his brother locked onto the rack.
“Aegon! Finally! Come over here and release me!” said Aerys.
Aegon then walked up to his brother and dangled the keys in front of both his teammates.
“It seems I'm the first one here!” said Aegon. “Does someone want to be free?”
Aerys then noticed his brothers devilish grin.
“Wwhat are you doing! Free us already!” said Aerys.
Then Aegon grabbed the vices and made them even tighter.
“YeooooooooOWWWW! WHAT ARE YOU DOING!” said Aerys.
“Just having a bit of fun before I release you.” said Aegon.
But Aegon's fun had ceased when he noticed another champion emerge from the maze. It was Tywin, and he was running desperately to his team members.
“AEGON! HURRY UP!” Aerys yelled. Aegon immediately got to work on unlocking his brother.
Tywin was also hard at work unlocking his team members.
“Come on, Tywin!” said Chris.
“I'm trying!” he said.
Both Aegon and Tywin were struggling frantically to get the binds unlocked. Then Davos appeared out the maze. Davos stormed to his team mates and begun unlocking the restraints.
“Hurry, Davos!” said Sallidor.
Now three champions were struggling frantically to unlock the bindings. The 4 minute mark was announced, and the workers approached to tighten the vices even further.
“Wait, I'm about to be free!” said Chris. But the workers ignored him and tightened the vices even more.
“AHHHH! TYWIN HURRY!” said Chris.
The three champions managed to unlock the first team members, and immediately went to work on the next. The final three champions made their way out of the mazes. They immediately went to work on their own teams.
“John! Over Here!” Logan said. John immediately went to work unlocking his team member's restraints.
Robert looked on, anxious for the result of the competition.
Chapter 21 will conclude the Coliseum Games mini arc. I will try to have it up soon.
End of Chapter 19 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 20: The Coliseum Games Part 7
The crowd looked onto the field in the center, noticing another maze of walls setup. This time, however, all 6 entrances are on one side of the square maze. At the opposite end, 12 torture racks are placed at the opposite side of the maze, which only has two exits.
“Now it's time for the third match. Bring out the boys.” Robert said through the speaker system.
And then, 10 boys were escorted to to the racks. They were stripped of all but their underwear and locked into the devices. These were the same boys that participated in the last competition.
“Now before we begin, you notice that two racks remain unfilled. Those racks are observed for Team Targaryen. Team Targaryen can opt out participating in this event if they choose so. But they will have to choose 2 members from their team to send to the rack if they decide to participate.” Robert said. “Before I reveal the prize and discuss the event, Ameon has to make a choice.”
The Targaryen team looked on at their leader, nervous about what his answer will be. Ameon sat there in thought, debating whether to send down two of his own team members to the event. After debating, Ameon stood up and decided.
“We will send down two of our members to participate!” said Ameon.
The rest of the team was now really nervous. They all thought about the fate of the two that were chosen for the torture rack.
“And what members do you want to send to the racks?” Asked Robert.
Ameon then turned to his team.
“This is how we are gonna do this. Everyone pick a number 1 – 12, starting with you. The numbers I chose in my head will be the ones that will go to the racks.” Ameon said as he pointed to one of the boys.
Every one of his team members, including the advisers, chose a number. Aerys and another boy was chosen. They hesitantly made their way to the racks, where they were also stripped and locked into the devices like the other 10 boys.
“Now that we have gotten that out of the way, let me explain the event. One person will be chosen as a champion for their respective team. Each of these champions will be placed at each entrance to the new maze. The goal is to make your way through the maze and free your captured team members. The first one there will be the winners! But each champion must keep in mind that both sets of keys are hidden inside of the maze, and must be located. Both keys are locked in a single chest that can be opened with the bar codes on the champions headband. Simply scan the bar code on the headband with the bar code scanner on the chest and it will unlock. The chests are each colored differently for each team, so the champions should remember their team colors. Now just because a team has won doesn't mean you should quit. There are prizes for second, third, and fourth places. The final two places will get a small award regardless. Now each team must choose a champion to represent the team!”
The teams debated on who to send down.
Tywin decided to fight for the Lannisters. “I'll show each and every one of them the power of the Lannisters.” Tywin said as he walked toward the maze.
Davos Seaworth decided to represent Team Baratheon. “This time Team Baratheon will NOT lose!”
John stepped as Team Stark's champion. “I'll rescue Chase and Logan.” John said as he stood up.
Aegon volunteered to be Team Targaryen's champion. “I'm coming, brother!”
And Stevron stepped up to be Team Frey's champion. “Go, Stevron, and win us this match!” Walder said. “Got it, brother.”
Balon chose Rodrik to be his champion. “Win this one for us, Rodrik!”
Each champion approached the entrances to the maze. They were each then directed to one of the entrances of the maze, and commanded to wait for the signal.
“The prize for first place will be...” Robert said, as he held up his hand. In his hand was a team headband.
“4 team headbands!” Robert said, that caused the crowd to start cheering. “The second place winner will receive 2 headbands! The third will get 1 team headband! And the fourth will get 1,000 credits! The fifth and 6 place winners will get 200 and 100 credits respectively. Now let me explain the rules. The champions cannot directly interfere with other champions. If that happens, they will be disqualified and the teams will not be awarded. Furthermore, their two restrained team mates will have to remain in their bondage until the rest of the event, which brings me to the next stipulation. Workers, bring out the wheel.” The workers then brought out a large spinning chance wheel that had pegs aligning the edge. At the top of the wheel is a ticker, which slows down the wheel as it's spinning.
“This wheel will be used to determine the type of torture your captured teammates will undergo as you attempt to save them. So it would be in your best interest to save them as quick as possible! Now workers, give it a spin!” Robert said. The workers grabbed one of the wheel's pegs and gave it a big push to spin the wheel. The wheel made ticking noises as it spun around on it's center. The wheel then started to slow down, where it eventually stopped on a peg.
“Oh wow.” Robert said as he observed the wheel. “The first round of torture will be vice clamps to the nipples! At the start of the torture, nipple clamps will be applied to the victims. At first, the clamps will be lose, but every thirty seconds the workers will each tighten the vise on the clamps, applying more pressure to them. At the five minute mark, the wheel will be spun again, and another torture will be applied to the victims. And now the moment you have all been waiting for, the match will begin on your signal, ref.”
“Three, two, one, GO!” The ref counted down. The teams then rushed into the maze. The workers then grabbed several vice clamps out of the box on the ground and started applying it to the restrained boys' nipples. Time was passing quick and John was running through the maze. He saw some of the other champions, but ignored him because of the rules. John ran though a couple of corridors, but still no sign of his chest.
“Damn, where is it?” John thought as he ran through the maze.
The others we not doing well, either. A minute had already passed, and the clamps had been tightened twice. The pain from the clamps was starting to increase.
“4 more minutes until the next spin!” Robert said over the microphone.
“Damn, where is the chest?” Tywin thought as he looked down a corridor.
“I have to find it.” Davos thought.
Another thirty seconds passed and no one hasn't located a chest. The workers tightened the clamps even more. Some of the boys yelped.
“Ow, it hurts!” Logan said.
“I know! I hope John gets here soon!” Chase said, struggling against his bonds.
Aegon had turned a corner, and widened his eyes as he spotted a chest. Not just any chest, it was a black colored chest which meant it has HIS chest.
“Finally! Now I can get the keys and get out of this maze!” Aegon said as he scanned the bar code into the chest, which unlocked it. He then took the the two keys and started looking for the exit.
“Aegon from Team Targaryen has just found his chest! Now he makes his way to the exit!” Robert said.
“Damn! I didn't think he would announce it!” said Aegon, running frantically down the halls.
“Shit! The Targaryens have already found their chest!” said Davos. “I have to hurry!”
Stevron from Team Frey had finally found a chest, but it wasn't his team's chest.
“Damn, I have to keep looking.” he said as he turned around. This chest was in fact Team Lannisters, and Tywin just happened to come into the corridor from another entrance.
“Finally! Now all I have to do is open it and get out of here.” Just as he unlocked it, he heard some yelling from the direction of the exit.
“Ahhhh! Take them off!” some of the boys were yelling as they nipple vices were tightened.
“F**k These things hurt!” Sallidor yelled as his vices were tightened as well.
By the time the three minute mark was reached, all the teams had found their chests and made their way to the exit. The vices were very tight, causing some of the boys to tear up.
“Please hurry!” Said one of them.
After another minute and two more tightens, Aegon finally appeared through the exit. He smiled when he saw his brother locked onto the rack.
“Aegon! Finally! Come over here and release me!” said Aerys.
Aegon then walked up to his brother and dangled the keys in front of both his teammates.
“It seems I'm the first one here!” said Aegon. “Does someone want to be free?”
Aerys then noticed his brothers devilish grin.
“Wwhat are you doing! Free us already!” said Aerys.
Then Aegon grabbed the vices and made them even tighter.
“YeooooooooOWWWW! WHAT ARE YOU DOING!” said Aerys.
“Just having a bit of fun before I release you.” said Aegon.
But Aegon's fun had ceased when he noticed another champion emerge from the maze. It was Tywin, and he was running desperately to his team members.
“AEGON! HURRY UP!” Aerys yelled. Aegon immediately got to work on unlocking his brother.
Tywin was also hard at work unlocking his team members.
“Come on, Tywin!” said Chris.
“I'm trying!” he said.
Both Aegon and Tywin were struggling frantically to get the binds unlocked. Then Davos appeared out the maze. Davos stormed to his team mates and begun unlocking the restraints.
“Hurry, Davos!” said Sallidor.
Now three champions were struggling frantically to unlock the bindings. The 4 minute mark was announced, and the workers approached to tighten the vices even further.
“Wait, I'm about to be free!” said Chris. But the workers ignored him and tightened the vices even more.
“AHHHH! TYWIN HURRY!” said Chris.
The three champions managed to unlock the first team members, and immediately went to work on the next. The final three champions made their way out of the mazes. They immediately went to work on their own teams.
“John! Over Here!” Logan said. John immediately went to work unlocking his team member's restraints.
Robert looked on, anxious for the result of the competition.
by chadmc90 » Sun Feb 23, 2014 8:43 pm
This is the final chapter in the Coliseum Games mini-arc. I am closing the first poll as of this chapter, and putting up a new one.
End of Chapter 20 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 21: The Coliseum Games Part 8
“John! Over Here!” Logan said. John immediately went to work unlocking his team member's restraints. As he went to work, he noticed the Targaryen champion had already freed one of his team members.
“Come on, John!” Chase said.
“I'm trying!” John replied back.
Aegon, having freed his brother, worked on unlocking his other team mate.
“AhhhhAhhh.” said Aerys as he removed the vise clamps from his throbbing nipples. “Hurry up, Aegon” he said, massaging his sore nipples.
“I'm trying!” said Aegon.
“If you would of worked on releasing us from start instead of torturing me some more, we would have won!” Aegon said.
“Just shut up and let me concentrate!” snarled Aegon, trying to unlock the restraints.
Tywin managed to get Chris out of his restraints, and immediately went to work his other teammate.
“Is there anything I can do?” asked Chris, also pulling the alligator-like vice clamps off his nipples.
“No, there is only one key for each team member.” said Tywin.
Davos was next to release the first teammate.
“You okay, Sal?” he asked as he started unlocking his other teammate.
“As soon as I get these damn things off.” he said, as he undone the vice clamps. “Shit these hurt!”
The other champions also released their teammates after 10 more seconds.
The Lannisters and Targaryens were in the lead. Each one had only one more restraint to unlock, and both were frantically trying to release their second team member. But Tywin accidentally swung the keys out of his hands as he was shaking them back and forth.
“I got it!” Aegon said as his second team member rose from the rack. The audience was shocked. The Targeryens immediately jumped out of their seats and begun to cheer.
“Team Targaryen has placed First!” said the ref.
About that time, Davos released his second team member, winning the Baratheons second place.
“Team Baratheon wins second!” said the ref.
“Damn!” Tywin said making his way back to his team member. Tywin barely released his team member in time to claim third place.
“Team Lannister gets third and Team Frey gets fourth!” The referee said.
The last two remaining were the Starks and the Greyjoys.
“Come on, John!” said Logan. “We can't lose to them at least!”
“I'm trying!” said John.
John was able to beat the Greyjoys by a second, as Chase got off the torture rack.
“Team Stark places fifth!” said the ref. “Meaning Team Greyjoy places sixth!”
Rodrik unlocked the final restraint as he helped his team member to his feet.
“Sorry, man.” said the boy to Rodrik. “Thanks, man. But it's Balon that I'm really worried about. He doesn't take defeat lightly.”
Robert returned to the podium. “Congratulations, Team Targaryen! You have won first place, securing 4 new headbands for your team! For winning second place, Team Baratheon receives 2 headbands. Third place winner Team Lannister receives one headband. Fourth place winner Team Frey receives 1,000 credits! Fifth place Team Stark receives 200 credits. And sixth place Team Greyjoy receives 100 credits.”
The Targeryens reunited for an extra round of cheering. Team Baratheon also cheered, thanking Davos for restoring two headbands back to their team. Team Lannister wasn't cheering, but they weren’t disappointed for winning an extra member either. Team Frey also was contempt with their award. But the Starks, and especially the Greyjoys, were not happy about being last.
“Well, there's always next time, guys!” said Robb.
“If we make it to next time.” said Bran.
“Come on, guys. We did win these slaves!” Robb said, looking at the former Greyjoy boys.
“Yea, perhaps we can sell them to the market for some credits!” said Theon.
“No! He's mine!” Rikken said defensively.
“All right, Rikken. Calm down! Just a joke!” said Theon.
Robert's voice silenced the cheering and talking.
“With the conclusion of the final event, the Coliseum Games for this weekend are now over! There is one announcement I wish to make. Team headbands are now available for sale on the online web store. Each team may buy new headbands, which add another slot on that team's roster, for 2,000 credits. The Ferry is now open for transport across the lake. Remember that only one team at a time will be transported, and the truce stipulation remains in effect until midnight. The next coliseum event will be one week from today. I hope everyone had fun!” Robert said.
The ferries transported all the teams across the lake. They each made their way back to their fortresses. When the Lannisters arrived at their fortress, they were greeted by their two team members that stayed behind to keep an eye on the place.
“No problems here!” said one of them
“Good. Did those slaves give you any trouble?” Jeoffery asked.
“No! I think they are still shaken up by their punishment. You really did a number on them!” the boy said. Jeoffery smiled at this.
“That's great to hear. Slaves must remember their place. Lane, come on. Were going to bed.” Jeoffery said as he tugged on his leash.
“Yes, sir.” he said.
Ameon, still high on his success in the Coliseum games, went to the dungeons where his slaves were.
“I have some good news and some bad news!” said Ameon.
“The bad news is that we lost 2 of our own today, leaving us with only 13 team members!” said Ameon. The slaves didn't really care about this news, and Ameon took notice.
“Don't care, do we? Maybe I should teach you all to respect your master when he is speaking!” Ameon said. This prompted the slaves to look at their Leader and show some level of concern.
“The good news is that we won 4 new headbands that will allow us to add 4 new members to our teams!” said Ameon.
This immediately caught the slaves' attention. They were now willing to listen to what Ameon has to say.
“That really caught your attention!” Ameon said. “I am willing to give these headbands to four of you guys, securing your freedom. But I won't make it that simple. You have to prove yourself to me first. I want willing, loyal team members I can count on. I also want them to be resilient and useful. So for now I will refrain from giving these out just yet. If you want these, you have to work for it! Do I make myself clear?”
The slaves said “Yes sir” in a more positive tone than before, hoping now they have a chance to escape their slavery.
“Good, I'm going to bed.” Ameon said, as he left the dungeon and went to his bedroom.
The Starks were last to arrive at their fortresses. Tired from the long walk, the team decided to turn in for the night, and Bran and Rikken brought their slaves to the dungeons and locked them in their cells.
“Good night!” Rikken said to his slave as he led his slave to one of the cells.
“Yea whatever.” said the slave.
“I guess I need to work on your attitude. I hope your ready for tomorrow!” Rikken said to his slave. The boy didn't say anything back.
Bran and Rikken walked back up the stairs and headed to bed.
“You seem exited about being a master, Rikken.” said Bran.
“I am! I didn't realize until today just how good it feels to be in control! No wander Robb and John tie us up all the time!” Rikken said.
“Yea. Just don't let it go to your head. Right now, they are our slaves. But if something happens and the tables turn, what then?” said Bran. “If we were cruel and unfair to them, I doubt they will show us any sympathy if the tables were turned.”
Rikken thought about that for a moment.
“I think you worry too much Bran! You should just relax a little and enjoy the chance. As long as we don't do anything horrendous we should be alright! I am gonna have so much fun with my slave tomorrow! I can't wait!” said Rikken, as he rushed ahead up the stairs.
“Hmm. Maybe Rikken is right.” though Bran. “Maybe I should just relish the chance and have some fun.”
Back at the Lannisters, Jeoffery and Lane have returned to the Leaders room for the night. Lane, who was now in the bathroom with Jeoffery, was nervous about being in there with his master.
“Lane, I think I should wash you from now on!” Jeoffery said, which made Lane back up. “The past couple time I allowed you to shower, it didn't look like you did a good job.”
“Jeoffery, please don't do this!” Lane said.
“WHAT was that?” Jeoffery replied angrily.
“Uhh, Please Master Jeoffery! I promise I will do a better job of washing myself from now on!” said Lane.
“That's better.” said Jeoffery. “But I'm afraid I'm gonna have to wash you myself.”
“Please, Master!” said Lane, begging to let him bath on his own.
“I'm giving you two choices. The first choice is that you will get washed by me. The second choice is that you can sleep with my dirty underwear in your mouth!”
Lane was at a dilemma. It was either be humiliatingly washed by another boy or have to sleep with the gross taste of underwear in his mouth all night.
“I'm waiting for your response!”
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Poll Results
Who do you think will win big in the first coliseum games? (Up to three)
The Starks: 25%
The Lannisters: 25%
The Baratheons: 25%
The Targaryens: 17%
The Greyjoys: 8%
The Freys: 0%
This is the final chapter in the Coliseum Games mini-arc. I am closing the first poll as of this chapter, and putting up a new one.
End of Chapter 20 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 21: The Coliseum Games Part 8
“John! Over Here!” Logan said. John immediately went to work unlocking his team member's restraints. As he went to work, he noticed the Targaryen champion had already freed one of his team members.
“Come on, John!” Chase said.
“I'm trying!” John replied back.
Aegon, having freed his brother, worked on unlocking his other team mate.
“AhhhhAhhh.” said Aerys as he removed the vise clamps from his throbbing nipples. “Hurry up, Aegon” he said, massaging his sore nipples.
“I'm trying!” said Aegon.
“If you would of worked on releasing us from start instead of torturing me some more, we would have won!” Aegon said.
“Just shut up and let me concentrate!” snarled Aegon, trying to unlock the restraints.
Tywin managed to get Chris out of his restraints, and immediately went to work his other teammate.
“Is there anything I can do?” asked Chris, also pulling the alligator-like vice clamps off his nipples.
“No, there is only one key for each team member.” said Tywin.
Davos was next to release the first teammate.
“You okay, Sal?” he asked as he started unlocking his other teammate.
“As soon as I get these damn things off.” he said, as he undone the vice clamps. “Shit these hurt!”
The other champions also released their teammates after 10 more seconds.
The Lannisters and Targaryens were in the lead. Each one had only one more restraint to unlock, and both were frantically trying to release their second team member. But Tywin accidentally swung the keys out of his hands as he was shaking them back and forth.
“I got it!” Aegon said as his second team member rose from the rack. The audience was shocked. The Targeryens immediately jumped out of their seats and begun to cheer.
“Team Targaryen has placed First!” said the ref.
About that time, Davos released his second team member, winning the Baratheons second place.
“Team Baratheon wins second!” said the ref.
“Damn!” Tywin said making his way back to his team member. Tywin barely released his team member in time to claim third place.
“Team Lannister gets third and Team Frey gets fourth!” The referee said.
The last two remaining were the Starks and the Greyjoys.
“Come on, John!” said Logan. “We can't lose to them at least!”
“I'm trying!” said John.
John was able to beat the Greyjoys by a second, as Chase got off the torture rack.
“Team Stark places fifth!” said the ref. “Meaning Team Greyjoy places sixth!”
Rodrik unlocked the final restraint as he helped his team member to his feet.
“Sorry, man.” said the boy to Rodrik. “Thanks, man. But it's Balon that I'm really worried about. He doesn't take defeat lightly.”
Robert returned to the podium. “Congratulations, Team Targaryen! You have won first place, securing 4 new headbands for your team! For winning second place, Team Baratheon receives 2 headbands. Third place winner Team Lannister receives one headband. Fourth place winner Team Frey receives 1,000 credits! Fifth place Team Stark receives 200 credits. And sixth place Team Greyjoy receives 100 credits.”
The Targeryens reunited for an extra round of cheering. Team Baratheon also cheered, thanking Davos for restoring two headbands back to their team. Team Lannister wasn't cheering, but they weren’t disappointed for winning an extra member either. Team Frey also was contempt with their award. But the Starks, and especially the Greyjoys, were not happy about being last.
“Well, there's always next time, guys!” said Robb.
“If we make it to next time.” said Bran.
“Come on, guys. We did win these slaves!” Robb said, looking at the former Greyjoy boys.
“Yea, perhaps we can sell them to the market for some credits!” said Theon.
“No! He's mine!” Rikken said defensively.
“All right, Rikken. Calm down! Just a joke!” said Theon.
Robert's voice silenced the cheering and talking.
“With the conclusion of the final event, the Coliseum Games for this weekend are now over! There is one announcement I wish to make. Team headbands are now available for sale on the online web store. Each team may buy new headbands, which add another slot on that team's roster, for 2,000 credits. The Ferry is now open for transport across the lake. Remember that only one team at a time will be transported, and the truce stipulation remains in effect until midnight. The next coliseum event will be one week from today. I hope everyone had fun!” Robert said.
The ferries transported all the teams across the lake. They each made their way back to their fortresses. When the Lannisters arrived at their fortress, they were greeted by their two team members that stayed behind to keep an eye on the place.
“No problems here!” said one of them
“Good. Did those slaves give you any trouble?” Jeoffery asked.
“No! I think they are still shaken up by their punishment. You really did a number on them!” the boy said. Jeoffery smiled at this.
“That's great to hear. Slaves must remember their place. Lane, come on. Were going to bed.” Jeoffery said as he tugged on his leash.
“Yes, sir.” he said.
Ameon, still high on his success in the Coliseum games, went to the dungeons where his slaves were.
“I have some good news and some bad news!” said Ameon.
“The bad news is that we lost 2 of our own today, leaving us with only 13 team members!” said Ameon. The slaves didn't really care about this news, and Ameon took notice.
“Don't care, do we? Maybe I should teach you all to respect your master when he is speaking!” Ameon said. This prompted the slaves to look at their Leader and show some level of concern.
“The good news is that we won 4 new headbands that will allow us to add 4 new members to our teams!” said Ameon.
This immediately caught the slaves' attention. They were now willing to listen to what Ameon has to say.
“That really caught your attention!” Ameon said. “I am willing to give these headbands to four of you guys, securing your freedom. But I won't make it that simple. You have to prove yourself to me first. I want willing, loyal team members I can count on. I also want them to be resilient and useful. So for now I will refrain from giving these out just yet. If you want these, you have to work for it! Do I make myself clear?”
The slaves said “Yes sir” in a more positive tone than before, hoping now they have a chance to escape their slavery.
“Good, I'm going to bed.” Ameon said, as he left the dungeon and went to his bedroom.
The Starks were last to arrive at their fortresses. Tired from the long walk, the team decided to turn in for the night, and Bran and Rikken brought their slaves to the dungeons and locked them in their cells.
“Good night!” Rikken said to his slave as he led his slave to one of the cells.
“Yea whatever.” said the slave.
“I guess I need to work on your attitude. I hope your ready for tomorrow!” Rikken said to his slave. The boy didn't say anything back.
Bran and Rikken walked back up the stairs and headed to bed.
“You seem exited about being a master, Rikken.” said Bran.
“I am! I didn't realize until today just how good it feels to be in control! No wander Robb and John tie us up all the time!” Rikken said.
“Yea. Just don't let it go to your head. Right now, they are our slaves. But if something happens and the tables turn, what then?” said Bran. “If we were cruel and unfair to them, I doubt they will show us any sympathy if the tables were turned.”
Rikken thought about that for a moment.
“I think you worry too much Bran! You should just relax a little and enjoy the chance. As long as we don't do anything horrendous we should be alright! I am gonna have so much fun with my slave tomorrow! I can't wait!” said Rikken, as he rushed ahead up the stairs.
“Hmm. Maybe Rikken is right.” though Bran. “Maybe I should just relish the chance and have some fun.”
Back at the Lannisters, Jeoffery and Lane have returned to the Leaders room for the night. Lane, who was now in the bathroom with Jeoffery, was nervous about being in there with his master.
“Lane, I think I should wash you from now on!” Jeoffery said, which made Lane back up. “The past couple time I allowed you to shower, it didn't look like you did a good job.”
“Jeoffery, please don't do this!” Lane said.
“WHAT was that?” Jeoffery replied angrily.
“Uhh, Please Master Jeoffery! I promise I will do a better job of washing myself from now on!” said Lane.
“That's better.” said Jeoffery. “But I'm afraid I'm gonna have to wash you myself.”
“Please, Master!” said Lane, begging to let him bath on his own.
“I'm giving you two choices. The first choice is that you will get washed by me. The second choice is that you can sleep with my dirty underwear in your mouth!”
Lane was at a dilemma. It was either be humiliatingly washed by another boy or have to sleep with the gross taste of underwear in his mouth all night.
“I'm waiting for your response!”
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Poll Results
Who do you think will win big in the first coliseum games? (Up to three)
The Starks: 25%
The Lannisters: 25%
The Baratheons: 25%
The Targaryens: 17%
The Greyjoys: 8%
The Freys: 0%
by chadmc90 » Tue Feb 25, 2014 8:52 pm
This chapter may be a bit suprising. Also remember the new side stories section. I won't update those stories as occaisonally as I do this one.
EDIT: This chapter also jumps around a bit, going ahead three days, going back three days, etc. I hope it doesn't get too confusing.
End of Chapter 21 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 22: The Restless Night
Bran was having trouble sleeping. Normally he would have the strange dreams occasionally, but Bran has had them more often during the tournament. In this dream, like his last one, Bran was running through the forest. Not knowing where he was going, he ran purely on instinct. He wasn't alone either. The boy who Robb “gave” to him after winning the TUG of war was with him too. They both were running as fast as they could. Then almost instantaneously, Bran's dream had changed. This time, Bran was sleeping on the cold ground, unaware of the 5 boys standing around him. They just stared at both him and his slave, waiting for him to awaken. Again, the dream had changed. This time, he was back in the throne room. The same shirtless boy was restrained to what looked like a throne, and again his face was obscured by darkness. Bran was restrained by a well knotted rope with his hands behind his back, sitting on his knees. A figure had walked out of the shadows, dressed in a trench coat wearing a black hood. The figure walked over to the throne where the shirtless figure was restrained. The boy in the chair started struggling ferociously, trying to free himself after looking at the dark figure's face. The figure then stopped right at the throne, and slowly turned it's head to look at Bran. But as the figure's face came into view, the dream ended.
“Bran, Bran, Bran! Wake up!” a couple voices slowly faded to a auditory sound. “Bran!” said John.
Bran immediately awoken and started shaking around, unaware of what was happening.
“Bran, calm down! It's me!” said John.
“John?” said Bran, only half awake.
“Yea.” said John.
Bran then laid his head back on his pillow.
“What is going on, Bran?” John asked. “This is the third night this has happened.”
“Just a bad dream.” said Bran.
“Bad?” Robb asked, who was awoken by Rikken. “It has been like this for past 2 nights!”
“Yea, I guess it's just stress.” said Bran as he turned around to go back to sleep.
“No, Bran. We are gonna talk about this now!” said Robb, aware of Barn's strange dreams.
“Tomorrow.” Bran said.
“No! Now sit up and talk.”
Bran was then forced to a sitting position by his brothers. Still feeling groggy, Rikken was sent down to get a glass of water.
“Fine.” said Bran. He then began to tell as much as he remembered about the dream: How he and the slave boy were running through the forest, how he was approached by what looked like tribals, and his encounter with the bound boy and the dark figure in the trench coat.
“Wow, what a dream.” said John.
“Can I please go back to sleep now?” Bran asked.
“Sigh, Fine. But were not through talking about this. Tomorrow we will talk about this in full detail.” said Robb.
The brothers all returned back to their beds.
At the Lannister fortress, Lane was also having trouble sleeping. It wasn't because he was having nightmares, or even that he was uncomfortable sleeping spread eagle in his bed. In fact, he had got quite used to that. It was the fact that Jeoffery's gross underwear was stuffed in his mouth. Jeoffery had intentionally worn the same underwear for a couple of days in preparation for the occasion. The disgusting taste of sweat and crotch was almost enough to make him puke. Lane also had trouble sleeping because of what happened to him the night of the coliseum games. Lane had in fact chosen the shower instead of the underwear, which has been on his mind for the last couple of nights. He remembers it quite well.
“So you want the shower, instead?” Jeoffery said.
“Yes” Lane said. Lane had expected Jeoffery to taunt him for his choice, but the mockery never came.
“Fine, put on the speedos. Get in the shower when your finished stripping.” Jeoffery said.
Lane then stripped off all his clothes and changed into the speedos. He then walked into the large shower. It was big enough for about 3 people and had 2 metal bars on each side of the shower head high up the wall. Followed by Lane was Jeoffery, who was also in a speedo. He was carrying a set of handcuffs.
“Let me see your hands.” Jeoffery said, as Lane held out his hands.
Jeoffery then applied one set to each hand, and then hooked the other two loops to each of the metal bars, leaving Lane's hands spread to each side of him facing away from the shower. Lane was nervous about this. Jeoffery didn't seem his usual self, as he was much more calm and relaxed.
Jeoffery then turned the handles that controlled the flow of water. The shower spurted cool water all over lanes back, causing him to shiver momentarily. But as the water heated up, Lane got used to it. Lane then notice another showerhead on the wall close to Jeoffery, the same one that was installed in the dungeon showers. Jeoffery grabbed it and turned the base of the head, which allowed water to flow through the shower head.
“Close your eyes, Lane.” Jeoffery said. He then began to spray water over Lanes head. He then moved to all parts of the body, pulling on Lanes speedos to squirt water into it to shower his privates. He then turned on the soap dispenser which lathered the inside of the speedos. But he didn't lather the rest of Lane's body with the dispenser. Jeoffery instead grabbed a sponge and bar of soap off the bath caddy and started to lather it.
“I prefer a hand wash. I lathered with the dispenser down there for obvious reasons.” Jeoffery said as he lathered the sponge.
After the sponge was soapy, Jeoffery then applied it to Lane's body. He started with Lane's brown red hair, which was mildly short. He then began to lather the 14 year old's boys body, which as somewhat flabby, but still considered skinny for his age. Lane was about as tall as Jeoffery, and had the typical Caucasian skin color and freckled cheeks. Jeoffery applied soap to Lane's armpits, chest, belly, and legs, moving the sponge up and down the boy's body. As he washed his slave, Jeoffery began to speak.
“Lane?” he asked. “Do you think people.........like me?” Jeoffery asked in a more serious and slightly desperate tone.
Lane was shocked to hear this come out of Jeoffery's mouth. The same person who went overboard with punishing two boys. The same person who arrogantly threatened every other team in the tournament with a video tape. The same person that forced Lane to carry him into the coliseum on his back while he mocked all the teams. The same person who has tormented Lane every since the first day of slavery. Why, after all that, would Jeoffery ask such a question with a blatantly obvious answer! But Lane was in no position to piss his master off.
“Uh, yea master. I think people like you.” Lane said awkwardly. The tension in the shower was higher than ever.
“Oh...ok.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery didn't seem satisfied with the answer, likely knowing Lane lied.
Lane had noticed that Jeoffery wasn't his normal self. He wandered why the sudden change. It couldn't be because it was just him and Lane alone. The two boys had been alone on many occasions, and he usually acted like the same arrogant, short tempered boy. What was different this time?
Jeoffery continued to wash the restrained boy. He also washed himself while in the shower. Jeoffery allowed Lane some privacy to dry off and prepare for bed after Jeoffery finished with his own preparations. Jeoffery warned Lane to not speak of the conversation in the shower. Lane was then spread tied to his bed for the night.
The couple days went by particularity usual, for everyone not a slave at least. Jeoffery was back to his usual self the following day, giving orders and tormenting the other slaves. It was like the conversation didn't even happen to him. From this day on, though, Lane's opinion of Jeoffery was different. Of course he didn't like Jeoffery still, but Lane suspected they're might be more behind that arrogant, bad-tempered rich boy that Jeoffery personified.
Lane indeed had that on his mind that night, along with the underwear stuffed in his mouth.
The following morning, the Stannis and Davos in the Baratheon Fort were in the dungeon. Parker and Nate were asleep inside their cells.
“Get up you two.” Stannis said to the boys.
Parker and Nate then rose out of their beds.
“Good morning, masters.” they said rubbing their eyes.
“Good morning.” said Stannis. “But from now on, were not your masters.” Stannis said as he threw two of the four headbands he won to the boys.
“What is this?” they asked.
“Those are your new team headbands.” Stannis said. Parker and Nate's eyes widened upon hearing these words.
“Are you serious!?” Parker said excitedly.
“Yea, we're serious” Stannis said. “We won these in the Coliseum tournament the other day, along with a two more. It allows us the chance to add one new team member per headband.”
“Wait, you waited this long to give these to us?” Nate asked Stannis.
“Well, Sal suggested that we test you first. He wanted to see your behavior as slaves.” said Davos. “But you surprised us! Not once did you try to run or act out. You carried your orders out loyally and accepted any torment we threw at you.”
“Oh.” said Parker.
“But now the torment is all over. You are now officially a part of Team Baratheon!” Stannis said.
The boys shouted a “Yes!” and immediately put on their new headbands.
Stannis then unlocked the doors to the boys cells.
“You probably should get cleaned up. You can use the first floor showers if you want. And there's food on the table when you get hungry.” said Stannis.
“Oh, thanks!” The boys said as they rushed up the stairs.
“So, what are you gonna do about the two other headbands?” Davos asked.
“Well, I guess at this point we should look into that slave network.” said Stannis.
“Do we have enough to buy a slave?” asked Davos.
“Yea. Slaves are real cheap on the market. They cost 500 credits each.” said Stannis.
“Wow, actual people are less expensive than a team headband!” said Davos.
“Yea I know.” Stannis said.
Things may seem quiet now, but they will soon escalate in the coming days, unbeknownst to the teams.
This chapter may be a bit suprising. Also remember the new side stories section. I won't update those stories as occaisonally as I do this one.
EDIT: This chapter also jumps around a bit, going ahead three days, going back three days, etc. I hope it doesn't get too confusing.
End of Chapter 21 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 22: The Restless Night
Bran was having trouble sleeping. Normally he would have the strange dreams occasionally, but Bran has had them more often during the tournament. In this dream, like his last one, Bran was running through the forest. Not knowing where he was going, he ran purely on instinct. He wasn't alone either. The boy who Robb “gave” to him after winning the TUG of war was with him too. They both were running as fast as they could. Then almost instantaneously, Bran's dream had changed. This time, Bran was sleeping on the cold ground, unaware of the 5 boys standing around him. They just stared at both him and his slave, waiting for him to awaken. Again, the dream had changed. This time, he was back in the throne room. The same shirtless boy was restrained to what looked like a throne, and again his face was obscured by darkness. Bran was restrained by a well knotted rope with his hands behind his back, sitting on his knees. A figure had walked out of the shadows, dressed in a trench coat wearing a black hood. The figure walked over to the throne where the shirtless figure was restrained. The boy in the chair started struggling ferociously, trying to free himself after looking at the dark figure's face. The figure then stopped right at the throne, and slowly turned it's head to look at Bran. But as the figure's face came into view, the dream ended.
“Bran, Bran, Bran! Wake up!” a couple voices slowly faded to a auditory sound. “Bran!” said John.
Bran immediately awoken and started shaking around, unaware of what was happening.
“Bran, calm down! It's me!” said John.
“John?” said Bran, only half awake.
“Yea.” said John.
Bran then laid his head back on his pillow.
“What is going on, Bran?” John asked. “This is the third night this has happened.”
“Just a bad dream.” said Bran.
“Bad?” Robb asked, who was awoken by Rikken. “It has been like this for past 2 nights!”
“Yea, I guess it's just stress.” said Bran as he turned around to go back to sleep.
“No, Bran. We are gonna talk about this now!” said Robb, aware of Barn's strange dreams.
“Tomorrow.” Bran said.
“No! Now sit up and talk.”
Bran was then forced to a sitting position by his brothers. Still feeling groggy, Rikken was sent down to get a glass of water.
“Fine.” said Bran. He then began to tell as much as he remembered about the dream: How he and the slave boy were running through the forest, how he was approached by what looked like tribals, and his encounter with the bound boy and the dark figure in the trench coat.
“Wow, what a dream.” said John.
“Can I please go back to sleep now?” Bran asked.
“Sigh, Fine. But were not through talking about this. Tomorrow we will talk about this in full detail.” said Robb.
The brothers all returned back to their beds.
At the Lannister fortress, Lane was also having trouble sleeping. It wasn't because he was having nightmares, or even that he was uncomfortable sleeping spread eagle in his bed. In fact, he had got quite used to that. It was the fact that Jeoffery's gross underwear was stuffed in his mouth. Jeoffery had intentionally worn the same underwear for a couple of days in preparation for the occasion. The disgusting taste of sweat and crotch was almost enough to make him puke. Lane also had trouble sleeping because of what happened to him the night of the coliseum games. Lane had in fact chosen the shower instead of the underwear, which has been on his mind for the last couple of nights. He remembers it quite well.
“So you want the shower, instead?” Jeoffery said.
“Yes” Lane said. Lane had expected Jeoffery to taunt him for his choice, but the mockery never came.
“Fine, put on the speedos. Get in the shower when your finished stripping.” Jeoffery said.
Lane then stripped off all his clothes and changed into the speedos. He then walked into the large shower. It was big enough for about 3 people and had 2 metal bars on each side of the shower head high up the wall. Followed by Lane was Jeoffery, who was also in a speedo. He was carrying a set of handcuffs.
“Let me see your hands.” Jeoffery said, as Lane held out his hands.
Jeoffery then applied one set to each hand, and then hooked the other two loops to each of the metal bars, leaving Lane's hands spread to each side of him facing away from the shower. Lane was nervous about this. Jeoffery didn't seem his usual self, as he was much more calm and relaxed.
Jeoffery then turned the handles that controlled the flow of water. The shower spurted cool water all over lanes back, causing him to shiver momentarily. But as the water heated up, Lane got used to it. Lane then notice another showerhead on the wall close to Jeoffery, the same one that was installed in the dungeon showers. Jeoffery grabbed it and turned the base of the head, which allowed water to flow through the shower head.
“Close your eyes, Lane.” Jeoffery said. He then began to spray water over Lanes head. He then moved to all parts of the body, pulling on Lanes speedos to squirt water into it to shower his privates. He then turned on the soap dispenser which lathered the inside of the speedos. But he didn't lather the rest of Lane's body with the dispenser. Jeoffery instead grabbed a sponge and bar of soap off the bath caddy and started to lather it.
“I prefer a hand wash. I lathered with the dispenser down there for obvious reasons.” Jeoffery said as he lathered the sponge.
After the sponge was soapy, Jeoffery then applied it to Lane's body. He started with Lane's brown red hair, which was mildly short. He then began to lather the 14 year old's boys body, which as somewhat flabby, but still considered skinny for his age. Lane was about as tall as Jeoffery, and had the typical Caucasian skin color and freckled cheeks. Jeoffery applied soap to Lane's armpits, chest, belly, and legs, moving the sponge up and down the boy's body. As he washed his slave, Jeoffery began to speak.
“Lane?” he asked. “Do you think people.........like me?” Jeoffery asked in a more serious and slightly desperate tone.
Lane was shocked to hear this come out of Jeoffery's mouth. The same person who went overboard with punishing two boys. The same person who arrogantly threatened every other team in the tournament with a video tape. The same person that forced Lane to carry him into the coliseum on his back while he mocked all the teams. The same person who has tormented Lane every since the first day of slavery. Why, after all that, would Jeoffery ask such a question with a blatantly obvious answer! But Lane was in no position to piss his master off.
“Uh, yea master. I think people like you.” Lane said awkwardly. The tension in the shower was higher than ever.
“Oh...ok.” said Jeoffery. Jeoffery didn't seem satisfied with the answer, likely knowing Lane lied.
Lane had noticed that Jeoffery wasn't his normal self. He wandered why the sudden change. It couldn't be because it was just him and Lane alone. The two boys had been alone on many occasions, and he usually acted like the same arrogant, short tempered boy. What was different this time?
Jeoffery continued to wash the restrained boy. He also washed himself while in the shower. Jeoffery allowed Lane some privacy to dry off and prepare for bed after Jeoffery finished with his own preparations. Jeoffery warned Lane to not speak of the conversation in the shower. Lane was then spread tied to his bed for the night.
The couple days went by particularity usual, for everyone not a slave at least. Jeoffery was back to his usual self the following day, giving orders and tormenting the other slaves. It was like the conversation didn't even happen to him. From this day on, though, Lane's opinion of Jeoffery was different. Of course he didn't like Jeoffery still, but Lane suspected they're might be more behind that arrogant, bad-tempered rich boy that Jeoffery personified.
Lane indeed had that on his mind that night, along with the underwear stuffed in his mouth.
The following morning, the Stannis and Davos in the Baratheon Fort were in the dungeon. Parker and Nate were asleep inside their cells.
“Get up you two.” Stannis said to the boys.
Parker and Nate then rose out of their beds.
“Good morning, masters.” they said rubbing their eyes.
“Good morning.” said Stannis. “But from now on, were not your masters.” Stannis said as he threw two of the four headbands he won to the boys.
“What is this?” they asked.
“Those are your new team headbands.” Stannis said. Parker and Nate's eyes widened upon hearing these words.
“Are you serious!?” Parker said excitedly.
“Yea, we're serious” Stannis said. “We won these in the Coliseum tournament the other day, along with a two more. It allows us the chance to add one new team member per headband.”
“Wait, you waited this long to give these to us?” Nate asked Stannis.
“Well, Sal suggested that we test you first. He wanted to see your behavior as slaves.” said Davos. “But you surprised us! Not once did you try to run or act out. You carried your orders out loyally and accepted any torment we threw at you.”
“Oh.” said Parker.
“But now the torment is all over. You are now officially a part of Team Baratheon!” Stannis said.
The boys shouted a “Yes!” and immediately put on their new headbands.
Stannis then unlocked the doors to the boys cells.
“You probably should get cleaned up. You can use the first floor showers if you want. And there's food on the table when you get hungry.” said Stannis.
“Oh, thanks!” The boys said as they rushed up the stairs.
“So, what are you gonna do about the two other headbands?” Davos asked.
“Well, I guess at this point we should look into that slave network.” said Stannis.
“Do we have enough to buy a slave?” asked Davos.
“Yea. Slaves are real cheap on the market. They cost 500 credits each.” said Stannis.
“Wow, actual people are less expensive than a team headband!” said Davos.
“Yea I know.” Stannis said.
Things may seem quiet now, but they will soon escalate in the coming days, unbeknownst to the teams.
by chadmc90 » Fri Feb 28, 2014 6:28 pm
Thanks for the feedback, guys.
End of Chapter 22 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 23: A Plan
The sun was rising in the east, signaling the start of another summer day on the Baratehon estate. The skies were clear and the temperature was increasing by the hour. This day, the Starks and the Freys were holding a meeting to discuss their enemies. Robb Stark and his team made their way to the rendezvous point. The 4 tribal slaves were carrying various items for a picnic, such as food, drinks, plates, cups eating utensils, and cloths for siting. Four team members were escorting them by leashes attached to their collars. Rikken's slave was carrying something, or someone, else. Rikken was sitting on his slave's shoulders as the boy walked behind the team. Struggling to keep up, the slave was falling behind.
“Hurry up!” Rikken demanded.
“How? Your too heavy!” the boy replied.
“I don't know how. Just do it!” Rikken said.
“You little brat!” the boy whispered, but not silent enough to pass his masters hearing.
“What did you say?” Rikken asked.
“Uh, I will do my best....'master!'” The boy replied back, swallowing his pride to avoid being punished.
“Yea you better!” Rikken said. Rikken was loving every minute of his new role. Commanding other people was fun, and he has thought up of a million things he can do with his new toy. But Rikken is no fool, and he remembers his brother Bran's words the other night.
“Here, have a drink of water.” Rikken said as he handed a canteen of water to his slave. The boy immediately grabbed the canteen and took a drink.
“Thank you!” said the boy.
“Well I have to keep you hydrated. Wouldn't want my horse to collapse!” Rikken said, which annoyed his ride. “By the way. What is your name?” Rikken asked.
“Troy” the boy said. Troy was a tall boy for his age of 15. He had short dark-blond hair and brown eyes. He had a darker skin tone than usual, which meant that he could be from outside the country. He wasn't muscular, but he could support the weight of his master.
“Oh, ok. I wanted to know the name of my slave!” Rikken replied.
“Sure.” said Troy.
“So, what was it like working with a bunch of losers?” Rikken asked Troy.
“The Greyjoys? To be honest I didn't really like teaming with them. They were pretty aggressive though if you ask me. That poor slave named Carlos has been on the receiving end of most of their fury. I feel sorry for the kid.” said Troy.
“Trust me. I know the Greyjoys enough. They are pretty ruthless, especially when it comes to us. Every since Theon befriended my brother, Balon has hated us.” said Bran. “That's Theon over there.” Bran pointed at Theon.
“Oh, man. That just seems strange. You would think that Theon would side with his brothers.” said Troy.
“If you knew the whole story, then you wouldn't be as surprised. Theon and his brothers hardly get along.” Rikken explained. “Look, Troy. I don't want you thinking you will get the same treatment as that other slave. We are completely different people. Sure we like to have some fun at your expense, but nothing like what the Greyjoys do.” said Rikken.
“That’s actually comforting to know.” said Troy. “Even carrying you on my back is better than what Carlos faces with the Greyjoys.” Rikken chucked.
Troy continued carrying the weight of his master on his shoulders as he followed Team Stark. The Starks had approached the small river that ran by both the Lannister and Stark fort. A bridge provided access to the other side. The Stark Team crossed the river and continued their walk to the meeting place. It was the same meeting place that the alliance was formed beside the large boulder.
By the time the Starks arrived, the sun had completely risen in the sky signaling which meant it was noon. The hot sun beamed down on the field. Even the large boulder didn't provide much shade. Some of Team Stark had shed their shirts in an attempt to stay cooler. The slaves had no choice in what they wore, wearing only shorts and shoes. Rikken finally unmounted from Troys shoulders to the slave's relief. He was allowed to sit down to relax. The Freys were running late as they have yet to arrive.
“Hmm. I wander what's taking so long.” Robb thought. He then looked over at some of his team members, who were enjoying torturing the 4 tribals. They had them tied by the hands and feet to two stakes that were bolted into the ground. The stakes stretched the arms and legs away from their bodies. Some of the team members were sitting on the slaves while others were providing an adequate tickle torture to their sensitive areas. It was indeed a fun way to kill time. “Stop, Stop! Hahahaha!” they yelled as the team attacked the slaves' armpits, neck, foot souls, and behind the knees.
“Maybe instead of the tables, we should put our plates on them.” Chase said.
“Or how about we sit on them and eat right above them?” said another unnamed boy.
“And we could hand feed them if they play nice!” said a third unnamed boy.
The boys laughed at the suggestions.
Then suddenly, Robb noticed in the distance another group of boys headed their way. The one leading them was a familiar long-haired tall boy. It was Walder Frey.
“He's here.” Robb said to his other teammates.
The rest of team stark halted their fun and looked toward the direction the Frey were approaching from. It was indeed them. The teammates untied their slaves to allow them to setup the picnic area. The got to work as the rest of the team stood up to greet their allies.
“Hello again!” Robb said cheerfully.
“Hello Robb.” Walder responded. “Slaves, setup those tables.” Walder said. The five shirtless slaves sit down 2 tables and swung out the supports to set them right side up on the ground. One of the slaves was also pulling a wheeled cart full of fold up chairs for sitting at the tables.
“So, I assume you brought the picnic stuff?” Walder asked.
“Yea, our slaves are on it as we speak.” Robb said. The slaves brought the picnic stuff over to the tables and began to prepare for lunch.
“Good. Now once the slaves finish the preparations, lets eat.” Walder suggested.
“Yea. The trip made me hungry.” Robb said.
After the slaves finished, the teams set at the tables to begin eating. The stark slaves were tied back to the stakes and were used as a chair while the boys on top of them ate. The meal consisted of finger food and sandwiches. Different flavors of soda pop were also available for drinks. As they ate, Walder started talking to Robb.
“So, do you have any news on the Lannisters and Greyjoys?” asked Walder.
“No. The slaves we won from them didn't divulge anything. The Greyjoys must be keeping their plans under secret from their team members.” said Robb.
“I see. Honestly, I think the Greyjoys are total idiots. They seem obsessively focused on taking you down. They forget that they have a weakened team right across the lake.” Walder explained. “But the Lannisters are not dumb. They probably suggested to the Greyjoys to keep their information secret. I still don't get why they agreed to target us first.”
“Maybe it was a deal they made to align with them in the first place.” said Bran as he listened in on the situation. Bran has loaned his slave to his teammates to torment while he talked to Robb and Walder.
“And I don't think we've been properly introduced.” Walder said.
“Oh, you're right. I'm Bran Stark, Robb's younger brother.” said Bran.
“Good to meet you. I assume you know who I am.” replied Walder. “So, Bran. What are your thoughts on the situation.”
“Well, Team Greyjoy is down by two members thanks to us, while Team Lannister gained two places. Our teams haven't changed.” said Bran. “Well, we did lose one teammate to the tribals.”
“Oh really?” said Walder intrigued. Bran wished he hadn't mentioned that so eagerly. “Well that means we are short by one guy compared to the Lannister/Greyjoy alliance.”
“Uh, yea.” said Robb.
“But I have a way we can change that.” said Walder.
“Oh, how?” asked Robb.
“Well, on our team, we have this boy. His twin was put on the Lannister team during the random replacement by Robert. The boy came up to me today and said that he has kept in contact with his brother since the coliseum games. Not fond of the Lannisters, the other twin has been feeding us information about their movements in the area.” said Walder.
Robb's eyed widened. “Wow. That puts us in a good position!” said Robb.
“But can you trust the other boy?” asked Bran. “What if he's just lying.”
“You could be right. But at this point, we won't get anywhere until we act.” said Walder.
“So, what's the info you have?” Robb asked.
“It seems the Lannisters send out scouts at certain intervals during the day to patrol the area. The informant provided me with times and places these scouts patrol the area. I was thinking we could send a small battalion of our team members to capture these scouts, weakening their numbers in the process.” explained Walder.
“Hmm. Sounds like a good plan.” Robb said. “So, when do you propose we strike?” said Walder.
“The scouts usually leave out in the later parts of the morning and return at dusk. The best time to strike would be about midday. That would give our teams time to restrain them and return before the Lanisters notice they haven't returned.” Walder said.
“Bran, what do you think?” Robb asked.
Bran thought for a moment. Indeed, if this plan worked, it would give them the advantage. But there is also the risk of it backfiring or the ambush is a trap setup by the Lannisters.
“It's risky, but I guess we should try.” Bran said.
“Good. I will have my team member find out more from his brother, and we will carry out the plan tomorrow. I will discuss the details tonight with a video chat.” said Walder.
“Very well.” said Robb.
Once the teams finished their food, they had some fun with their slaves. The Freys brought their slaves over to torment and tickle. After the sun settled in the sky, the teams decided to pack up and head back to the fortress. Tomorrow was going to be a decisive day for the alliances. One that could change the balance of the tournament.
Thanks for the feedback, guys.
End of Chapter 22 Organization
Arc 1: Clash of the Alliances
Chapter 23: A Plan
The sun was rising in the east, signaling the start of another summer day on the Baratehon estate. The skies were clear and the temperature was increasing by the hour. This day, the Starks and the Freys were holding a meeting to discuss their enemies. Robb Stark and his team made their way to the rendezvous point. The 4 tribal slaves were carrying various items for a picnic, such as food, drinks, plates, cups eating utensils, and cloths for siting. Four team members were escorting them by leashes attached to their collars. Rikken's slave was carrying something, or someone, else. Rikken was sitting on his slave's shoulders as the boy walked behind the team. Struggling to keep up, the slave was falling behind.
“Hurry up!” Rikken demanded.
“How? Your too heavy!” the boy replied.
“I don't know how. Just do it!” Rikken said.
“You little brat!” the boy whispered, but not silent enough to pass his masters hearing.
“What did you say?” Rikken asked.
“Uh, I will do my best....'master!'” The boy replied back, swallowing his pride to avoid being punished.
“Yea you better!” Rikken said. Rikken was loving every minute of his new role. Commanding other people was fun, and he has thought up of a million things he can do with his new toy. But Rikken is no fool, and he remembers his brother Bran's words the other night.
“Here, have a drink of water.” Rikken said as he handed a canteen of water to his slave. The boy immediately grabbed the canteen and took a drink.
“Thank you!” said the boy.
“Well I have to keep you hydrated. Wouldn't want my horse to collapse!” Rikken said, which annoyed his ride. “By the way. What is your name?” Rikken asked.
“Troy” the boy said. Troy was a tall boy for his age of 15. He had short dark-blond hair and brown eyes. He had a darker skin tone than usual, which meant that he could be from outside the country. He wasn't muscular, but he could support the weight of his master.
“Oh, ok. I wanted to know the name of my slave!” Rikken replied.
“Sure.” said Troy.
“So, what was it like working with a bunch of losers?” Rikken asked Troy.
“The Greyjoys? To be honest I didn't really like teaming with them. They were pretty aggressive though if you ask me. That poor slave named Carlos has been on the receiving end of most of their fury. I feel sorry for the kid.” said Troy.
“Trust me. I know the Greyjoys enough. They are pretty ruthless, especially when it comes to us. Every since Theon befriended my brother, Balon has hated us.” said Bran. “That's Theon over there.” Bran pointed at Theon.
“Oh, man. That just seems strange. You would think that Theon would side with his brothers.” said Troy.
“If you knew the whole story, then you wouldn't be as surprised. Theon and his brothers hardly get along.” Rikken explained. “Look, Troy. I don't want you thinking you will get the same treatment as that other slave. We are completely different people. Sure we like to have some fun at your expense, but nothing like what the Greyjoys do.” said Rikken.
“That’s actually comforting to know.” said Troy. “Even carrying you on my back is better than what Carlos faces with the Greyjoys.” Rikken chucked.
Troy continued carrying the weight of his master on his shoulders as he followed Team Stark. The Starks had approached the small river that ran by both the Lannister and Stark fort. A bridge provided access to the other side. The Stark Team crossed the river and continued their walk to the meeting place. It was the same meeting place that the alliance was formed beside the large boulder.
By the time the Starks arrived, the sun had completely risen in the sky signaling which meant it was noon. The hot sun beamed down on the field. Even the large boulder didn't provide much shade. Some of Team Stark had shed their shirts in an attempt to stay cooler. The slaves had no choice in what they wore, wearing only shorts and shoes. Rikken finally unmounted from Troys shoulders to the slave's relief. He was allowed to sit down to relax. The Freys were running late as they have yet to arrive.
“Hmm. I wander what's taking so long.” Robb thought. He then looked over at some of his team members, who were enjoying torturing the 4 tribals. They had them tied by the hands and feet to two stakes that were bolted into the ground. The stakes stretched the arms and legs away from their bodies. Some of the team members were sitting on the slaves while others were providing an adequate tickle torture to their sensitive areas. It was indeed a fun way to kill time. “Stop, Stop! Hahahaha!” they yelled as the team attacked the slaves' armpits, neck, foot souls, and behind the knees.
“Maybe instead of the tables, we should put our plates on them.” Chase said.
“Or how about we sit on them and eat right above them?” said another unnamed boy.
“And we could hand feed them if they play nice!” said a third unnamed boy.
The boys laughed at the suggestions.
Then suddenly, Robb noticed in the distance another group of boys headed their way. The one leading them was a familiar long-haired tall boy. It was Walder Frey.
“He's here.” Robb said to his other teammates.
The rest of team stark halted their fun and looked toward the direction the Frey were approaching from. It was indeed them. The teammates untied their slaves to allow them to setup the picnic area. The got to work as the rest of the team stood up to greet their allies.
“Hello again!” Robb said cheerfully.
“Hello Robb.” Walder responded. “Slaves, setup those tables.” Walder said. The five shirtless slaves sit down 2 tables and swung out the supports to set them right side up on the ground. One of the slaves was also pulling a wheeled cart full of fold up chairs for sitting at the tables.
“So, I assume you brought the picnic stuff?” Walder asked.
“Yea, our slaves are on it as we speak.” Robb said. The slaves brought the picnic stuff over to the tables and began to prepare for lunch.
“Good. Now once the slaves finish the preparations, lets eat.” Walder suggested.
“Yea. The trip made me hungry.” Robb said.
After the slaves finished, the teams set at the tables to begin eating. The stark slaves were tied back to the stakes and were used as a chair while the boys on top of them ate. The meal consisted of finger food and sandwiches. Different flavors of soda pop were also available for drinks. As they ate, Walder started talking to Robb.
“So, do you have any news on the Lannisters and Greyjoys?” asked Walder.
“No. The slaves we won from them didn't divulge anything. The Greyjoys must be keeping their plans under secret from their team members.” said Robb.
“I see. Honestly, I think the Greyjoys are total idiots. They seem obsessively focused on taking you down. They forget that they have a weakened team right across the lake.” Walder explained. “But the Lannisters are not dumb. They probably suggested to the Greyjoys to keep their information secret. I still don't get why they agreed to target us first.”
“Maybe it was a deal they made to align with them in the first place.” said Bran as he listened in on the situation. Bran has loaned his slave to his teammates to torment while he talked to Robb and Walder.
“And I don't think we've been properly introduced.” Walder said.
“Oh, you're right. I'm Bran Stark, Robb's younger brother.” said Bran.
“Good to meet you. I assume you know who I am.” replied Walder. “So, Bran. What are your thoughts on the situation.”
“Well, Team Greyjoy is down by two members thanks to us, while Team Lannister gained two places. Our teams haven't changed.” said Bran. “Well, we did lose one teammate to the tribals.”
“Oh really?” said Walder intrigued. Bran wished he hadn't mentioned that so eagerly. “Well that means we are short by one guy compared to the Lannister/Greyjoy alliance.”
“Uh, yea.” said Robb.
“But I have a way we can change that.” said Walder.
“Oh, how?” asked Robb.
“Well, on our team, we have this boy. His twin was put on the Lannister team during the random replacement by Robert. The boy came up to me today and said that he has kept in contact with his brother since the coliseum games. Not fond of the Lannisters, the other twin has been feeding us information about their movements in the area.” said Walder.
Robb's eyed widened. “Wow. That puts us in a good position!” said Robb.
“But can you trust the other boy?” asked Bran. “What if he's just lying.”
“You could be right. But at this point, we won't get anywhere until we act.” said Walder.
“So, what's the info you have?” Robb asked.
“It seems the Lannisters send out scouts at certain intervals during the day to patrol the area. The informant provided me with times and places these scouts patrol the area. I was thinking we could send a small battalion of our team members to capture these scouts, weakening their numbers in the process.” explained Walder.
“Hmm. Sounds like a good plan.” Robb said. “So, when do you propose we strike?” said Walder.
“The scouts usually leave out in the later parts of the morning and return at dusk. The best time to strike would be about midday. That would give our teams time to restrain them and return before the Lanisters notice they haven't returned.” Walder said.
“Bran, what do you think?” Robb asked.
Bran thought for a moment. Indeed, if this plan worked, it would give them the advantage. But there is also the risk of it backfiring or the ambush is a trap setup by the Lannisters.
“It's risky, but I guess we should try.” Bran said.
“Good. I will have my team member find out more from his brother, and we will carry out the plan tomorrow. I will discuss the details tonight with a video chat.” said Walder.
“Very well.” said Robb.
Once the teams finished their food, they had some fun with their slaves. The Freys brought their slaves over to torment and tickle. After the sun settled in the sky, the teams decided to pack up and head back to the fortress. Tomorrow was going to be a decisive day for the alliances. One that could change the balance of the tournament.